Vancomycin: A 50-something-year-old antibiotic we still don’t understand

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Vancomycin: A 50-something-year-old antibiotic we still don’t understand

In the past half-century, vancomycin has gone from near-orphan status to being one of the most often used antibiotics in our formulary. The driving force for its use is clear: the evolution of Staphylococcus aureus. At first, vancomycin was used to treat infections caused by penicillin-resistant strains. However, the discovery of methicillin curbed its use for more than 2 decades.1

Then, as methicillin-resistant S aureus (MRSA) began to spread in the 1980s, the use of vancomycin began to increase, and with the rise in community-associated MRSA infections in the 1990s, it became even more widely prescribed. The recent Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) guidelines for treatment of infections due to MRSA are replete with references to the use of vancomycin.2

Another factor driving the use of vancomycin is the increased prevalence of device-associated infections, many of which are caused by coagulase-negative staphylococci and other organisms that colonize the skin.3 Many of these bacteria are susceptible only to vancomycin; they may be associated with infections of vascular catheters, cardiac valves, pacemakers, implantable cardioverter-defibrillators, orthopedic implants, neurosurgical devices, and other devices.

To use vancomycin appropriately, we need to recognize the changing minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs), to select proper doses and dosing intervals, and to know how to monitor its use. Despite more than 50 years of experience with vancomycin, we sometimes find ourselves with more questions than answers about its optimal use.

WHAT IS VANCOMYCIN?

Vancomycin is a glycopeptide antibiotic isolated from a strain of Streptomyces orientalis discovered in a soil sample from Borneo in the mid-1950s.1 It exerts its action by binding to a d-alanyl-d-alanine cell wall precursor necessary for peptidoglycan cross-linking and, therefore, for inhibiting bacterial cell wall synthesis.

Vancomycin is bactericidal against most gram-positive species, including streptococci and staphylococci, with the exception of Enterococcus species, for which it is bacteriostatic. Though it is bactericidal, it appears to kill bacteria more slowly than beta-lactam antibiotics, and therefore it may take longer to clear bacteremia.4

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO DOSE VANCOMYCIN?

Vancomycin is widely distributed to most tissues, with an approximate volume of distribution of 0.4 to 1 L/kg; 50% to 55% is protein-bound. Because of this large volume of distribution, vancomycin’s dosing is based on actual body weight.

Vancomycin is not metabolized and is primarily excreted unchanged in the urine via glomerular filtration. It therefore requires dosage adjustments for renal insufficiency.

Vancomycin’s molecular weight is 1,485.73 Da, making it less susceptible to removal by dialysis than smaller molecules. Dosing of vancomycin in patients on hemodialysis depends on many factors specific to the dialysis center, including but not limited to the type of filter used, the duration of filtration, and whether high-flux filtration is used.

Is continuous intravenous infusion better than standard dosing?

Giving vancomycin by continuous infusion has been suggested as a way to optimize its serum concentration and improve its clinical effectiveness.

Wysocki et al5 conducted a multicenter, prospective, randomized study comparing continuous and intermittent intravenous infusions of vancomycin (the latter every 12 hours) to treat severe hospital-acquired MRSA infections, including bloodstream infections and pneumonia. Although blood concentrations above 10 μg/mL were reached more than 30 hours faster with continuous infusions than with intermittent ones, the microbiologic and clinical outcomes were similar with either method.

James et al6 compared the pharmacodynamics of conventional dosing of vancomycin (ie, 1 g every 12 hours) and continuous infusion in 10 patients with suspected or documented gram-positive infections in a prospective, randomized, crossover study. While no adverse effects were observed, the authors also found no statistically significant difference between the treatment groups in the pharmacodynamic variables investigated, including the area under the curve (AUC) divided by the MIC (the AUC-MIC ratio).

In view of the currently available data, the guidelines for monitoring vancomycin therapy note that there does not appear to be any difference in patient outcomes with continuous infusion vs intermittent dosing.7

Should a loading dose be given?

Another proposed strategy for optimizing vancomycin’s effectiveness is to give a higher initial dose, ie, a loading dose.

Wang et al8 performed a single-center study in 28 patients who received a 25 mg/kg loading dose at a rate of 500 mg/hour. This loading dose was safe, but the authors did not evaluate its efficacy.

Mohammedi et al9 compared loading doses of 500 mg and 15 mg/kg in critically ill patients receiving vancomycin by continuous infusion. The weight-based loading dose produced higher post-dose levels and a significantly higher rate of clinical cure, but there was no significant difference in the rate of survival to discharge from the intensive care unit.

While the use of a loading dose appears to be safe and likely leads to more rapid attainment of therapeutic blood levels, we lack data on whether it improves clinical outcomes, and further study is needed to determine its role.

 

 

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO MONITOR VANCOMYCIN THERAPY?

Whether and how to use the serum vancomycin concentration to adjust the dosing has been a matter of debate for many years. Convincing evidence that vancomycin levels predict clinical outcomes or that measuring them prevents toxicity is lacking.7

A consensus statement from the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, the IDSA, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists7 contains recommendations for monitoring vancomycin therapy, based on a critical evaluation of the available scientific evidence. Their recommendations:

  • Vancomycin serum concentrations should be checked to optimize therapy and used as a surrogate marker of effectiveness.
  • Trough, rather than peak, levels should be monitored.
  • Trough levels should be checked just before the fourth dose, when steady-state levels are likely to have been achieved. More frequent monitoring may be considered in patients with fluctuating renal function.
  • Trough levels should be higher than 10 mg/L to prevent the development of resistance.
  • To improve antibiotic penetration and optimize the likelihood of achieving pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic targets, trough levels of 15 to 20 mg/L are recommended for pathogens with a vancomycin MIC of 1 mg/L or higher and for complicated infections such as endocarditis, osteomyelitis, meningitis, and hospital-acquired pneumonia.
  • For prolonged courses, it is appropriate to check vancomycin levels weekly in hemodynamically stable patients and more often in those who are not hemodynamically stable.

IS VANCOMYCIN NEPHROTOXIC?

In the 1950s, vancomycin formulations were sometimes called “Mississippi mud” because of the many impurities they contained.1 These impurities were associated with significant nephrotoxicity. Better purification methods used in the manufacture of current formulations mitigate this problem, resulting in a lower incidence of nephrotoxicity.

Over the last several years, organizations such as the American Thoracic Society and the IDSA have recommended targeting higher vancomycin trough concentrations.10 The consequent widespread use of higher doses has renewed interest in vancomycin’s potential nephrotoxicity.

Lodise et al,11 in a cohort study, examined the incidence of nephrotoxicity with higher daily doses of vancomycin (≥ 4 g/day), lower daily doses (< 4 g/day), and linezolid (Zyvox). They defined nephrotoxicity as an increase in serum creatinine of 0.5 mg/dL or a decrease in calculated creatinine clearance of 50% from baseline on 2 consecutive days.

The incidence of nephrotoxicity was significantly higher in the high-dose vancomycin group (34.6%) than in the low-dose vancomycin group (10.9%) and in the linezolid group (6.7%) (P = .001). Additional factors associated with nephrotoxicity in this study included baseline creatinine clearance less than 86.6 mL/minute, weight greater than 101.4 kg (223.5 lb), and being in an intensive care unit.

Hidayat et al12 investigated outcomes in patients with high vs low vancomycin trough levels (≥ 15 mg/L vs < 15 mg/L) in a prospective cohort study. Sixty-three patients achieved an average vancomycin trough of 15 to 20 mg/L, and of these, 11 developed nephrotoxicity, compared with no patients in the low-trough group (P = .01). Of the 11 who developed nephrotoxicity, 10 were concomitantly taking other potentially nephrotoxic agents.

Comment. The data on vancomycin and nephrotoxicity are mostly from studies that had limitations such as small numbers of patients, retrospective design, and variable definitions of nephrotoxicity. Many of the patients in these studies had additional factors contributing to nephrotoxicity, including hemodynamic instability and concomitant exposure to other nephrotoxins. Additionally, the sequence of events (nephrotoxicity leading to elevated vancomycin levels vs elevated vancomycin levels causing nephrotoxicity) is still debatable.

The incidence of nephrotoxicity associated with vancomycin therapy is difficult to determine. However, based on current information, the incidence of nephrotoxicity appears to be low when vancomycin is used as monotherapy.

IS S AUREUS BECOMING RESISTANT TO VANCOMYCIN?

An issue of increasing importance in health care settings is the emergence of vancomycin-intermediate S aureus (VISA) and vancomycin-resistant S aureus (VRSA). Eleven cases of VRSA were identified in the United States from 2002 to 2005.13 All cases of VRSA in the United States have involved the incorporation of enterococcal vanA cassette into the S aureus genome.14 While true VRSA isolates remain rare, VISA isolates are becoming more common.

Heteroresistant VISA: An emerging subpopulation of MRSA

Another population of S aureus that has emerged is heteroresistant vancomycin-intermediate S aureus (hVISA). It is defined as the presence of subpopulations of VISA within a population of MRSA at a rate of one organism per 105 to 106 organisms. With traditional testing methods, the vancomycin MIC for the entire population of the strain is within the susceptible range.15 These hVISA populations are thought to be precursors to the development of VISA.16

The resistance to vancomycin in hVISA and VISA populations is due to increased cell wall thickness, altered penicillin-binding protein profiles, and decreased cell wall autolysis.

While the true prevalence of hVISA is difficult to predict because of challenges in microbiological detection and probably varies between geographic regions and individual institutions, different studies have reported hVISA rates between 2% and 13% of all MRSA isolates.15–17

Reduced vancomycin susceptibility can develop regardless of methicillin susceptibility.18

While hVISA is not common, its presence is thought to be a predictor of failing vancomycin therapy.15

Factors associated with hVISA bacteremia include high-bacterial-load infections, treatment failure (including persistent bacteremia for more than 7 days), and initially low serum vancomycin levels.15

 

 

‘MIC creep’: Is it real?

Also worrisome, the average vancomycin MIC for S aureus has been shifting upward, based on reports from several institutions, although it is still within the susceptible range.19,20 However, this “MIC creep” likely reflects, at least in part, differences in MIC testing and varying methods used to analyze the data.19,20

Holmes and Jorgensen,21 in a single-institution study of MRSA isolates recovered from bacteremic patients from 1999 to 2006, determined that no MIC creep existed when they tested vancomycin MICs using the broth microdilution method. The authors found the MIC90 (ie, the MIC in at least 90% of the isolates) remained less than 1 mg/L during each year of the study.

Sader et al,22 in a multicenter study, evaluated 1,800 MRSA bloodstream isolates from nine hospitals across the United States from 2002 to 2006. Vancomycin MICs were again measured by broth microdilution methods. The mode MIC remained stable at 0.625 mg/L during the study period, and the authors did not detect a trend of rising MICs.

The inconsistency between reports of MIC creep at single institutions and the absence of this phenomenon in large, multicenter studies seems to imply that vancomycin MIC creep is not occurring on a grand scale.

Vancomycin tolerance

Another troubling matter with S aureus and vancomycin is the issue of tolerance. Vancomycin tolerance, defined in terms of increased minimum bactericidal concentration, represents a loss of bactericidal activity. Tolerance to vancomycin can occur even if the MIC remains in the susceptible range.23

Safdar and Rolston,24 in an observational study from a cancer center, reported that of eight cases of bacteremia that was resistant to vancomycin therapy, three were caused by S aureus.

Sakoulas et al25 found that higher levels of vancomycin bactericidal activity were associated with higher rates of clinical success; however, they found no effect on the mortality rate.

The issue of vancomycin tolerance remains controversial, and because testing for it is impractical in clinical microbiology laboratories, its implications outside the research arena are difficult to ascertain at present.

IS VANCOMYCIN STILL THE BEST DRUG FOR S AUREUS?

MIC break points have been lowered

In 2006, the Clinical Laboratories and Standards Institute lowered its break points for vancomycin MIC categories for S aureus:

  • Susceptible: ≤ 2 mg/L (formerly ≤ 4 mg/L)
  • Intermediate: 4–8 mg/L (formerly 8–16 mg/L)
  • Resistant: ≥ 16 mg/L (formerly ≥ 32 mg/L).

The rationales for these changes were that the lower break points would better detect hVISA, and that cases have been reported of clinical treatment failure of S aureus infections in which the MICs for vancomycin were 4 mg/L.26

Since 2006, the question has been raised whether to lower the break points even further. A reason for this proposal comes from an enhanced understanding of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of vancomycin.

The variable most closely associated with clinical response to vancomycin is the AUC-MIC ratio. An AUC-MIC ratio of 400 or higher may be associated with better outcomes in patients with serious S aureus infection. A study of 108 patients with S aureus infection of the lower respiratory tract indicated that organism eradication was more likely if the AUC-MIC ratio was 400 or greater compared with values less than 400, and this was statistically significant.27 However, in cases of S aureus infection with a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L or higher, this ratio may not be achievable.

A prospective study of 414 MRSA bacteremia episodes found a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L to be a predictor of death.28 The authors concluded that vancomycin may not be the optimal treatment for MRSA with a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L.28 Additional studies have also suggested a possible decrease in response to vancomycin in MRSA isolates with elevated MICs within the susceptible range.25,29

Recent guidelines from the IDSA recommend using the clinical response, regardless of the MIC, to guide antimicrobial selection for isolates with MICs in the susceptible range.2

Combination therapy with vancomycin

As vancomycin use has increased, therapeutic failures with vancomycin have become apparent. Combination therapy has been suggested as an option to increase the efficacy of vancomycin when treating complicated infections.

Rifampin plus vancomycin is controversial.30 The combination is theoretically beneficial, especially in infections associated with prosthetic devices. However, clinical studies have failed to convincingly support its use, and some have suggested that it might prolong bacteremia. In addition, it has numerous drug interactions to consider and adverse effects.31

Gentamicin plus vancomycin. The evidence supporting the use of this combination is weak at best. It appears that clinicians may have extrapolated from the success reported by Korzeniowski and Sande,32 who found that methicillin-susceptible S aureus bacteremia was cleared faster if gentamicin was added to nafcillin. A more recent study33 that compared daptomycin (Cubicin) monotherapy with combined vancomycin and gentamicin to treat MRSA bacteremia and endocarditis showed a better overall success rate with daptomycin (44% vs 32.6%), but the difference was not statistically significant.

Gentamicin has some toxicity. Even short-term use (for the first 4 days of therapy) at low doses for bacteremia and endocarditis due to staphylococci has been associated with a higher rate of renal adverse events, including a significant decrease in creatinine clearance.34

Clindamycin or linezolid plus vancomycin is used to decrease toxin production by S aureus.30

While combination therapy with vancomycin is recommended in specific clinical situations, and the combinations are synergistic in vitro, information is lacking about clinical outcomes to support their use.

 

 

Don’t use vancomycin when another drug would be better

Vancomycin continues to be the drug of choice in many circumstances, but in some instances its role is under scrutiny and another drug might be better.

Beta-lactams. In patients with infection due to methicillin-susceptible S aureus, failure rates are higher with vancomycin than with beta-lactam therapy, specifically nafcillin.35–37 Beta-lactam antibiotics are thus the drugs of choice for treating infection with beta-lactam-susceptible strains of S aureus.

Linezolid. In theory, linezolid’s ability to decrease production of the S aureus Panton-Valentine leukocidin (PVL) toxin may be an advantage over vancomycin for treating necrotizing pneumonias. For the treatment of MRSA pneumonia, however, controversy exists as to whether linezolid is superior to vancomycin. An analysis of two prospective, randomized, double-blind studies of patients with MRSA pneumonia suggested that initial therapy with linezolid was associated with better survival and clinical cure rates,38 but a subsequent meta-analysis did not substantiate this finding.39 An additional comparative study has been completed, and analysis of the results is in progress.

Daptomycin, approved for skin and soft-tissue infections and bacteremias, including those with right-sided endocarditis, is a lipopeptide antibiotic with a spectrum of action similar to that of vancomycin.40 Daptomycin is also active against many strains of vancomycin-resistant enterococci. As noted above, in the MRSA subgroup of the pivotal comparative study of treatment for S aureus bacteremia and endocarditis, the success rate for daptomycin-treated patients (44.4%) was better than that for patients treated with vancomycin plus gentamicin (32.6%), but the difference was not statistically significant.33,41

The creatine phosphokinase concentration should be monitored weekly in patients on daptomycin.42 Daptomycin is inactivated by lung surfactant and should not be used to treat pneumonia.

Other treatment options approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for MRSA infections include tigecycline (Tygacil), quinupristin-dalfopristin (Synercid), telavancin (Vibativ), and ceftaroline (Teflaro).

Tigecycline is a glycylcycline with bacteriostatic activity against S aureus and wide distribution to the tissues.43

Quinupristin-dalfopristin, a streptogramin antibiotic, has activity against S aureus. Its use may be associated with severe myalgias, sometimes leading patients to stop taking it.

Telavancin, recently approved by the FDA, is a lipoglycopeptide antibiotic.44 It is currently approved to treat complicated skin and skin structure infections and was found to be not inferior to vancomycin. An important side effect of this agent is nephrotoxicity. A negative pregnancy test is required before using this agent in women of childbearing potential.

Ceftaroline, a fifth-generation cephalosporin active against MRSA, has been approved by the FDA for the treatment of skin and skin structure infections and community-acquired pneumonia.45

References
  1. Murray BE, Nannini EC. Glycopeptides (vancomycin and teicoplanin), streptogramins (quinupristin-dalfopristin), and lipopeptides (daptomycin). In:Mandell GL, Bennett JE, Dolin R, editors. Mandell, Douglas, and Bennett’s Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Churchill Livingstone/Elsevier; 2010:449468.
  2. Liu C, Bayer A, Cosgrove SE, et al. Clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections in adults and children. Clin Infect Dis 2011; 52:285292.
  3. Baddour LM, Epstein AE, Erickson CC, et al; American Heart Association Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease Committee. Update on cardiovascular implantable electronic device infections and their management: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:458477.
  4. Chang FY, Peacock JE, Musher DM, et al. Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia: recurrence and the impact of antibiotic treatment in a prospective multicenter study. Medicine (Baltimore) 2003; 82:333339.
  5. Wysocki M, Delatour F, Faurisson F, et al. Continuous versus intermittent infusion of vancomycin in severe staphylococcal infections: prospective multicenter randomized study. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2001; 45:24602467.
  6. James JK, Palmer SM, Levine DP, Rybak MJ. Comparison of conventional dosing versus continuous-infusion vancomycin therapy for patients with suspected or documented gram-positive infections. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1996; 40:696700.
  7. Rybak M, Lomaestro B, Rotschafer JC, et al. Therapeutic monitoring of vancomycin in adult patients: a consensus review of the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, the Infectious Diseases Society of America, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2009; 66:8298.
  8. Wang JT, Fang CT, Chen YC, Chang SC. Necessity of a loading dose when using vancomycin in critically ill patients (letter). J Antimicrob Chemother 2001; 47:246.
  9. Mohammedi I, Descloux E, Argaud L, Le Scanff J, Robert D. Loading dose of vancomycin in critically ill patients: 15 mg/kg is a better choice than 500 mg. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2006; 27:259262.
  10. American Thoracic Society; Infectious Diseases Society of America. Guidelines for the management of adults with hospital-acquired, ventilator-associated, and healthcare-associated pneumonia. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2005; 171:388416.
  11. Lodise TP, Lomaestro B, Graves J, Drusano GL. Larger vancomycin doses (at least four grams per day) are associated with an increased incidence of nephrotoxicity. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:13301336.
  12. Hidayat LK, Hsu DI, Quist R, Shriner KA, Wong-Beringer A. High-dose vancomycin therapy for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections: efficacy and toxicity. Arch Intern Med 2006; 166:21382144.
  13. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC reminds clinical laboratories and healthcare infection preventionists of their role in the search and containment of vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (VRSA), May 2010. http://emergency.cdc.gov/coca/reminders/2010/2010may06.asp. Accessed June 7, 2011.
  14. Sievert DM, Rudrik JT, Patel JB, McDonald LC, Wilkins MJ, Hageman JC. Vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in the United States, 2002–2006. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 46:668674.
  15. Charles PG, Ward PB, Johnson PD, Howden BP, Grayson ML. Clinical features associated with bacteremia due to heterogeneous vancomycin-intermediate Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2004; 38:448451.
  16. Liu C, Chambers HF. Staphylococcus aureus with heterogeneous resistance to vancomycin: epidemiology, clinical significance, and critical assessment of diagnostic methods. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2003; 47:30403045.
  17. Sader HS, Jones RN, Rossi KL, Rybak MJ. Occurrence of vancomycin-tolerant and heterogeneous vancomycin-intermediate strains (hVISA) among Staphylococcus aureus causing bloodstream infections in nine USA hospitals. J Antimicrob Chemother 2009; 64:10241028.
  18. Pillai SK, Wennersten C, Venkataraman L, Eliopoulos GM, Moellering RC, Karchmer AW. Development of reduced vancomycin susceptibility in methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:11691174.
  19. Wang G, Hindler JF, Ward KW, Bruckner DA. Increased vancomycin MICs for Staphylococcus aureus clinical isolates from a university hospital during a 5-year period. J Clin Microbiol 2006; 44:38833886.
  20. Steinkraus G, White R, Friedrich L. Vancomycin MIC creep in nonvancomycin-intermediate Staphylococcus aureus (VISA), vancomycin-susceptible clinical methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) blood isolates from 2001–05. J Antimicrob Chemother 2007; 60:788794.
  21. Holmes RL, Jorgensen JH. Inhibitory activities of 11 antimicrobial agents and bactericidal activities of vancomycin and daptomycin against invasive methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus isolates obtained from 1999 through 2006. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:757760.
  22. Sader HS, Fey PD, Limaye AP, et al. Evaluation of vancomycin and daptomycin potency trends (MIC creep) against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus isolates collected in nine U.S. medical centers from 2002 to 2006. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2009; 53:41274132.
  23. May J, Shannon K, King A, French G. Glycopeptide tolerance in Staphylococcus aureus. J Antimicrob Chemother 1998; 42:189197.
  24. Safdar A, Rolston KV. Vancomycin tolerance, a potential mechanism for refractory gram-positive bacteremia observational study in patients with cancer. Cancer 2006; 106:18151820.
  25. Sakoulas G, Moise-Broder PA, Schentag J, Forrest A, Moellering RC, Eliopoulos GM. Relationship of MIC and bactericidal activity to efficacy of vancomycin for treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. J Clin Microbiol 2004; 42:23982402.
  26. Tenover FC, Moellering RC. The rationale for revising the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute vancomycin minimal inhibitory concentration interpretive criteria for Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2007; 44:12081215.
  27. Moise-Broder PA, Forrest A, Birmingham MC, Schentag JJ. Pharmacodynamics of vancomycin and other antimicrobials in patients with Staphylococcus aureus lower respiratory tract infections. Clin Pharmacokinet 2004; 43:925942.
  28. Soriano A, Marco F, Martínez JA, et al. Influence of vancomycin minimum inhibitory concentration on the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 46:193200.
  29. Lodise TP, Graves J, Evans A, et al. Relationship between vancomycin MIC and failure among patients with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia treated with vancomycin. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:33153320.
  30. Deresinski S. Vancomycin in combination with other antibiotics for the treatment of serious methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:10721079.
  31. Levine DP, Fromm BS, Reddy BR. Slow response to vancomycin or vancomycin plus rifampin in methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115:674680.
  32. Korzeniowski O, Sande MA. Combination antimicrobial therapy for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis in patients addicted to parenteral drugs and in nonaddicts: a prospective study. Ann Intern Med 1982; 97:496503.
  33. Rehm SJ, Boucher H, Levine D, et al. Daptomycin versus vancomycin plus gentamicin for treatment of bacteraemia and endocarditis due to Staphylococcus aureus: subset analysis of patients infected with methicillin-resistant isolates. J Antimicrob Chemother 2008; 62:14131421.
  34. Cosgrove SE, Vigliani GA, Fowler VG, et al. Initial low-dose gentamicin for Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia and endocarditis is nephrotoxic. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 48:713721.
  35. Small PM, Chambers HF. Vancomycin for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis in intravenous drug users. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1990; 34:12271231.
  36. Gentry CA, Rodvold KA, Novak RM, Hershow RC, Naderer OJ. Retrospective evaluation of therapies for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis. Pharmacotherapy 1997; 17:990997.
  37. Chang FY, Peacock JE, Musher DM, et al. Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia: recurrence and the impact of antibiotic treatment in a prospective multicenter study. Medicine (Baltimore) 2003; 82:333339.
  38. Wunderink RG, Rello J, Cammarata SK, Croos-Dabrera RV, Kollef MH. Linezolid vs vancomycin: analysis of two double-blind studies of patients with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus nosocomial pneumonia. Chest 2003; 124:17891797.
  39. Kalil AC, Murthy MH, Hermsen ED, Neto FK, Sun J, Rupp ME. Linezolid versus vancomycin or teicoplanin for nosocomial pneumonia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Crit Care Med 2010; 38:18021808.
  40. Kosmidis C, Levine DP. Daptomycin: pharmacology and clinical use. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2010; 11:615625.
  41. Fowler VG, Boucher HW, Corey GR, et al; S aureus Endocarditis and Bacteremia Study Group. Daptomycin versus standard therapy for bacteremia and endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:653665.
  42. Daptomycin package insert. Lexington, MA. Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. November 2010. www.cubicin.com/pdf/PrescribingInformation.pdf. Accessed June 7, 2011.
  43. Peterson LR. A review of tigecycline—the first glycylcycline. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2008; 32(suppl 4):S215S222.
  44. Saravolatz LD, Stein GE, Johnson LB. Telavancin: a novel lipoglycopeptide. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:19081914.
  45. Ceftaroline package insert. St. Louis, MO. Forest Pharmaceuticals. October 2010.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Amy Schilling, PharmD
Department of Pharmacy, The University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston

Elizabeth Neuner, PharmD
Department of Pharmacy, Cleveland Clinic

Susan J. Rehm, MD, FACP, FIDSA
Department of Infectious Disease, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Susan J. Rehm, MD, FACP, FIDSA, Department of Infectious Disease, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rehm has disclosed that she serves on advisory committees or review panels for Cubist Pharmaceuticals and Pfizer, Inc.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
465-471
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Amy Schilling, PharmD
Department of Pharmacy, The University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston

Elizabeth Neuner, PharmD
Department of Pharmacy, Cleveland Clinic

Susan J. Rehm, MD, FACP, FIDSA
Department of Infectious Disease, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Susan J. Rehm, MD, FACP, FIDSA, Department of Infectious Disease, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rehm has disclosed that she serves on advisory committees or review panels for Cubist Pharmaceuticals and Pfizer, Inc.

Author and Disclosure Information

Amy Schilling, PharmD
Department of Pharmacy, The University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston

Elizabeth Neuner, PharmD
Department of Pharmacy, Cleveland Clinic

Susan J. Rehm, MD, FACP, FIDSA
Department of Infectious Disease, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Susan J. Rehm, MD, FACP, FIDSA, Department of Infectious Disease, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rehm has disclosed that she serves on advisory committees or review panels for Cubist Pharmaceuticals and Pfizer, Inc.

Article PDF
Article PDF

In the past half-century, vancomycin has gone from near-orphan status to being one of the most often used antibiotics in our formulary. The driving force for its use is clear: the evolution of Staphylococcus aureus. At first, vancomycin was used to treat infections caused by penicillin-resistant strains. However, the discovery of methicillin curbed its use for more than 2 decades.1

Then, as methicillin-resistant S aureus (MRSA) began to spread in the 1980s, the use of vancomycin began to increase, and with the rise in community-associated MRSA infections in the 1990s, it became even more widely prescribed. The recent Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) guidelines for treatment of infections due to MRSA are replete with references to the use of vancomycin.2

Another factor driving the use of vancomycin is the increased prevalence of device-associated infections, many of which are caused by coagulase-negative staphylococci and other organisms that colonize the skin.3 Many of these bacteria are susceptible only to vancomycin; they may be associated with infections of vascular catheters, cardiac valves, pacemakers, implantable cardioverter-defibrillators, orthopedic implants, neurosurgical devices, and other devices.

To use vancomycin appropriately, we need to recognize the changing minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs), to select proper doses and dosing intervals, and to know how to monitor its use. Despite more than 50 years of experience with vancomycin, we sometimes find ourselves with more questions than answers about its optimal use.

WHAT IS VANCOMYCIN?

Vancomycin is a glycopeptide antibiotic isolated from a strain of Streptomyces orientalis discovered in a soil sample from Borneo in the mid-1950s.1 It exerts its action by binding to a d-alanyl-d-alanine cell wall precursor necessary for peptidoglycan cross-linking and, therefore, for inhibiting bacterial cell wall synthesis.

Vancomycin is bactericidal against most gram-positive species, including streptococci and staphylococci, with the exception of Enterococcus species, for which it is bacteriostatic. Though it is bactericidal, it appears to kill bacteria more slowly than beta-lactam antibiotics, and therefore it may take longer to clear bacteremia.4

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO DOSE VANCOMYCIN?

Vancomycin is widely distributed to most tissues, with an approximate volume of distribution of 0.4 to 1 L/kg; 50% to 55% is protein-bound. Because of this large volume of distribution, vancomycin’s dosing is based on actual body weight.

Vancomycin is not metabolized and is primarily excreted unchanged in the urine via glomerular filtration. It therefore requires dosage adjustments for renal insufficiency.

Vancomycin’s molecular weight is 1,485.73 Da, making it less susceptible to removal by dialysis than smaller molecules. Dosing of vancomycin in patients on hemodialysis depends on many factors specific to the dialysis center, including but not limited to the type of filter used, the duration of filtration, and whether high-flux filtration is used.

Is continuous intravenous infusion better than standard dosing?

Giving vancomycin by continuous infusion has been suggested as a way to optimize its serum concentration and improve its clinical effectiveness.

Wysocki et al5 conducted a multicenter, prospective, randomized study comparing continuous and intermittent intravenous infusions of vancomycin (the latter every 12 hours) to treat severe hospital-acquired MRSA infections, including bloodstream infections and pneumonia. Although blood concentrations above 10 μg/mL were reached more than 30 hours faster with continuous infusions than with intermittent ones, the microbiologic and clinical outcomes were similar with either method.

James et al6 compared the pharmacodynamics of conventional dosing of vancomycin (ie, 1 g every 12 hours) and continuous infusion in 10 patients with suspected or documented gram-positive infections in a prospective, randomized, crossover study. While no adverse effects were observed, the authors also found no statistically significant difference between the treatment groups in the pharmacodynamic variables investigated, including the area under the curve (AUC) divided by the MIC (the AUC-MIC ratio).

In view of the currently available data, the guidelines for monitoring vancomycin therapy note that there does not appear to be any difference in patient outcomes with continuous infusion vs intermittent dosing.7

Should a loading dose be given?

Another proposed strategy for optimizing vancomycin’s effectiveness is to give a higher initial dose, ie, a loading dose.

Wang et al8 performed a single-center study in 28 patients who received a 25 mg/kg loading dose at a rate of 500 mg/hour. This loading dose was safe, but the authors did not evaluate its efficacy.

Mohammedi et al9 compared loading doses of 500 mg and 15 mg/kg in critically ill patients receiving vancomycin by continuous infusion. The weight-based loading dose produced higher post-dose levels and a significantly higher rate of clinical cure, but there was no significant difference in the rate of survival to discharge from the intensive care unit.

While the use of a loading dose appears to be safe and likely leads to more rapid attainment of therapeutic blood levels, we lack data on whether it improves clinical outcomes, and further study is needed to determine its role.

 

 

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO MONITOR VANCOMYCIN THERAPY?

Whether and how to use the serum vancomycin concentration to adjust the dosing has been a matter of debate for many years. Convincing evidence that vancomycin levels predict clinical outcomes or that measuring them prevents toxicity is lacking.7

A consensus statement from the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, the IDSA, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists7 contains recommendations for monitoring vancomycin therapy, based on a critical evaluation of the available scientific evidence. Their recommendations:

  • Vancomycin serum concentrations should be checked to optimize therapy and used as a surrogate marker of effectiveness.
  • Trough, rather than peak, levels should be monitored.
  • Trough levels should be checked just before the fourth dose, when steady-state levels are likely to have been achieved. More frequent monitoring may be considered in patients with fluctuating renal function.
  • Trough levels should be higher than 10 mg/L to prevent the development of resistance.
  • To improve antibiotic penetration and optimize the likelihood of achieving pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic targets, trough levels of 15 to 20 mg/L are recommended for pathogens with a vancomycin MIC of 1 mg/L or higher and for complicated infections such as endocarditis, osteomyelitis, meningitis, and hospital-acquired pneumonia.
  • For prolonged courses, it is appropriate to check vancomycin levels weekly in hemodynamically stable patients and more often in those who are not hemodynamically stable.

IS VANCOMYCIN NEPHROTOXIC?

In the 1950s, vancomycin formulations were sometimes called “Mississippi mud” because of the many impurities they contained.1 These impurities were associated with significant nephrotoxicity. Better purification methods used in the manufacture of current formulations mitigate this problem, resulting in a lower incidence of nephrotoxicity.

Over the last several years, organizations such as the American Thoracic Society and the IDSA have recommended targeting higher vancomycin trough concentrations.10 The consequent widespread use of higher doses has renewed interest in vancomycin’s potential nephrotoxicity.

Lodise et al,11 in a cohort study, examined the incidence of nephrotoxicity with higher daily doses of vancomycin (≥ 4 g/day), lower daily doses (< 4 g/day), and linezolid (Zyvox). They defined nephrotoxicity as an increase in serum creatinine of 0.5 mg/dL or a decrease in calculated creatinine clearance of 50% from baseline on 2 consecutive days.

The incidence of nephrotoxicity was significantly higher in the high-dose vancomycin group (34.6%) than in the low-dose vancomycin group (10.9%) and in the linezolid group (6.7%) (P = .001). Additional factors associated with nephrotoxicity in this study included baseline creatinine clearance less than 86.6 mL/minute, weight greater than 101.4 kg (223.5 lb), and being in an intensive care unit.

Hidayat et al12 investigated outcomes in patients with high vs low vancomycin trough levels (≥ 15 mg/L vs < 15 mg/L) in a prospective cohort study. Sixty-three patients achieved an average vancomycin trough of 15 to 20 mg/L, and of these, 11 developed nephrotoxicity, compared with no patients in the low-trough group (P = .01). Of the 11 who developed nephrotoxicity, 10 were concomitantly taking other potentially nephrotoxic agents.

Comment. The data on vancomycin and nephrotoxicity are mostly from studies that had limitations such as small numbers of patients, retrospective design, and variable definitions of nephrotoxicity. Many of the patients in these studies had additional factors contributing to nephrotoxicity, including hemodynamic instability and concomitant exposure to other nephrotoxins. Additionally, the sequence of events (nephrotoxicity leading to elevated vancomycin levels vs elevated vancomycin levels causing nephrotoxicity) is still debatable.

The incidence of nephrotoxicity associated with vancomycin therapy is difficult to determine. However, based on current information, the incidence of nephrotoxicity appears to be low when vancomycin is used as monotherapy.

IS S AUREUS BECOMING RESISTANT TO VANCOMYCIN?

An issue of increasing importance in health care settings is the emergence of vancomycin-intermediate S aureus (VISA) and vancomycin-resistant S aureus (VRSA). Eleven cases of VRSA were identified in the United States from 2002 to 2005.13 All cases of VRSA in the United States have involved the incorporation of enterococcal vanA cassette into the S aureus genome.14 While true VRSA isolates remain rare, VISA isolates are becoming more common.

Heteroresistant VISA: An emerging subpopulation of MRSA

Another population of S aureus that has emerged is heteroresistant vancomycin-intermediate S aureus (hVISA). It is defined as the presence of subpopulations of VISA within a population of MRSA at a rate of one organism per 105 to 106 organisms. With traditional testing methods, the vancomycin MIC for the entire population of the strain is within the susceptible range.15 These hVISA populations are thought to be precursors to the development of VISA.16

The resistance to vancomycin in hVISA and VISA populations is due to increased cell wall thickness, altered penicillin-binding protein profiles, and decreased cell wall autolysis.

While the true prevalence of hVISA is difficult to predict because of challenges in microbiological detection and probably varies between geographic regions and individual institutions, different studies have reported hVISA rates between 2% and 13% of all MRSA isolates.15–17

Reduced vancomycin susceptibility can develop regardless of methicillin susceptibility.18

While hVISA is not common, its presence is thought to be a predictor of failing vancomycin therapy.15

Factors associated with hVISA bacteremia include high-bacterial-load infections, treatment failure (including persistent bacteremia for more than 7 days), and initially low serum vancomycin levels.15

 

 

‘MIC creep’: Is it real?

Also worrisome, the average vancomycin MIC for S aureus has been shifting upward, based on reports from several institutions, although it is still within the susceptible range.19,20 However, this “MIC creep” likely reflects, at least in part, differences in MIC testing and varying methods used to analyze the data.19,20

Holmes and Jorgensen,21 in a single-institution study of MRSA isolates recovered from bacteremic patients from 1999 to 2006, determined that no MIC creep existed when they tested vancomycin MICs using the broth microdilution method. The authors found the MIC90 (ie, the MIC in at least 90% of the isolates) remained less than 1 mg/L during each year of the study.

Sader et al,22 in a multicenter study, evaluated 1,800 MRSA bloodstream isolates from nine hospitals across the United States from 2002 to 2006. Vancomycin MICs were again measured by broth microdilution methods. The mode MIC remained stable at 0.625 mg/L during the study period, and the authors did not detect a trend of rising MICs.

The inconsistency between reports of MIC creep at single institutions and the absence of this phenomenon in large, multicenter studies seems to imply that vancomycin MIC creep is not occurring on a grand scale.

Vancomycin tolerance

Another troubling matter with S aureus and vancomycin is the issue of tolerance. Vancomycin tolerance, defined in terms of increased minimum bactericidal concentration, represents a loss of bactericidal activity. Tolerance to vancomycin can occur even if the MIC remains in the susceptible range.23

Safdar and Rolston,24 in an observational study from a cancer center, reported that of eight cases of bacteremia that was resistant to vancomycin therapy, three were caused by S aureus.

Sakoulas et al25 found that higher levels of vancomycin bactericidal activity were associated with higher rates of clinical success; however, they found no effect on the mortality rate.

The issue of vancomycin tolerance remains controversial, and because testing for it is impractical in clinical microbiology laboratories, its implications outside the research arena are difficult to ascertain at present.

IS VANCOMYCIN STILL THE BEST DRUG FOR S AUREUS?

MIC break points have been lowered

In 2006, the Clinical Laboratories and Standards Institute lowered its break points for vancomycin MIC categories for S aureus:

  • Susceptible: ≤ 2 mg/L (formerly ≤ 4 mg/L)
  • Intermediate: 4–8 mg/L (formerly 8–16 mg/L)
  • Resistant: ≥ 16 mg/L (formerly ≥ 32 mg/L).

The rationales for these changes were that the lower break points would better detect hVISA, and that cases have been reported of clinical treatment failure of S aureus infections in which the MICs for vancomycin were 4 mg/L.26

Since 2006, the question has been raised whether to lower the break points even further. A reason for this proposal comes from an enhanced understanding of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of vancomycin.

The variable most closely associated with clinical response to vancomycin is the AUC-MIC ratio. An AUC-MIC ratio of 400 or higher may be associated with better outcomes in patients with serious S aureus infection. A study of 108 patients with S aureus infection of the lower respiratory tract indicated that organism eradication was more likely if the AUC-MIC ratio was 400 or greater compared with values less than 400, and this was statistically significant.27 However, in cases of S aureus infection with a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L or higher, this ratio may not be achievable.

A prospective study of 414 MRSA bacteremia episodes found a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L to be a predictor of death.28 The authors concluded that vancomycin may not be the optimal treatment for MRSA with a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L.28 Additional studies have also suggested a possible decrease in response to vancomycin in MRSA isolates with elevated MICs within the susceptible range.25,29

Recent guidelines from the IDSA recommend using the clinical response, regardless of the MIC, to guide antimicrobial selection for isolates with MICs in the susceptible range.2

Combination therapy with vancomycin

As vancomycin use has increased, therapeutic failures with vancomycin have become apparent. Combination therapy has been suggested as an option to increase the efficacy of vancomycin when treating complicated infections.

Rifampin plus vancomycin is controversial.30 The combination is theoretically beneficial, especially in infections associated with prosthetic devices. However, clinical studies have failed to convincingly support its use, and some have suggested that it might prolong bacteremia. In addition, it has numerous drug interactions to consider and adverse effects.31

Gentamicin plus vancomycin. The evidence supporting the use of this combination is weak at best. It appears that clinicians may have extrapolated from the success reported by Korzeniowski and Sande,32 who found that methicillin-susceptible S aureus bacteremia was cleared faster if gentamicin was added to nafcillin. A more recent study33 that compared daptomycin (Cubicin) monotherapy with combined vancomycin and gentamicin to treat MRSA bacteremia and endocarditis showed a better overall success rate with daptomycin (44% vs 32.6%), but the difference was not statistically significant.

Gentamicin has some toxicity. Even short-term use (for the first 4 days of therapy) at low doses for bacteremia and endocarditis due to staphylococci has been associated with a higher rate of renal adverse events, including a significant decrease in creatinine clearance.34

Clindamycin or linezolid plus vancomycin is used to decrease toxin production by S aureus.30

While combination therapy with vancomycin is recommended in specific clinical situations, and the combinations are synergistic in vitro, information is lacking about clinical outcomes to support their use.

 

 

Don’t use vancomycin when another drug would be better

Vancomycin continues to be the drug of choice in many circumstances, but in some instances its role is under scrutiny and another drug might be better.

Beta-lactams. In patients with infection due to methicillin-susceptible S aureus, failure rates are higher with vancomycin than with beta-lactam therapy, specifically nafcillin.35–37 Beta-lactam antibiotics are thus the drugs of choice for treating infection with beta-lactam-susceptible strains of S aureus.

Linezolid. In theory, linezolid’s ability to decrease production of the S aureus Panton-Valentine leukocidin (PVL) toxin may be an advantage over vancomycin for treating necrotizing pneumonias. For the treatment of MRSA pneumonia, however, controversy exists as to whether linezolid is superior to vancomycin. An analysis of two prospective, randomized, double-blind studies of patients with MRSA pneumonia suggested that initial therapy with linezolid was associated with better survival and clinical cure rates,38 but a subsequent meta-analysis did not substantiate this finding.39 An additional comparative study has been completed, and analysis of the results is in progress.

Daptomycin, approved for skin and soft-tissue infections and bacteremias, including those with right-sided endocarditis, is a lipopeptide antibiotic with a spectrum of action similar to that of vancomycin.40 Daptomycin is also active against many strains of vancomycin-resistant enterococci. As noted above, in the MRSA subgroup of the pivotal comparative study of treatment for S aureus bacteremia and endocarditis, the success rate for daptomycin-treated patients (44.4%) was better than that for patients treated with vancomycin plus gentamicin (32.6%), but the difference was not statistically significant.33,41

The creatine phosphokinase concentration should be monitored weekly in patients on daptomycin.42 Daptomycin is inactivated by lung surfactant and should not be used to treat pneumonia.

Other treatment options approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for MRSA infections include tigecycline (Tygacil), quinupristin-dalfopristin (Synercid), telavancin (Vibativ), and ceftaroline (Teflaro).

Tigecycline is a glycylcycline with bacteriostatic activity against S aureus and wide distribution to the tissues.43

Quinupristin-dalfopristin, a streptogramin antibiotic, has activity against S aureus. Its use may be associated with severe myalgias, sometimes leading patients to stop taking it.

Telavancin, recently approved by the FDA, is a lipoglycopeptide antibiotic.44 It is currently approved to treat complicated skin and skin structure infections and was found to be not inferior to vancomycin. An important side effect of this agent is nephrotoxicity. A negative pregnancy test is required before using this agent in women of childbearing potential.

Ceftaroline, a fifth-generation cephalosporin active against MRSA, has been approved by the FDA for the treatment of skin and skin structure infections and community-acquired pneumonia.45

In the past half-century, vancomycin has gone from near-orphan status to being one of the most often used antibiotics in our formulary. The driving force for its use is clear: the evolution of Staphylococcus aureus. At first, vancomycin was used to treat infections caused by penicillin-resistant strains. However, the discovery of methicillin curbed its use for more than 2 decades.1

Then, as methicillin-resistant S aureus (MRSA) began to spread in the 1980s, the use of vancomycin began to increase, and with the rise in community-associated MRSA infections in the 1990s, it became even more widely prescribed. The recent Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) guidelines for treatment of infections due to MRSA are replete with references to the use of vancomycin.2

Another factor driving the use of vancomycin is the increased prevalence of device-associated infections, many of which are caused by coagulase-negative staphylococci and other organisms that colonize the skin.3 Many of these bacteria are susceptible only to vancomycin; they may be associated with infections of vascular catheters, cardiac valves, pacemakers, implantable cardioverter-defibrillators, orthopedic implants, neurosurgical devices, and other devices.

To use vancomycin appropriately, we need to recognize the changing minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs), to select proper doses and dosing intervals, and to know how to monitor its use. Despite more than 50 years of experience with vancomycin, we sometimes find ourselves with more questions than answers about its optimal use.

WHAT IS VANCOMYCIN?

Vancomycin is a glycopeptide antibiotic isolated from a strain of Streptomyces orientalis discovered in a soil sample from Borneo in the mid-1950s.1 It exerts its action by binding to a d-alanyl-d-alanine cell wall precursor necessary for peptidoglycan cross-linking and, therefore, for inhibiting bacterial cell wall synthesis.

Vancomycin is bactericidal against most gram-positive species, including streptococci and staphylococci, with the exception of Enterococcus species, for which it is bacteriostatic. Though it is bactericidal, it appears to kill bacteria more slowly than beta-lactam antibiotics, and therefore it may take longer to clear bacteremia.4

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO DOSE VANCOMYCIN?

Vancomycin is widely distributed to most tissues, with an approximate volume of distribution of 0.4 to 1 L/kg; 50% to 55% is protein-bound. Because of this large volume of distribution, vancomycin’s dosing is based on actual body weight.

Vancomycin is not metabolized and is primarily excreted unchanged in the urine via glomerular filtration. It therefore requires dosage adjustments for renal insufficiency.

Vancomycin’s molecular weight is 1,485.73 Da, making it less susceptible to removal by dialysis than smaller molecules. Dosing of vancomycin in patients on hemodialysis depends on many factors specific to the dialysis center, including but not limited to the type of filter used, the duration of filtration, and whether high-flux filtration is used.

Is continuous intravenous infusion better than standard dosing?

Giving vancomycin by continuous infusion has been suggested as a way to optimize its serum concentration and improve its clinical effectiveness.

Wysocki et al5 conducted a multicenter, prospective, randomized study comparing continuous and intermittent intravenous infusions of vancomycin (the latter every 12 hours) to treat severe hospital-acquired MRSA infections, including bloodstream infections and pneumonia. Although blood concentrations above 10 μg/mL were reached more than 30 hours faster with continuous infusions than with intermittent ones, the microbiologic and clinical outcomes were similar with either method.

James et al6 compared the pharmacodynamics of conventional dosing of vancomycin (ie, 1 g every 12 hours) and continuous infusion in 10 patients with suspected or documented gram-positive infections in a prospective, randomized, crossover study. While no adverse effects were observed, the authors also found no statistically significant difference between the treatment groups in the pharmacodynamic variables investigated, including the area under the curve (AUC) divided by the MIC (the AUC-MIC ratio).

In view of the currently available data, the guidelines for monitoring vancomycin therapy note that there does not appear to be any difference in patient outcomes with continuous infusion vs intermittent dosing.7

Should a loading dose be given?

Another proposed strategy for optimizing vancomycin’s effectiveness is to give a higher initial dose, ie, a loading dose.

Wang et al8 performed a single-center study in 28 patients who received a 25 mg/kg loading dose at a rate of 500 mg/hour. This loading dose was safe, but the authors did not evaluate its efficacy.

Mohammedi et al9 compared loading doses of 500 mg and 15 mg/kg in critically ill patients receiving vancomycin by continuous infusion. The weight-based loading dose produced higher post-dose levels and a significantly higher rate of clinical cure, but there was no significant difference in the rate of survival to discharge from the intensive care unit.

While the use of a loading dose appears to be safe and likely leads to more rapid attainment of therapeutic blood levels, we lack data on whether it improves clinical outcomes, and further study is needed to determine its role.

 

 

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO MONITOR VANCOMYCIN THERAPY?

Whether and how to use the serum vancomycin concentration to adjust the dosing has been a matter of debate for many years. Convincing evidence that vancomycin levels predict clinical outcomes or that measuring them prevents toxicity is lacking.7

A consensus statement from the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, the IDSA, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists7 contains recommendations for monitoring vancomycin therapy, based on a critical evaluation of the available scientific evidence. Their recommendations:

  • Vancomycin serum concentrations should be checked to optimize therapy and used as a surrogate marker of effectiveness.
  • Trough, rather than peak, levels should be monitored.
  • Trough levels should be checked just before the fourth dose, when steady-state levels are likely to have been achieved. More frequent monitoring may be considered in patients with fluctuating renal function.
  • Trough levels should be higher than 10 mg/L to prevent the development of resistance.
  • To improve antibiotic penetration and optimize the likelihood of achieving pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic targets, trough levels of 15 to 20 mg/L are recommended for pathogens with a vancomycin MIC of 1 mg/L or higher and for complicated infections such as endocarditis, osteomyelitis, meningitis, and hospital-acquired pneumonia.
  • For prolonged courses, it is appropriate to check vancomycin levels weekly in hemodynamically stable patients and more often in those who are not hemodynamically stable.

IS VANCOMYCIN NEPHROTOXIC?

In the 1950s, vancomycin formulations were sometimes called “Mississippi mud” because of the many impurities they contained.1 These impurities were associated with significant nephrotoxicity. Better purification methods used in the manufacture of current formulations mitigate this problem, resulting in a lower incidence of nephrotoxicity.

Over the last several years, organizations such as the American Thoracic Society and the IDSA have recommended targeting higher vancomycin trough concentrations.10 The consequent widespread use of higher doses has renewed interest in vancomycin’s potential nephrotoxicity.

Lodise et al,11 in a cohort study, examined the incidence of nephrotoxicity with higher daily doses of vancomycin (≥ 4 g/day), lower daily doses (< 4 g/day), and linezolid (Zyvox). They defined nephrotoxicity as an increase in serum creatinine of 0.5 mg/dL or a decrease in calculated creatinine clearance of 50% from baseline on 2 consecutive days.

The incidence of nephrotoxicity was significantly higher in the high-dose vancomycin group (34.6%) than in the low-dose vancomycin group (10.9%) and in the linezolid group (6.7%) (P = .001). Additional factors associated with nephrotoxicity in this study included baseline creatinine clearance less than 86.6 mL/minute, weight greater than 101.4 kg (223.5 lb), and being in an intensive care unit.

Hidayat et al12 investigated outcomes in patients with high vs low vancomycin trough levels (≥ 15 mg/L vs < 15 mg/L) in a prospective cohort study. Sixty-three patients achieved an average vancomycin trough of 15 to 20 mg/L, and of these, 11 developed nephrotoxicity, compared with no patients in the low-trough group (P = .01). Of the 11 who developed nephrotoxicity, 10 were concomitantly taking other potentially nephrotoxic agents.

Comment. The data on vancomycin and nephrotoxicity are mostly from studies that had limitations such as small numbers of patients, retrospective design, and variable definitions of nephrotoxicity. Many of the patients in these studies had additional factors contributing to nephrotoxicity, including hemodynamic instability and concomitant exposure to other nephrotoxins. Additionally, the sequence of events (nephrotoxicity leading to elevated vancomycin levels vs elevated vancomycin levels causing nephrotoxicity) is still debatable.

The incidence of nephrotoxicity associated with vancomycin therapy is difficult to determine. However, based on current information, the incidence of nephrotoxicity appears to be low when vancomycin is used as monotherapy.

IS S AUREUS BECOMING RESISTANT TO VANCOMYCIN?

An issue of increasing importance in health care settings is the emergence of vancomycin-intermediate S aureus (VISA) and vancomycin-resistant S aureus (VRSA). Eleven cases of VRSA were identified in the United States from 2002 to 2005.13 All cases of VRSA in the United States have involved the incorporation of enterococcal vanA cassette into the S aureus genome.14 While true VRSA isolates remain rare, VISA isolates are becoming more common.

Heteroresistant VISA: An emerging subpopulation of MRSA

Another population of S aureus that has emerged is heteroresistant vancomycin-intermediate S aureus (hVISA). It is defined as the presence of subpopulations of VISA within a population of MRSA at a rate of one organism per 105 to 106 organisms. With traditional testing methods, the vancomycin MIC for the entire population of the strain is within the susceptible range.15 These hVISA populations are thought to be precursors to the development of VISA.16

The resistance to vancomycin in hVISA and VISA populations is due to increased cell wall thickness, altered penicillin-binding protein profiles, and decreased cell wall autolysis.

While the true prevalence of hVISA is difficult to predict because of challenges in microbiological detection and probably varies between geographic regions and individual institutions, different studies have reported hVISA rates between 2% and 13% of all MRSA isolates.15–17

Reduced vancomycin susceptibility can develop regardless of methicillin susceptibility.18

While hVISA is not common, its presence is thought to be a predictor of failing vancomycin therapy.15

Factors associated with hVISA bacteremia include high-bacterial-load infections, treatment failure (including persistent bacteremia for more than 7 days), and initially low serum vancomycin levels.15

 

 

‘MIC creep’: Is it real?

Also worrisome, the average vancomycin MIC for S aureus has been shifting upward, based on reports from several institutions, although it is still within the susceptible range.19,20 However, this “MIC creep” likely reflects, at least in part, differences in MIC testing and varying methods used to analyze the data.19,20

Holmes and Jorgensen,21 in a single-institution study of MRSA isolates recovered from bacteremic patients from 1999 to 2006, determined that no MIC creep existed when they tested vancomycin MICs using the broth microdilution method. The authors found the MIC90 (ie, the MIC in at least 90% of the isolates) remained less than 1 mg/L during each year of the study.

Sader et al,22 in a multicenter study, evaluated 1,800 MRSA bloodstream isolates from nine hospitals across the United States from 2002 to 2006. Vancomycin MICs were again measured by broth microdilution methods. The mode MIC remained stable at 0.625 mg/L during the study period, and the authors did not detect a trend of rising MICs.

The inconsistency between reports of MIC creep at single institutions and the absence of this phenomenon in large, multicenter studies seems to imply that vancomycin MIC creep is not occurring on a grand scale.

Vancomycin tolerance

Another troubling matter with S aureus and vancomycin is the issue of tolerance. Vancomycin tolerance, defined in terms of increased minimum bactericidal concentration, represents a loss of bactericidal activity. Tolerance to vancomycin can occur even if the MIC remains in the susceptible range.23

Safdar and Rolston,24 in an observational study from a cancer center, reported that of eight cases of bacteremia that was resistant to vancomycin therapy, three were caused by S aureus.

Sakoulas et al25 found that higher levels of vancomycin bactericidal activity were associated with higher rates of clinical success; however, they found no effect on the mortality rate.

The issue of vancomycin tolerance remains controversial, and because testing for it is impractical in clinical microbiology laboratories, its implications outside the research arena are difficult to ascertain at present.

IS VANCOMYCIN STILL THE BEST DRUG FOR S AUREUS?

MIC break points have been lowered

In 2006, the Clinical Laboratories and Standards Institute lowered its break points for vancomycin MIC categories for S aureus:

  • Susceptible: ≤ 2 mg/L (formerly ≤ 4 mg/L)
  • Intermediate: 4–8 mg/L (formerly 8–16 mg/L)
  • Resistant: ≥ 16 mg/L (formerly ≥ 32 mg/L).

The rationales for these changes were that the lower break points would better detect hVISA, and that cases have been reported of clinical treatment failure of S aureus infections in which the MICs for vancomycin were 4 mg/L.26

Since 2006, the question has been raised whether to lower the break points even further. A reason for this proposal comes from an enhanced understanding of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of vancomycin.

The variable most closely associated with clinical response to vancomycin is the AUC-MIC ratio. An AUC-MIC ratio of 400 or higher may be associated with better outcomes in patients with serious S aureus infection. A study of 108 patients with S aureus infection of the lower respiratory tract indicated that organism eradication was more likely if the AUC-MIC ratio was 400 or greater compared with values less than 400, and this was statistically significant.27 However, in cases of S aureus infection with a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L or higher, this ratio may not be achievable.

A prospective study of 414 MRSA bacteremia episodes found a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L to be a predictor of death.28 The authors concluded that vancomycin may not be the optimal treatment for MRSA with a vancomycin MIC of 2 mg/L.28 Additional studies have also suggested a possible decrease in response to vancomycin in MRSA isolates with elevated MICs within the susceptible range.25,29

Recent guidelines from the IDSA recommend using the clinical response, regardless of the MIC, to guide antimicrobial selection for isolates with MICs in the susceptible range.2

Combination therapy with vancomycin

As vancomycin use has increased, therapeutic failures with vancomycin have become apparent. Combination therapy has been suggested as an option to increase the efficacy of vancomycin when treating complicated infections.

Rifampin plus vancomycin is controversial.30 The combination is theoretically beneficial, especially in infections associated with prosthetic devices. However, clinical studies have failed to convincingly support its use, and some have suggested that it might prolong bacteremia. In addition, it has numerous drug interactions to consider and adverse effects.31

Gentamicin plus vancomycin. The evidence supporting the use of this combination is weak at best. It appears that clinicians may have extrapolated from the success reported by Korzeniowski and Sande,32 who found that methicillin-susceptible S aureus bacteremia was cleared faster if gentamicin was added to nafcillin. A more recent study33 that compared daptomycin (Cubicin) monotherapy with combined vancomycin and gentamicin to treat MRSA bacteremia and endocarditis showed a better overall success rate with daptomycin (44% vs 32.6%), but the difference was not statistically significant.

Gentamicin has some toxicity. Even short-term use (for the first 4 days of therapy) at low doses for bacteremia and endocarditis due to staphylococci has been associated with a higher rate of renal adverse events, including a significant decrease in creatinine clearance.34

Clindamycin or linezolid plus vancomycin is used to decrease toxin production by S aureus.30

While combination therapy with vancomycin is recommended in specific clinical situations, and the combinations are synergistic in vitro, information is lacking about clinical outcomes to support their use.

 

 

Don’t use vancomycin when another drug would be better

Vancomycin continues to be the drug of choice in many circumstances, but in some instances its role is under scrutiny and another drug might be better.

Beta-lactams. In patients with infection due to methicillin-susceptible S aureus, failure rates are higher with vancomycin than with beta-lactam therapy, specifically nafcillin.35–37 Beta-lactam antibiotics are thus the drugs of choice for treating infection with beta-lactam-susceptible strains of S aureus.

Linezolid. In theory, linezolid’s ability to decrease production of the S aureus Panton-Valentine leukocidin (PVL) toxin may be an advantage over vancomycin for treating necrotizing pneumonias. For the treatment of MRSA pneumonia, however, controversy exists as to whether linezolid is superior to vancomycin. An analysis of two prospective, randomized, double-blind studies of patients with MRSA pneumonia suggested that initial therapy with linezolid was associated with better survival and clinical cure rates,38 but a subsequent meta-analysis did not substantiate this finding.39 An additional comparative study has been completed, and analysis of the results is in progress.

Daptomycin, approved for skin and soft-tissue infections and bacteremias, including those with right-sided endocarditis, is a lipopeptide antibiotic with a spectrum of action similar to that of vancomycin.40 Daptomycin is also active against many strains of vancomycin-resistant enterococci. As noted above, in the MRSA subgroup of the pivotal comparative study of treatment for S aureus bacteremia and endocarditis, the success rate for daptomycin-treated patients (44.4%) was better than that for patients treated with vancomycin plus gentamicin (32.6%), but the difference was not statistically significant.33,41

The creatine phosphokinase concentration should be monitored weekly in patients on daptomycin.42 Daptomycin is inactivated by lung surfactant and should not be used to treat pneumonia.

Other treatment options approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for MRSA infections include tigecycline (Tygacil), quinupristin-dalfopristin (Synercid), telavancin (Vibativ), and ceftaroline (Teflaro).

Tigecycline is a glycylcycline with bacteriostatic activity against S aureus and wide distribution to the tissues.43

Quinupristin-dalfopristin, a streptogramin antibiotic, has activity against S aureus. Its use may be associated with severe myalgias, sometimes leading patients to stop taking it.

Telavancin, recently approved by the FDA, is a lipoglycopeptide antibiotic.44 It is currently approved to treat complicated skin and skin structure infections and was found to be not inferior to vancomycin. An important side effect of this agent is nephrotoxicity. A negative pregnancy test is required before using this agent in women of childbearing potential.

Ceftaroline, a fifth-generation cephalosporin active against MRSA, has been approved by the FDA for the treatment of skin and skin structure infections and community-acquired pneumonia.45

References
  1. Murray BE, Nannini EC. Glycopeptides (vancomycin and teicoplanin), streptogramins (quinupristin-dalfopristin), and lipopeptides (daptomycin). In:Mandell GL, Bennett JE, Dolin R, editors. Mandell, Douglas, and Bennett’s Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Churchill Livingstone/Elsevier; 2010:449468.
  2. Liu C, Bayer A, Cosgrove SE, et al. Clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections in adults and children. Clin Infect Dis 2011; 52:285292.
  3. Baddour LM, Epstein AE, Erickson CC, et al; American Heart Association Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease Committee. Update on cardiovascular implantable electronic device infections and their management: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:458477.
  4. Chang FY, Peacock JE, Musher DM, et al. Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia: recurrence and the impact of antibiotic treatment in a prospective multicenter study. Medicine (Baltimore) 2003; 82:333339.
  5. Wysocki M, Delatour F, Faurisson F, et al. Continuous versus intermittent infusion of vancomycin in severe staphylococcal infections: prospective multicenter randomized study. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2001; 45:24602467.
  6. James JK, Palmer SM, Levine DP, Rybak MJ. Comparison of conventional dosing versus continuous-infusion vancomycin therapy for patients with suspected or documented gram-positive infections. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1996; 40:696700.
  7. Rybak M, Lomaestro B, Rotschafer JC, et al. Therapeutic monitoring of vancomycin in adult patients: a consensus review of the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, the Infectious Diseases Society of America, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2009; 66:8298.
  8. Wang JT, Fang CT, Chen YC, Chang SC. Necessity of a loading dose when using vancomycin in critically ill patients (letter). J Antimicrob Chemother 2001; 47:246.
  9. Mohammedi I, Descloux E, Argaud L, Le Scanff J, Robert D. Loading dose of vancomycin in critically ill patients: 15 mg/kg is a better choice than 500 mg. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2006; 27:259262.
  10. American Thoracic Society; Infectious Diseases Society of America. Guidelines for the management of adults with hospital-acquired, ventilator-associated, and healthcare-associated pneumonia. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2005; 171:388416.
  11. Lodise TP, Lomaestro B, Graves J, Drusano GL. Larger vancomycin doses (at least four grams per day) are associated with an increased incidence of nephrotoxicity. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:13301336.
  12. Hidayat LK, Hsu DI, Quist R, Shriner KA, Wong-Beringer A. High-dose vancomycin therapy for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections: efficacy and toxicity. Arch Intern Med 2006; 166:21382144.
  13. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC reminds clinical laboratories and healthcare infection preventionists of their role in the search and containment of vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (VRSA), May 2010. http://emergency.cdc.gov/coca/reminders/2010/2010may06.asp. Accessed June 7, 2011.
  14. Sievert DM, Rudrik JT, Patel JB, McDonald LC, Wilkins MJ, Hageman JC. Vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in the United States, 2002–2006. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 46:668674.
  15. Charles PG, Ward PB, Johnson PD, Howden BP, Grayson ML. Clinical features associated with bacteremia due to heterogeneous vancomycin-intermediate Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2004; 38:448451.
  16. Liu C, Chambers HF. Staphylococcus aureus with heterogeneous resistance to vancomycin: epidemiology, clinical significance, and critical assessment of diagnostic methods. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2003; 47:30403045.
  17. Sader HS, Jones RN, Rossi KL, Rybak MJ. Occurrence of vancomycin-tolerant and heterogeneous vancomycin-intermediate strains (hVISA) among Staphylococcus aureus causing bloodstream infections in nine USA hospitals. J Antimicrob Chemother 2009; 64:10241028.
  18. Pillai SK, Wennersten C, Venkataraman L, Eliopoulos GM, Moellering RC, Karchmer AW. Development of reduced vancomycin susceptibility in methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:11691174.
  19. Wang G, Hindler JF, Ward KW, Bruckner DA. Increased vancomycin MICs for Staphylococcus aureus clinical isolates from a university hospital during a 5-year period. J Clin Microbiol 2006; 44:38833886.
  20. Steinkraus G, White R, Friedrich L. Vancomycin MIC creep in nonvancomycin-intermediate Staphylococcus aureus (VISA), vancomycin-susceptible clinical methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) blood isolates from 2001–05. J Antimicrob Chemother 2007; 60:788794.
  21. Holmes RL, Jorgensen JH. Inhibitory activities of 11 antimicrobial agents and bactericidal activities of vancomycin and daptomycin against invasive methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus isolates obtained from 1999 through 2006. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:757760.
  22. Sader HS, Fey PD, Limaye AP, et al. Evaluation of vancomycin and daptomycin potency trends (MIC creep) against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus isolates collected in nine U.S. medical centers from 2002 to 2006. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2009; 53:41274132.
  23. May J, Shannon K, King A, French G. Glycopeptide tolerance in Staphylococcus aureus. J Antimicrob Chemother 1998; 42:189197.
  24. Safdar A, Rolston KV. Vancomycin tolerance, a potential mechanism for refractory gram-positive bacteremia observational study in patients with cancer. Cancer 2006; 106:18151820.
  25. Sakoulas G, Moise-Broder PA, Schentag J, Forrest A, Moellering RC, Eliopoulos GM. Relationship of MIC and bactericidal activity to efficacy of vancomycin for treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. J Clin Microbiol 2004; 42:23982402.
  26. Tenover FC, Moellering RC. The rationale for revising the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute vancomycin minimal inhibitory concentration interpretive criteria for Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2007; 44:12081215.
  27. Moise-Broder PA, Forrest A, Birmingham MC, Schentag JJ. Pharmacodynamics of vancomycin and other antimicrobials in patients with Staphylococcus aureus lower respiratory tract infections. Clin Pharmacokinet 2004; 43:925942.
  28. Soriano A, Marco F, Martínez JA, et al. Influence of vancomycin minimum inhibitory concentration on the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 46:193200.
  29. Lodise TP, Graves J, Evans A, et al. Relationship between vancomycin MIC and failure among patients with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia treated with vancomycin. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:33153320.
  30. Deresinski S. Vancomycin in combination with other antibiotics for the treatment of serious methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:10721079.
  31. Levine DP, Fromm BS, Reddy BR. Slow response to vancomycin or vancomycin plus rifampin in methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115:674680.
  32. Korzeniowski O, Sande MA. Combination antimicrobial therapy for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis in patients addicted to parenteral drugs and in nonaddicts: a prospective study. Ann Intern Med 1982; 97:496503.
  33. Rehm SJ, Boucher H, Levine D, et al. Daptomycin versus vancomycin plus gentamicin for treatment of bacteraemia and endocarditis due to Staphylococcus aureus: subset analysis of patients infected with methicillin-resistant isolates. J Antimicrob Chemother 2008; 62:14131421.
  34. Cosgrove SE, Vigliani GA, Fowler VG, et al. Initial low-dose gentamicin for Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia and endocarditis is nephrotoxic. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 48:713721.
  35. Small PM, Chambers HF. Vancomycin for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis in intravenous drug users. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1990; 34:12271231.
  36. Gentry CA, Rodvold KA, Novak RM, Hershow RC, Naderer OJ. Retrospective evaluation of therapies for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis. Pharmacotherapy 1997; 17:990997.
  37. Chang FY, Peacock JE, Musher DM, et al. Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia: recurrence and the impact of antibiotic treatment in a prospective multicenter study. Medicine (Baltimore) 2003; 82:333339.
  38. Wunderink RG, Rello J, Cammarata SK, Croos-Dabrera RV, Kollef MH. Linezolid vs vancomycin: analysis of two double-blind studies of patients with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus nosocomial pneumonia. Chest 2003; 124:17891797.
  39. Kalil AC, Murthy MH, Hermsen ED, Neto FK, Sun J, Rupp ME. Linezolid versus vancomycin or teicoplanin for nosocomial pneumonia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Crit Care Med 2010; 38:18021808.
  40. Kosmidis C, Levine DP. Daptomycin: pharmacology and clinical use. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2010; 11:615625.
  41. Fowler VG, Boucher HW, Corey GR, et al; S aureus Endocarditis and Bacteremia Study Group. Daptomycin versus standard therapy for bacteremia and endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:653665.
  42. Daptomycin package insert. Lexington, MA. Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. November 2010. www.cubicin.com/pdf/PrescribingInformation.pdf. Accessed June 7, 2011.
  43. Peterson LR. A review of tigecycline—the first glycylcycline. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2008; 32(suppl 4):S215S222.
  44. Saravolatz LD, Stein GE, Johnson LB. Telavancin: a novel lipoglycopeptide. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:19081914.
  45. Ceftaroline package insert. St. Louis, MO. Forest Pharmaceuticals. October 2010.
References
  1. Murray BE, Nannini EC. Glycopeptides (vancomycin and teicoplanin), streptogramins (quinupristin-dalfopristin), and lipopeptides (daptomycin). In:Mandell GL, Bennett JE, Dolin R, editors. Mandell, Douglas, and Bennett’s Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Churchill Livingstone/Elsevier; 2010:449468.
  2. Liu C, Bayer A, Cosgrove SE, et al. Clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections in adults and children. Clin Infect Dis 2011; 52:285292.
  3. Baddour LM, Epstein AE, Erickson CC, et al; American Heart Association Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease Committee. Update on cardiovascular implantable electronic device infections and their management: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:458477.
  4. Chang FY, Peacock JE, Musher DM, et al. Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia: recurrence and the impact of antibiotic treatment in a prospective multicenter study. Medicine (Baltimore) 2003; 82:333339.
  5. Wysocki M, Delatour F, Faurisson F, et al. Continuous versus intermittent infusion of vancomycin in severe staphylococcal infections: prospective multicenter randomized study. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2001; 45:24602467.
  6. James JK, Palmer SM, Levine DP, Rybak MJ. Comparison of conventional dosing versus continuous-infusion vancomycin therapy for patients with suspected or documented gram-positive infections. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1996; 40:696700.
  7. Rybak M, Lomaestro B, Rotschafer JC, et al. Therapeutic monitoring of vancomycin in adult patients: a consensus review of the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists, the Infectious Diseases Society of America, and the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2009; 66:8298.
  8. Wang JT, Fang CT, Chen YC, Chang SC. Necessity of a loading dose when using vancomycin in critically ill patients (letter). J Antimicrob Chemother 2001; 47:246.
  9. Mohammedi I, Descloux E, Argaud L, Le Scanff J, Robert D. Loading dose of vancomycin in critically ill patients: 15 mg/kg is a better choice than 500 mg. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2006; 27:259262.
  10. American Thoracic Society; Infectious Diseases Society of America. Guidelines for the management of adults with hospital-acquired, ventilator-associated, and healthcare-associated pneumonia. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2005; 171:388416.
  11. Lodise TP, Lomaestro B, Graves J, Drusano GL. Larger vancomycin doses (at least four grams per day) are associated with an increased incidence of nephrotoxicity. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:13301336.
  12. Hidayat LK, Hsu DI, Quist R, Shriner KA, Wong-Beringer A. High-dose vancomycin therapy for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections: efficacy and toxicity. Arch Intern Med 2006; 166:21382144.
  13. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC reminds clinical laboratories and healthcare infection preventionists of their role in the search and containment of vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (VRSA), May 2010. http://emergency.cdc.gov/coca/reminders/2010/2010may06.asp. Accessed June 7, 2011.
  14. Sievert DM, Rudrik JT, Patel JB, McDonald LC, Wilkins MJ, Hageman JC. Vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in the United States, 2002–2006. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 46:668674.
  15. Charles PG, Ward PB, Johnson PD, Howden BP, Grayson ML. Clinical features associated with bacteremia due to heterogeneous vancomycin-intermediate Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2004; 38:448451.
  16. Liu C, Chambers HF. Staphylococcus aureus with heterogeneous resistance to vancomycin: epidemiology, clinical significance, and critical assessment of diagnostic methods. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2003; 47:30403045.
  17. Sader HS, Jones RN, Rossi KL, Rybak MJ. Occurrence of vancomycin-tolerant and heterogeneous vancomycin-intermediate strains (hVISA) among Staphylococcus aureus causing bloodstream infections in nine USA hospitals. J Antimicrob Chemother 2009; 64:10241028.
  18. Pillai SK, Wennersten C, Venkataraman L, Eliopoulos GM, Moellering RC, Karchmer AW. Development of reduced vancomycin susceptibility in methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:11691174.
  19. Wang G, Hindler JF, Ward KW, Bruckner DA. Increased vancomycin MICs for Staphylococcus aureus clinical isolates from a university hospital during a 5-year period. J Clin Microbiol 2006; 44:38833886.
  20. Steinkraus G, White R, Friedrich L. Vancomycin MIC creep in nonvancomycin-intermediate Staphylococcus aureus (VISA), vancomycin-susceptible clinical methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) blood isolates from 2001–05. J Antimicrob Chemother 2007; 60:788794.
  21. Holmes RL, Jorgensen JH. Inhibitory activities of 11 antimicrobial agents and bactericidal activities of vancomycin and daptomycin against invasive methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus isolates obtained from 1999 through 2006. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:757760.
  22. Sader HS, Fey PD, Limaye AP, et al. Evaluation of vancomycin and daptomycin potency trends (MIC creep) against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus isolates collected in nine U.S. medical centers from 2002 to 2006. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2009; 53:41274132.
  23. May J, Shannon K, King A, French G. Glycopeptide tolerance in Staphylococcus aureus. J Antimicrob Chemother 1998; 42:189197.
  24. Safdar A, Rolston KV. Vancomycin tolerance, a potential mechanism for refractory gram-positive bacteremia observational study in patients with cancer. Cancer 2006; 106:18151820.
  25. Sakoulas G, Moise-Broder PA, Schentag J, Forrest A, Moellering RC, Eliopoulos GM. Relationship of MIC and bactericidal activity to efficacy of vancomycin for treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. J Clin Microbiol 2004; 42:23982402.
  26. Tenover FC, Moellering RC. The rationale for revising the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute vancomycin minimal inhibitory concentration interpretive criteria for Staphylococcus aureus. Clin Infect Dis 2007; 44:12081215.
  27. Moise-Broder PA, Forrest A, Birmingham MC, Schentag JJ. Pharmacodynamics of vancomycin and other antimicrobials in patients with Staphylococcus aureus lower respiratory tract infections. Clin Pharmacokinet 2004; 43:925942.
  28. Soriano A, Marco F, Martínez JA, et al. Influence of vancomycin minimum inhibitory concentration on the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. Clin Infect Dis 2008; 46:193200.
  29. Lodise TP, Graves J, Evans A, et al. Relationship between vancomycin MIC and failure among patients with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia treated with vancomycin. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2008; 52:33153320.
  30. Deresinski S. Vancomycin in combination with other antibiotics for the treatment of serious methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:10721079.
  31. Levine DP, Fromm BS, Reddy BR. Slow response to vancomycin or vancomycin plus rifampin in methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115:674680.
  32. Korzeniowski O, Sande MA. Combination antimicrobial therapy for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis in patients addicted to parenteral drugs and in nonaddicts: a prospective study. Ann Intern Med 1982; 97:496503.
  33. Rehm SJ, Boucher H, Levine D, et al. Daptomycin versus vancomycin plus gentamicin for treatment of bacteraemia and endocarditis due to Staphylococcus aureus: subset analysis of patients infected with methicillin-resistant isolates. J Antimicrob Chemother 2008; 62:14131421.
  34. Cosgrove SE, Vigliani GA, Fowler VG, et al. Initial low-dose gentamicin for Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia and endocarditis is nephrotoxic. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 48:713721.
  35. Small PM, Chambers HF. Vancomycin for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis in intravenous drug users. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1990; 34:12271231.
  36. Gentry CA, Rodvold KA, Novak RM, Hershow RC, Naderer OJ. Retrospective evaluation of therapies for Staphylococcus aureus endocarditis. Pharmacotherapy 1997; 17:990997.
  37. Chang FY, Peacock JE, Musher DM, et al. Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia: recurrence and the impact of antibiotic treatment in a prospective multicenter study. Medicine (Baltimore) 2003; 82:333339.
  38. Wunderink RG, Rello J, Cammarata SK, Croos-Dabrera RV, Kollef MH. Linezolid vs vancomycin: analysis of two double-blind studies of patients with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus nosocomial pneumonia. Chest 2003; 124:17891797.
  39. Kalil AC, Murthy MH, Hermsen ED, Neto FK, Sun J, Rupp ME. Linezolid versus vancomycin or teicoplanin for nosocomial pneumonia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Crit Care Med 2010; 38:18021808.
  40. Kosmidis C, Levine DP. Daptomycin: pharmacology and clinical use. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2010; 11:615625.
  41. Fowler VG, Boucher HW, Corey GR, et al; S aureus Endocarditis and Bacteremia Study Group. Daptomycin versus standard therapy for bacteremia and endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:653665.
  42. Daptomycin package insert. Lexington, MA. Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. November 2010. www.cubicin.com/pdf/PrescribingInformation.pdf. Accessed June 7, 2011.
  43. Peterson LR. A review of tigecycline—the first glycylcycline. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2008; 32(suppl 4):S215S222.
  44. Saravolatz LD, Stein GE, Johnson LB. Telavancin: a novel lipoglycopeptide. Clin Infect Dis 2009; 49:19081914.
  45. Ceftaroline package insert. St. Louis, MO. Forest Pharmaceuticals. October 2010.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Page Number
465-471
Page Number
465-471
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Vancomycin: A 50-something-year-old antibiotic we still don’t understand
Display Headline
Vancomycin: A 50-something-year-old antibiotic we still don’t understand
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Giving vancomycin by continuous infusion appears to offer no advantage over giving it every 12 hours.
  • Therapeutic blood levels can be reached more quickly if a loading dose is given, but whether this offers a clinical advantage is unclear.
  • The trough vancomycin serum concentration should be greater than 10 mg/L to prevent the development of resistance, and trough levels of 15 to 20 mg/L are recommended if the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) is 1 mg/L or higher.
  • Whether S aureus is becoming resistant to vancomycin is not clear.
  • The variable most closely associated with clinical response to vancomycin is the area under the curve (AUC) divided by the MIC (the AUC-MIC ratio), which should be greater than 400.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Hypothermia after cardiac arrest: Beneficial, but slow to be adopted

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Hypothermia after cardiac arrest: Beneficial, but slow to be adopted

A 30-year-old man experienced an episode of syncope while at work. He fully recovered consciousness within 2 minutes, but the emergency services team was called. As he was being loaded into the ambulance he again lost consciousness, and he was noted to be in ventricular fibrillation. Advanced cardiac life support was immediately started and continued for 50 minutes before a hemodynamically stable spontaneous rhythm was obtained.

On arrival at the emergency department of the local hospital, he was intubated to protect his airway, as he was comatose. A 12-lead electrocardiogram showed ST-segment elevations in leads V1, V2, and V3 and a wide QRS complex with an rSR′ pattern, consistent with right bundle branch block.

Mild therapeutic hypothermia was initiated by infusing intravenous saline solution chilled to 4°C and by applying cooling blankets, and he was transferred to our hospital on an emergency basis for further management. Here, hypothermia was maintained using an intravenous cooling catheter.

HYPOTHERMIA: BENEFICIAL, BUT SLOW TO BE ADOPTED

Mild therapeutic hypothermia is a recommended therapeutic intervention for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to ventricular fibrillation. Nonetheless, first-responders, emergency-room staff, and intensive-care teams have been slow to adopt and integrate it into a comprehensive postresuscitation strategy. This article summarizes the evidence supporting this therapy and how it is performed.

PROPOSED MECHANISMS OF BENEFIT

Mild therapeutic hypothermia is thought to protect against anoxic brain injury in survivors of cardiac arrest via several mechanisms:

  • Decreasing neuronal metabolism in the early stage of ischemic injury
  • Decreasing glucose and oxygen consumption by the brain,1 which reduces supply-demand mismatch
  • Decreasing the release of excitatory amino acids (eg, glutamate) that normally trigger cytotoxic cascades in the intermediate phase of injury2
  • Reducing the production of harmful reactive oxygen species3
  • Maintaining cellular pH4
  • Reducing cell death5
  • Slowing the breakdown of the blood-brain barrier that worsens cerebral edema.6

CLINICAL DATA SUPPORTING HYPOTHERMIA

There has been an interest in therapeutic hypothermia for several decades. In the 1950s, it was used in small numbers of cases in a variety of cardiac arrest situations.7,8 Interest was rekindled in the mid-1990s after a number of animal studies suggested it might be beneficial in prolonged cerebral ischemia and anoxia,9,10 and reports of case-series described its use in adults with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.11,12

In October 2002, the International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation (ILCOR), made up of executive members of several organizations including the American Heart Association, recommended that “unconscious adult patients with spontaneous circulation after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest” should be cooled to 32°C to 34°C [89.6°F–93.2°F] for 12 to 24 hours “when the initial rhythm was ventricular fibrillation.”13

Two large randomized trials

This position statement was based largely on the results of two randomized clinical trials published simultaneously earlier in 2002.14,15 These two trials were important not only because they were the largest randomized trials of this therapy to that point, but also because they used meaningful, prospectively defined clinical end points: all-cause mortality and degree of cognitive preservation as assessed using the Glasgow-Pittsburgh Cerebral Performance Category (CPC) scale.

The CPC scale ranges from 1 to 5. A score of 1 or 2 indicates that a patient may be able to go home or to an acute rehabilitation facility; scores of 3 to 5 indicate worse outcomes (Table 1).

Bernard et al14 performed a randomized trial in four centers in Australia, assigning 77 patients either to a goal temperature of 32°C to 34°C or to normothermia for 12 hours, with all other resuscitative measures being the same in both groups. The primary outcome measured was survival to hospital discharge with sufficient neurologic function to be discharged to home or to a rehabilitation facility, ie, a CPC score of 1 or 2.

In the hypothermia group, 21 (49%) of the 43 patients survived and had an outcome that was considered “good” (ie, they were discharged home or to a rehabilitation facility), compared with 9 (26%) of the 34 patients in the normothermia group (unadjusted odds ratio 2.65, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.02–6.88, P = .046). Proportionally fewer patients in the hypothermia group died—22 (51%) of 43 vs 23 (68%) of 34; however, the difference was not statistically significant (P = .145).

The Hypothermia After Cardiac Arrest Study Group15 screened 3,551 European patients who suffered out-of-hospital cardiac arrest15; 275 patients were randomized to mild therapeutic hypothermia or normothermia for 24 hours. The primary outcome was the percentage of patients who had a CPC score of 1 or 2 (vs 3 to 5) at 6 months, and the secondary outcome was the rate of death at 6 months.

At 6 months, 75 (55%) of the 136 patients in the hypothermia group had a CPC score of 1 or 2, compared with 54 (39%) of the 137 patients in the normothermia group (P = .009). The rate of death was also lower with hypothermia: 55% vs 41% (P = .02).

In both trials, patients were included only if their cardiac arrest was witnessed, if their initial cardiac rhythm was ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, if circulation spontaneously returned within 60 minutes with standard basic and advanced cardiac life support protocols, and if they were still comatose on arrival at the hospital. They were excluded if they were over age 75, if they had suffered a cerebrovascular accident at the time of cardiac arrest, or if the arrest was caused by trauma or drug overdose. In addition, the European trial excluded patients who suffered another cardiac arrest after the initial return of spontaneous circulation but before cooling was started.

 

 

The standard of care

In view of the available clinical data, the 2002 ILCOR guidelines and a 2005 statement from the American Heart Association advocated mild therapeutic hypothermia for survivors of out-of-hospital ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.16 Subsequently, this therapy has become more widely practiced and accepted as the standard of care among critical-care providers.

Of note, some public health officials and local governments are strongly promoting this treatment for survivors of cardiac arrest in the community.17 More and more of these groups are mandating that these patients be transported only to hospitals that have therapeutic hypothermia protocols in place, bypassing those not equipped to provide this treatment.18

INDICATIONS, CONTRAINDICATIONS, AND GRAY AREAS

What are the indications and contraindications to the use of hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest? What are some of the “gray areas”?

Indications. This treatment is indicated for comatose adults who have had a witnessed cardiac arrest, whose initial cardiac rhythm was ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, and whose circulation spontaneously returned in less than 60 minutes with basic and advanced cardiac life support. This carries a class I recommendation, level of evidence B, and was recently reinforced in the 2010 update to the American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation.19

Absolute contraindications include hemorrhagic stroke (which must be proved by computed tomography) and cardiac arrest due to trauma (Table 2). Other major contraindications are a Glasgow Coma Scale score of 8 or higher before the initiation of mild therapeutic hypothermia, cardiac arrest due to drug overdose, and preexisting hypothermia (< 34°C) when first-responders arrive.

Relative contraindications include baseline coagulopathy and severe hypotension (mean atrial pressure < 60 mm Hg) that is not correctable by fluid infusion, vasopressors, or invasive hemodynamic support.

Gray areas. There are not enough data to make a firm recommendation about whether to apply mild therapeutic hypothermia if a witnessed cardiac arrest with ventricular fibrillation or ventricular tachycardia occurs in the hospital, but data from out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients appear applicable for hospitalized patients.

The data are also quite limited and equivocal on its use for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest in patients whose initial cardiac rhythm is pulseless electrical activity or asystole,20,21 likely because of the competing risk of comorbidities and the resultant lower baseline survival rate in these patients.

Consequently, for in-hospital postarrest patients with any initial rhythm and for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients with rhythms other than ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation, the 2010 guideline recommendation on the use of mild therapeutic hypothermia is less enthusiastic (class IIb, level of evidence B).19

There are also few data on the use of mild therapeutic hypothermia in post-arrest patients in circulatory shock requiring vasopressors or intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation, largely limited to case series and comparisons with historical controls.22,23 Further investigation is clearly needed in these areas. Until then, it should be considered at the physician’s and the team’s discretion, on a case-by-case basis.

HYPOTHERMIA IN CASES OF VENTRICULAR FIBRILLATION AND ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME

The value of coronary angiography after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest was first highlighted by Spaulding et al,24 who performed it urgently in 84 consecutive survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, 36 of whom had ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction (STEMI). Angiography uncovered an acute coronary occlusion in 40 (48%) of the 84 patients.

In this series, ST-segment elevation was a strong predictor of acute coronary occlusion (odds ratio 4.3; 95% CI 1.6–2.0; P = .004). However, 9 patients without chest pain or ST elevation were also found to have an occluded infarct-related artery. Successful angioplasty was an independent predictor of survival, highlighting the importance of an angiographic definition in this population.

These findings were recently confirmed in the larger Parisian Region Out of Hospital Cardiac Arrest (PROCAT) registry in 435 patients who had no obvious extracardiac cause of arrest, for whom successful culprit coronary angioplasty was associated with survival.25

Angioplasty comes first, but neither treatment need be delayed

Efforts to induce hypothermia must not be allowed to delay the door-to-balloon time of post-arrest patients in the setting of STEMI. The top priority is establishing patency of the infarct-related artery with a goal of salvaging ischemic myocardium and obtaining mechanical and electrical stabilization.

Fortunately, mild therapeutic hypothermia does not necessarily delay emergency revascularization if hypothermia protocols are well established. In fact, induction of mild therapeutic hypothermia prior to or on arrival at the catheterization laboratory has been shown to be feasible and safe.26,27

We believe that all centers performing primary percutaneous coronary intervention for STEMI should have immediate access to and expertise in mild therapeutic hypothermia. Regional planning and integration of STEMI and out-of-hospital cardiac arrest networks will ensure that most patients with STEMI have access to this treatment when it is indicated.

Does hypothermia help the heart? Does it increase bleeding?

Researchers have been interested in therapeutic hypothermia as a means of reducing myocardial infarct size,28,29 but clinical trials have not shown a clear-cut benefit in this regard. However, these investigations have also added to the evidence that antiplatelet and anticoagulation therapy in patients undergoing mild therapeutic hypothermia does not result in a statistically significant excess of major bleeding events, which is a potential concern.

Of note, these studies were neither powered nor specifically designed to evaluate for major bleeding as an end point. Therefore, these complications should still be carefully monitored for.

 

 

IS THERE AN OPTIMAL TIME TO BEGIN MILD THERAPEUTIC HYPOTHERMIA?

Experimental data suggest that mild therapeutic hypothermia should be started as soon as possible after a comprehensive clinical evaluation indicates the patient is eligible.30–33 However, clinical data are not robustly in favor of starting it before the patient reaches the hospital rather than on hospital arrival.

In a recent randomized trial in 2,334 survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, outcomes were no better if hypothermia was started by paramedics than if it was started on arrival at the hospital (47.5% vs 52.6% discharged to home or rehabilitation; 95% CI 0.70–1.17; P = .43).34

Earlier data from smaller studies had suggested that prehospital initiation of hypothermia (for example, using chilled intravenous saline infusions) in carefully selected patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest was safe and showed a nonsignificant trend toward better outcomes.20,35

The randomized controlled trials that showed hypothermia to be beneficial used very slow cooling methods; consequently, it is reasonable to allow up to 6 hours from initial presentation to first-responders to start it. There are, however, no conclusive data in humans for or against starting it later than 6 hours after presentation. Most experts believe that its potential neurologic and mortality benefits are largely lost if it is delayed more than 6 hours.

The overall message from these data seems to be that, in patients who survive cardiac arrest outside the hospital with ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation, mild therapeutic hypothermia is effective and safe and should be started as soon as possible after arrival at the hospital.

METHODS FOR INDUCING AND MAINTAINING HYPOTHERMIA

Cooling the patient

To cool the patient and keep him or her cold, caregivers have used ice packs placed around the head, groin, and axillae; intravenous infusion of saline maintained at 4°C (39°F); and cooling-air blankets. More recently, thermal wraps and intravascular cooling catheters have been used.36–38 The newer methods are more effective in rapidly bringing patients to the target temperature of 32 to 34°C (usually within 3 or 4 hours) and keeping them within this range, and they auto-adjust their output on the basis of measured core temperature.

The Pre ROSC Intranasal Cooling Effectiveness (PRINCE) trial demonstrated the safety and efficacy of nasopharyngeal cooling using a perfluorocarbon aerosol given via a nasopharyngeal cannula in patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.39

Monitoring the core temperature

The patient’s core temperature is most commonly monitored with a probe in the esophagus, bladder, rectum, or pulmonary artery.40

Of these, the bladder and rectum are considered “intermediate” monitoring sites, as their temperatures tend to lag behind the core temperature. Furthermore, the bladder temperature can be significantly altered by the flow of urine, which can vary considerably during the cooling and rewarming process.

Esophageal temperature monitoring is relatively noninvasive and tends to reliably and accurately reflect core temperature as long as the probe is placed far enough down (about 45 cm from the nose in an average adult) that it is not affected by proximity to the trachea.

Pulmonary artery catheters are considered the gold standard for core temperature monitoring, but they pose risks such as bloodstream infection and large-vessel damage. In practice, many patients admitted to the coronary intensive care unit after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest require pulmonary artery catheterization anyway for other indications, and in these situations it is the preferred method of monitoring the core temperature.

However, no approach is ideal in terms of measuring the temperature in the critical end organs. Rather, core temperature monitoring serves as a guide to help ensure consistent clinical practice in attaining and maintaining mild therapeutic hypothermia.

Preventing shivering

To achieve and maintain the goal temperature, the body’s natural response to a decrease in core temperature—shivering—must be watched for and eliminated. A number of drugs may be used for this purpose.41

Paralytic drugs are used to reduce shivering; nursing staff must be trained to monitor for signs of occult shivering (eg, jaw vibration) and adjust the dose of paralytic drug accordingly. Since the patients are paralyzed, they must also receive continuous intravenous sedation.

Other commonly used drugs that decrease the hypothalamic drive to shiver include buspirone (BuSpar), a serotonin 5HT-1A partial agonist, and meperidine (Demerol), an opiate agonist of kappa and mu receptors.

Rewarming after 24 hours

Rewarming is conventionally started after 24 hours of mild therapeutic hypothermia, at a rate no greater than 0.5°C (1°F) per hour.

Because sedation is used during the hypothermia period of 24 hours, a washout period for these medications is necessary, and the neurologic prognosis of cardiac arrest patients who undergo mild therapeutic hypothermia cannot be adequately assessed until 72 hours after rewarming.

 

 

ADVERSE EFFECTS OF MILD THERAPEUTIC HYPOTHERMIA

In clinical trials of mild therapeutic hypothermia, adverse effects have included hypokalemia, bradyarrhythmia, ventricular tachycardia, hypotension, seizures, hyperglycemia, a transient decrease in the glomerular filtration rate, abnormal coagulation studies, and an increased incidence of pneumonia and sepsis (Table 3).

Some of these effects are predictable. Decreasing the body temperature causes potassium to shift into the cells, and this same potassium will leave the intracellular space during the rewarming phase. For this reason, aggressive potassium repletion for mild hypokalemia (potassium levels of 3.0–3.5 mmol/L) during mild therapeutic hypothermia can result in dangerous hyperkalemia during rewarming and should generally be avoided.

As another example, the enzymes involved in coagulation are less effective at lower temperatures. Thus, if it occurs, active bleeding requiring transfusion warrants consideration of stopping the hypothermia.

Adverse effects should be watched for (eg, by checking electrolyte levels frequently, monitoring blood glucose, continuous electroencephalographic monitoring during the cooling phase, and avoiding placement of intracardiac catheters once the goal temperature is reached) and addressed as they happen. However, in a recent review of this subject42 the balance of evidence continued to indicate that the benefit of this treatment exceeds its risks.

OUR PATIENT RECOVERS

After 24 hours of therapeutic hypothermia, our patient was gradually rewarmed to a normal temperature, and sedation and paralysis were discontinued.

Analysis of his prearrest and postarrest 12-lead electrocardiograms revealed a type I Brugada pattern (coved ST elevation and negative T waves in V1, V2, and V3, caused by abnormal repolarization due to inherited mutations in SCN5A). Cardiac catheterization revealed normal coronary arteries, and MRI revealed no evidence of arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy or other structural abnormalities.

In the next 72 hours the patient was successfully extubated, and he gradually returned to full neurologic function. Before he went home a few days later, a single-lead cardioverter-defibrillator was implanted to prevent sudden cardiac death. All of his first-degree relatives were encouraged to undergo genetic screening for SCN5A mutations. The patient is currently back to his previous high level of functioning as a marketing manager, husband, and father of two young children.

References
  1. Erecinska M, Thoresen M, Silver IA. Effects of hypothermia on energy metabolism in mammalian central nervous system. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 2003; 23:513530.
  2. Nakashima K, Todd MM. Effects of hypothermia on the rate of excitatory amino acid release after ischemic depolarization. Stroke 1996; 27:913918.
  3. Thoresen M, Satas S, Puka-Sundvall M, et al. Post-hypoxic hypothermia reduces cerebrocortical release of NO and excitotoxins. Neuroreport 1997; 8:33593362.
  4. Polderman KH. Mechanisms of action, physiological effects, and complications of hypothermia. Crit Care Med 2009; 37(suppl 7):S186S202.
  5. Yang D, Guo S, Zhang T, Li H. Hypothermia attenuates ischemia/reperfusion-induced endothelial cell apoptosis via alterations in apoptotic pathways and JNK signaling. FEBS Lett 2009; 583:25002506.
  6. Karibe H, Zarow GJ, Graham SH, Weinstein PR. Mild intraischemic hypothermia reduces postischemic hyperperfusion, delayed postischemic hypoperfusion, blood-brain barrier disruption, brain edema, and neuronal damage volume after temporary focal cerebral ischemia in rats. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 1994; 14:620627.
  7. Benson DW, Williams GR, Spencer FC, Yates AJ. The use of hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Anesth Analg 1959; 38:423428.
  8. Williams GR, Spencer FC. The clinical use of hypothermia following cardiac arrest. Ann Surg 1958; 148:462468.
  9. Baker CJ, Onesti ST, Barth KN, Prestigiacomo CJ, Solomon RA. Hypothermic protection following middle cerebral artery occlusion in the rat. Surg Neurol 1991; 36:175180.
  10. Ridenour TR, Warner DS, Todd MM, McAllister AC. Mild hypothermia reduces infarct size resulting from temporary but not permanent focal ischemia in rats. Stroke 1992; 23:733738.
  11. Bernard SA, Jones BM, Horne MK. Clinical trial of induced hypothermia in comatose survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Ann Emerg Med 1997; 30:146153.
  12. Yanagawa Y, Ishihara S, Norio H, et al. Preliminary clinical outcome study of mild resuscitative hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiopulmonary arrest. Resuscitation 1998; 39:6166.
  13. Nolan JP, Morley PT, Vanden Hoek TL, et al; International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation. Therapeutic hypothermia after cardiac arrest: an advisory statement by the advanced life support task force of the International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation. Circulation 2003; 108:118121.
  14. Bernard SA, Gray TW, Buist MD, et al. Treatment of comatose survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest with induced hypothermia. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:557563.
  15. Hypothermia after Cardiac Arrest Study Group. Mild therapeutic hypothermia to improve the neurologic outcome after cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:549556.
  16. ECC Committee, Subcommittees and Task Forces of the American Heart Association. 2005 American Heart Association Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiovascular Care. Circulation 2005; 112(suppl 24):IV1IV203.
  17. Hartocollis A. “City Pushes Cooling Therapy for Cardiac Arrest”. New York Times, December4th, 2008,A1. http://www.nytimes.com/2008/12/04/nyregion/04cool.html. Accessed May 31, , 2011.
  18. Nichol G, Aufderheide TP, Eigel B, et al; American Heart Association Emergency Cardiovascular Care Committee. Regional systems of care for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: A policy statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:709729.
  19. Field JM, Hazinski MF, Sayre MR, et al. Part 1: executive summary: 2010 American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation and emergency cardiovascular care. Circulation 2010; 122(suppl 3):S640S56.
  20. Hachimi-Idrissi S, Corne L, Ebinger G, Michotte Y, Huyghens L. Mild hypothermia induced by a helmet device: a clinical feasibility study. Resuscitation 2001; 51:275281.
  21. Kim F, Olsufka M, Longstreth WT, et al. Pilot randomized clinical trial of prehospital induction of mild hypothermia in out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients with a rapid infusion of 4 degrees C normal saline. Circulation 2007; 115:30643070.
  22. Hovdenes J, Laake JH, Aaberge L, Haugaa H, Bugge JF. Therapeutic hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: experiences with patients treated with percutaneous coronary intervention and cardiogenic shock. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2007; 51:137142.
  23. Skulec R, Kovarnik T, Dostalova G, Kolar J, Linhart A. Induction of mild hypothermia in cardiac arrest survivors presenting with cardiogenic shock syndrome. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2008; 52:188194.
  24. Spaulding CM, Joly LM, Rosenberg A, et al. Immediate coronary angiography in survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 1997; 336:16291633.
  25. Dumas F, Cariou A, Manzo-Silberman S, et al. Immediate percutaneous coronary intervention is associated with better survival after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: insights from the PROCAT (Parisian Region Out of hospital Cardiac ArresT) registry. Circ Cardiovasc Interv 2010; 3:200207.
  26. Knafelj R, Radsel P, Ploj T, Noc M. Primary percutaneous coronary intervention and mild induced hypothermia in comatose survivors of ventricular fibrillation with ST-elevation acute myocardial infarction. Resuscitation 2007; 74:227234.
  27. Wolfrum S, Pierau C, Radke PW, Schunkert H, Kurowski V. Mild therapeutic hypothermia in patients after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to acute ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction undergoing immediate percutaneous coronary intervention. Crit Care Med 2008; 36:17801786.
  28. O’Neill WW, on behalf of the COOL-MI Investigators. Cooling as an adjunct to primary PCI for myocardial infarction. Presented at Transcatheter Cardiovascular Therapeutics. Washington, DC; 2004.
  29. Grines CL, on behalf of the ICE-IT Investigators. Intravascular cooling adjunctive to percutaneous coronary intervention for acute myocardial infarction. Presented at Transcatheter Cardiovascular Therapeutics. Washington, DC; 2004.
  30. Weil MH, Gazmuri RJ. Hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:315.
  31. Abella BS, Zhao D, Alvarado J, Hamann K, Vanden Hoek TL, Becker LB. Intra-arrest cooling improves outcomes in a murine cardiac arrest model. Circulation 2004; 109:27862791.
  32. Zhao D, Abella BS, Beiser DG, et al. Intra-arrest cooling with delayed reperfusion yields higher survival than earlier normothermic resuscitation in a mouse model of cardiac arrest. Resuscitation 2008; 77:242249.
  33. Jia X, Koenig MA, Shin HC, et al. Improving neurological outcomes post-cardiac arrest in a rat model: immediate hypothermia and quantitative EEG monitoring. Resuscitation 2008; 76:431442.
  34. Bernard SA, Smith K, Cameron P, et al; Rapid Infusion of Cold Hartmanns (RICH) Investigators. Induction of therapeutic hypothermia by paramedics after resuscitation from out-of-hospital ventricular fibrillation cardiac arrest: a randomized controlled trial. Circulation 2010; 122:737742.
  35. Bruel C, Parienti JJ, Marie W, et al. Mild hypothermia during advanced life support: a preliminary study in out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Crit Care 2008; 12:R31.
  36. Pichon N, Amiel JB, François B, Dugard A, Etchecopar C, Vignon P. Efficacy of and tolerance to mild induced hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest using an endovascular cooling system. Crit Care 2007; 11:R71.
  37. Wolff B, Machill K, Schumacher D, Schulzki I, Werner D. Early achievement of mild therapeutic hypothermia and the neurologic outcome after cardiac arrest. Int J Cardiol 2009; 133:223228.
  38. Heard KJ, Peberdy MA, Sayre MR, et al. A randomized controlled trial comparing the Arctic Sun to standard cooling for induction of hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Resuscitation 2010; 81:914.
  39. Castrén M, Nordberg P, Svensson L, et al. Intra-arrest transnasal evaporative cooling: a randomized, prehospital, multicenter study (PRINCE: Pre-ROSC IntraNasal Cooling Effectiveness). Circulation 2010; 122:729736.
  40. Insler SR, Sessler DI. Perioperative thermoregulation and temperature monitoring. Anesthesiol Clin 2006; 24:823837.
  41. Weant KA, Martin JE, Humphries RL, Cook AM. Pharmacologic options for reducing the shivering response to therapeutic hypothermia. Pharmacotherapy 2010; 30:830841.
  42. Holzer M. Targeted temperature management for comatose survivors of cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:12561264.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Santosh Samuel Oommen, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Venu Menon, MD, FACC, FAHA
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Santosh Samuel Oommen, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, J3-6, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
441-448
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Santosh Samuel Oommen, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Venu Menon, MD, FACC, FAHA
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Santosh Samuel Oommen, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, J3-6, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Santosh Samuel Oommen, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Venu Menon, MD, FACC, FAHA
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Santosh Samuel Oommen, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, J3-6, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 30-year-old man experienced an episode of syncope while at work. He fully recovered consciousness within 2 minutes, but the emergency services team was called. As he was being loaded into the ambulance he again lost consciousness, and he was noted to be in ventricular fibrillation. Advanced cardiac life support was immediately started and continued for 50 minutes before a hemodynamically stable spontaneous rhythm was obtained.

On arrival at the emergency department of the local hospital, he was intubated to protect his airway, as he was comatose. A 12-lead electrocardiogram showed ST-segment elevations in leads V1, V2, and V3 and a wide QRS complex with an rSR′ pattern, consistent with right bundle branch block.

Mild therapeutic hypothermia was initiated by infusing intravenous saline solution chilled to 4°C and by applying cooling blankets, and he was transferred to our hospital on an emergency basis for further management. Here, hypothermia was maintained using an intravenous cooling catheter.

HYPOTHERMIA: BENEFICIAL, BUT SLOW TO BE ADOPTED

Mild therapeutic hypothermia is a recommended therapeutic intervention for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to ventricular fibrillation. Nonetheless, first-responders, emergency-room staff, and intensive-care teams have been slow to adopt and integrate it into a comprehensive postresuscitation strategy. This article summarizes the evidence supporting this therapy and how it is performed.

PROPOSED MECHANISMS OF BENEFIT

Mild therapeutic hypothermia is thought to protect against anoxic brain injury in survivors of cardiac arrest via several mechanisms:

  • Decreasing neuronal metabolism in the early stage of ischemic injury
  • Decreasing glucose and oxygen consumption by the brain,1 which reduces supply-demand mismatch
  • Decreasing the release of excitatory amino acids (eg, glutamate) that normally trigger cytotoxic cascades in the intermediate phase of injury2
  • Reducing the production of harmful reactive oxygen species3
  • Maintaining cellular pH4
  • Reducing cell death5
  • Slowing the breakdown of the blood-brain barrier that worsens cerebral edema.6

CLINICAL DATA SUPPORTING HYPOTHERMIA

There has been an interest in therapeutic hypothermia for several decades. In the 1950s, it was used in small numbers of cases in a variety of cardiac arrest situations.7,8 Interest was rekindled in the mid-1990s after a number of animal studies suggested it might be beneficial in prolonged cerebral ischemia and anoxia,9,10 and reports of case-series described its use in adults with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.11,12

In October 2002, the International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation (ILCOR), made up of executive members of several organizations including the American Heart Association, recommended that “unconscious adult patients with spontaneous circulation after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest” should be cooled to 32°C to 34°C [89.6°F–93.2°F] for 12 to 24 hours “when the initial rhythm was ventricular fibrillation.”13

Two large randomized trials

This position statement was based largely on the results of two randomized clinical trials published simultaneously earlier in 2002.14,15 These two trials were important not only because they were the largest randomized trials of this therapy to that point, but also because they used meaningful, prospectively defined clinical end points: all-cause mortality and degree of cognitive preservation as assessed using the Glasgow-Pittsburgh Cerebral Performance Category (CPC) scale.

The CPC scale ranges from 1 to 5. A score of 1 or 2 indicates that a patient may be able to go home or to an acute rehabilitation facility; scores of 3 to 5 indicate worse outcomes (Table 1).

Bernard et al14 performed a randomized trial in four centers in Australia, assigning 77 patients either to a goal temperature of 32°C to 34°C or to normothermia for 12 hours, with all other resuscitative measures being the same in both groups. The primary outcome measured was survival to hospital discharge with sufficient neurologic function to be discharged to home or to a rehabilitation facility, ie, a CPC score of 1 or 2.

In the hypothermia group, 21 (49%) of the 43 patients survived and had an outcome that was considered “good” (ie, they were discharged home or to a rehabilitation facility), compared with 9 (26%) of the 34 patients in the normothermia group (unadjusted odds ratio 2.65, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.02–6.88, P = .046). Proportionally fewer patients in the hypothermia group died—22 (51%) of 43 vs 23 (68%) of 34; however, the difference was not statistically significant (P = .145).

The Hypothermia After Cardiac Arrest Study Group15 screened 3,551 European patients who suffered out-of-hospital cardiac arrest15; 275 patients were randomized to mild therapeutic hypothermia or normothermia for 24 hours. The primary outcome was the percentage of patients who had a CPC score of 1 or 2 (vs 3 to 5) at 6 months, and the secondary outcome was the rate of death at 6 months.

At 6 months, 75 (55%) of the 136 patients in the hypothermia group had a CPC score of 1 or 2, compared with 54 (39%) of the 137 patients in the normothermia group (P = .009). The rate of death was also lower with hypothermia: 55% vs 41% (P = .02).

In both trials, patients were included only if their cardiac arrest was witnessed, if their initial cardiac rhythm was ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, if circulation spontaneously returned within 60 minutes with standard basic and advanced cardiac life support protocols, and if they were still comatose on arrival at the hospital. They were excluded if they were over age 75, if they had suffered a cerebrovascular accident at the time of cardiac arrest, or if the arrest was caused by trauma or drug overdose. In addition, the European trial excluded patients who suffered another cardiac arrest after the initial return of spontaneous circulation but before cooling was started.

 

 

The standard of care

In view of the available clinical data, the 2002 ILCOR guidelines and a 2005 statement from the American Heart Association advocated mild therapeutic hypothermia for survivors of out-of-hospital ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.16 Subsequently, this therapy has become more widely practiced and accepted as the standard of care among critical-care providers.

Of note, some public health officials and local governments are strongly promoting this treatment for survivors of cardiac arrest in the community.17 More and more of these groups are mandating that these patients be transported only to hospitals that have therapeutic hypothermia protocols in place, bypassing those not equipped to provide this treatment.18

INDICATIONS, CONTRAINDICATIONS, AND GRAY AREAS

What are the indications and contraindications to the use of hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest? What are some of the “gray areas”?

Indications. This treatment is indicated for comatose adults who have had a witnessed cardiac arrest, whose initial cardiac rhythm was ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, and whose circulation spontaneously returned in less than 60 minutes with basic and advanced cardiac life support. This carries a class I recommendation, level of evidence B, and was recently reinforced in the 2010 update to the American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation.19

Absolute contraindications include hemorrhagic stroke (which must be proved by computed tomography) and cardiac arrest due to trauma (Table 2). Other major contraindications are a Glasgow Coma Scale score of 8 or higher before the initiation of mild therapeutic hypothermia, cardiac arrest due to drug overdose, and preexisting hypothermia (< 34°C) when first-responders arrive.

Relative contraindications include baseline coagulopathy and severe hypotension (mean atrial pressure < 60 mm Hg) that is not correctable by fluid infusion, vasopressors, or invasive hemodynamic support.

Gray areas. There are not enough data to make a firm recommendation about whether to apply mild therapeutic hypothermia if a witnessed cardiac arrest with ventricular fibrillation or ventricular tachycardia occurs in the hospital, but data from out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients appear applicable for hospitalized patients.

The data are also quite limited and equivocal on its use for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest in patients whose initial cardiac rhythm is pulseless electrical activity or asystole,20,21 likely because of the competing risk of comorbidities and the resultant lower baseline survival rate in these patients.

Consequently, for in-hospital postarrest patients with any initial rhythm and for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients with rhythms other than ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation, the 2010 guideline recommendation on the use of mild therapeutic hypothermia is less enthusiastic (class IIb, level of evidence B).19

There are also few data on the use of mild therapeutic hypothermia in post-arrest patients in circulatory shock requiring vasopressors or intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation, largely limited to case series and comparisons with historical controls.22,23 Further investigation is clearly needed in these areas. Until then, it should be considered at the physician’s and the team’s discretion, on a case-by-case basis.

HYPOTHERMIA IN CASES OF VENTRICULAR FIBRILLATION AND ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME

The value of coronary angiography after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest was first highlighted by Spaulding et al,24 who performed it urgently in 84 consecutive survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, 36 of whom had ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction (STEMI). Angiography uncovered an acute coronary occlusion in 40 (48%) of the 84 patients.

In this series, ST-segment elevation was a strong predictor of acute coronary occlusion (odds ratio 4.3; 95% CI 1.6–2.0; P = .004). However, 9 patients without chest pain or ST elevation were also found to have an occluded infarct-related artery. Successful angioplasty was an independent predictor of survival, highlighting the importance of an angiographic definition in this population.

These findings were recently confirmed in the larger Parisian Region Out of Hospital Cardiac Arrest (PROCAT) registry in 435 patients who had no obvious extracardiac cause of arrest, for whom successful culprit coronary angioplasty was associated with survival.25

Angioplasty comes first, but neither treatment need be delayed

Efforts to induce hypothermia must not be allowed to delay the door-to-balloon time of post-arrest patients in the setting of STEMI. The top priority is establishing patency of the infarct-related artery with a goal of salvaging ischemic myocardium and obtaining mechanical and electrical stabilization.

Fortunately, mild therapeutic hypothermia does not necessarily delay emergency revascularization if hypothermia protocols are well established. In fact, induction of mild therapeutic hypothermia prior to or on arrival at the catheterization laboratory has been shown to be feasible and safe.26,27

We believe that all centers performing primary percutaneous coronary intervention for STEMI should have immediate access to and expertise in mild therapeutic hypothermia. Regional planning and integration of STEMI and out-of-hospital cardiac arrest networks will ensure that most patients with STEMI have access to this treatment when it is indicated.

Does hypothermia help the heart? Does it increase bleeding?

Researchers have been interested in therapeutic hypothermia as a means of reducing myocardial infarct size,28,29 but clinical trials have not shown a clear-cut benefit in this regard. However, these investigations have also added to the evidence that antiplatelet and anticoagulation therapy in patients undergoing mild therapeutic hypothermia does not result in a statistically significant excess of major bleeding events, which is a potential concern.

Of note, these studies were neither powered nor specifically designed to evaluate for major bleeding as an end point. Therefore, these complications should still be carefully monitored for.

 

 

IS THERE AN OPTIMAL TIME TO BEGIN MILD THERAPEUTIC HYPOTHERMIA?

Experimental data suggest that mild therapeutic hypothermia should be started as soon as possible after a comprehensive clinical evaluation indicates the patient is eligible.30–33 However, clinical data are not robustly in favor of starting it before the patient reaches the hospital rather than on hospital arrival.

In a recent randomized trial in 2,334 survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, outcomes were no better if hypothermia was started by paramedics than if it was started on arrival at the hospital (47.5% vs 52.6% discharged to home or rehabilitation; 95% CI 0.70–1.17; P = .43).34

Earlier data from smaller studies had suggested that prehospital initiation of hypothermia (for example, using chilled intravenous saline infusions) in carefully selected patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest was safe and showed a nonsignificant trend toward better outcomes.20,35

The randomized controlled trials that showed hypothermia to be beneficial used very slow cooling methods; consequently, it is reasonable to allow up to 6 hours from initial presentation to first-responders to start it. There are, however, no conclusive data in humans for or against starting it later than 6 hours after presentation. Most experts believe that its potential neurologic and mortality benefits are largely lost if it is delayed more than 6 hours.

The overall message from these data seems to be that, in patients who survive cardiac arrest outside the hospital with ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation, mild therapeutic hypothermia is effective and safe and should be started as soon as possible after arrival at the hospital.

METHODS FOR INDUCING AND MAINTAINING HYPOTHERMIA

Cooling the patient

To cool the patient and keep him or her cold, caregivers have used ice packs placed around the head, groin, and axillae; intravenous infusion of saline maintained at 4°C (39°F); and cooling-air blankets. More recently, thermal wraps and intravascular cooling catheters have been used.36–38 The newer methods are more effective in rapidly bringing patients to the target temperature of 32 to 34°C (usually within 3 or 4 hours) and keeping them within this range, and they auto-adjust their output on the basis of measured core temperature.

The Pre ROSC Intranasal Cooling Effectiveness (PRINCE) trial demonstrated the safety and efficacy of nasopharyngeal cooling using a perfluorocarbon aerosol given via a nasopharyngeal cannula in patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.39

Monitoring the core temperature

The patient’s core temperature is most commonly monitored with a probe in the esophagus, bladder, rectum, or pulmonary artery.40

Of these, the bladder and rectum are considered “intermediate” monitoring sites, as their temperatures tend to lag behind the core temperature. Furthermore, the bladder temperature can be significantly altered by the flow of urine, which can vary considerably during the cooling and rewarming process.

Esophageal temperature monitoring is relatively noninvasive and tends to reliably and accurately reflect core temperature as long as the probe is placed far enough down (about 45 cm from the nose in an average adult) that it is not affected by proximity to the trachea.

Pulmonary artery catheters are considered the gold standard for core temperature monitoring, but they pose risks such as bloodstream infection and large-vessel damage. In practice, many patients admitted to the coronary intensive care unit after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest require pulmonary artery catheterization anyway for other indications, and in these situations it is the preferred method of monitoring the core temperature.

However, no approach is ideal in terms of measuring the temperature in the critical end organs. Rather, core temperature monitoring serves as a guide to help ensure consistent clinical practice in attaining and maintaining mild therapeutic hypothermia.

Preventing shivering

To achieve and maintain the goal temperature, the body’s natural response to a decrease in core temperature—shivering—must be watched for and eliminated. A number of drugs may be used for this purpose.41

Paralytic drugs are used to reduce shivering; nursing staff must be trained to monitor for signs of occult shivering (eg, jaw vibration) and adjust the dose of paralytic drug accordingly. Since the patients are paralyzed, they must also receive continuous intravenous sedation.

Other commonly used drugs that decrease the hypothalamic drive to shiver include buspirone (BuSpar), a serotonin 5HT-1A partial agonist, and meperidine (Demerol), an opiate agonist of kappa and mu receptors.

Rewarming after 24 hours

Rewarming is conventionally started after 24 hours of mild therapeutic hypothermia, at a rate no greater than 0.5°C (1°F) per hour.

Because sedation is used during the hypothermia period of 24 hours, a washout period for these medications is necessary, and the neurologic prognosis of cardiac arrest patients who undergo mild therapeutic hypothermia cannot be adequately assessed until 72 hours after rewarming.

 

 

ADVERSE EFFECTS OF MILD THERAPEUTIC HYPOTHERMIA

In clinical trials of mild therapeutic hypothermia, adverse effects have included hypokalemia, bradyarrhythmia, ventricular tachycardia, hypotension, seizures, hyperglycemia, a transient decrease in the glomerular filtration rate, abnormal coagulation studies, and an increased incidence of pneumonia and sepsis (Table 3).

Some of these effects are predictable. Decreasing the body temperature causes potassium to shift into the cells, and this same potassium will leave the intracellular space during the rewarming phase. For this reason, aggressive potassium repletion for mild hypokalemia (potassium levels of 3.0–3.5 mmol/L) during mild therapeutic hypothermia can result in dangerous hyperkalemia during rewarming and should generally be avoided.

As another example, the enzymes involved in coagulation are less effective at lower temperatures. Thus, if it occurs, active bleeding requiring transfusion warrants consideration of stopping the hypothermia.

Adverse effects should be watched for (eg, by checking electrolyte levels frequently, monitoring blood glucose, continuous electroencephalographic monitoring during the cooling phase, and avoiding placement of intracardiac catheters once the goal temperature is reached) and addressed as they happen. However, in a recent review of this subject42 the balance of evidence continued to indicate that the benefit of this treatment exceeds its risks.

OUR PATIENT RECOVERS

After 24 hours of therapeutic hypothermia, our patient was gradually rewarmed to a normal temperature, and sedation and paralysis were discontinued.

Analysis of his prearrest and postarrest 12-lead electrocardiograms revealed a type I Brugada pattern (coved ST elevation and negative T waves in V1, V2, and V3, caused by abnormal repolarization due to inherited mutations in SCN5A). Cardiac catheterization revealed normal coronary arteries, and MRI revealed no evidence of arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy or other structural abnormalities.

In the next 72 hours the patient was successfully extubated, and he gradually returned to full neurologic function. Before he went home a few days later, a single-lead cardioverter-defibrillator was implanted to prevent sudden cardiac death. All of his first-degree relatives were encouraged to undergo genetic screening for SCN5A mutations. The patient is currently back to his previous high level of functioning as a marketing manager, husband, and father of two young children.

A 30-year-old man experienced an episode of syncope while at work. He fully recovered consciousness within 2 minutes, but the emergency services team was called. As he was being loaded into the ambulance he again lost consciousness, and he was noted to be in ventricular fibrillation. Advanced cardiac life support was immediately started and continued for 50 minutes before a hemodynamically stable spontaneous rhythm was obtained.

On arrival at the emergency department of the local hospital, he was intubated to protect his airway, as he was comatose. A 12-lead electrocardiogram showed ST-segment elevations in leads V1, V2, and V3 and a wide QRS complex with an rSR′ pattern, consistent with right bundle branch block.

Mild therapeutic hypothermia was initiated by infusing intravenous saline solution chilled to 4°C and by applying cooling blankets, and he was transferred to our hospital on an emergency basis for further management. Here, hypothermia was maintained using an intravenous cooling catheter.

HYPOTHERMIA: BENEFICIAL, BUT SLOW TO BE ADOPTED

Mild therapeutic hypothermia is a recommended therapeutic intervention for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to ventricular fibrillation. Nonetheless, first-responders, emergency-room staff, and intensive-care teams have been slow to adopt and integrate it into a comprehensive postresuscitation strategy. This article summarizes the evidence supporting this therapy and how it is performed.

PROPOSED MECHANISMS OF BENEFIT

Mild therapeutic hypothermia is thought to protect against anoxic brain injury in survivors of cardiac arrest via several mechanisms:

  • Decreasing neuronal metabolism in the early stage of ischemic injury
  • Decreasing glucose and oxygen consumption by the brain,1 which reduces supply-demand mismatch
  • Decreasing the release of excitatory amino acids (eg, glutamate) that normally trigger cytotoxic cascades in the intermediate phase of injury2
  • Reducing the production of harmful reactive oxygen species3
  • Maintaining cellular pH4
  • Reducing cell death5
  • Slowing the breakdown of the blood-brain barrier that worsens cerebral edema.6

CLINICAL DATA SUPPORTING HYPOTHERMIA

There has been an interest in therapeutic hypothermia for several decades. In the 1950s, it was used in small numbers of cases in a variety of cardiac arrest situations.7,8 Interest was rekindled in the mid-1990s after a number of animal studies suggested it might be beneficial in prolonged cerebral ischemia and anoxia,9,10 and reports of case-series described its use in adults with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.11,12

In October 2002, the International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation (ILCOR), made up of executive members of several organizations including the American Heart Association, recommended that “unconscious adult patients with spontaneous circulation after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest” should be cooled to 32°C to 34°C [89.6°F–93.2°F] for 12 to 24 hours “when the initial rhythm was ventricular fibrillation.”13

Two large randomized trials

This position statement was based largely on the results of two randomized clinical trials published simultaneously earlier in 2002.14,15 These two trials were important not only because they were the largest randomized trials of this therapy to that point, but also because they used meaningful, prospectively defined clinical end points: all-cause mortality and degree of cognitive preservation as assessed using the Glasgow-Pittsburgh Cerebral Performance Category (CPC) scale.

The CPC scale ranges from 1 to 5. A score of 1 or 2 indicates that a patient may be able to go home or to an acute rehabilitation facility; scores of 3 to 5 indicate worse outcomes (Table 1).

Bernard et al14 performed a randomized trial in four centers in Australia, assigning 77 patients either to a goal temperature of 32°C to 34°C or to normothermia for 12 hours, with all other resuscitative measures being the same in both groups. The primary outcome measured was survival to hospital discharge with sufficient neurologic function to be discharged to home or to a rehabilitation facility, ie, a CPC score of 1 or 2.

In the hypothermia group, 21 (49%) of the 43 patients survived and had an outcome that was considered “good” (ie, they were discharged home or to a rehabilitation facility), compared with 9 (26%) of the 34 patients in the normothermia group (unadjusted odds ratio 2.65, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.02–6.88, P = .046). Proportionally fewer patients in the hypothermia group died—22 (51%) of 43 vs 23 (68%) of 34; however, the difference was not statistically significant (P = .145).

The Hypothermia After Cardiac Arrest Study Group15 screened 3,551 European patients who suffered out-of-hospital cardiac arrest15; 275 patients were randomized to mild therapeutic hypothermia or normothermia for 24 hours. The primary outcome was the percentage of patients who had a CPC score of 1 or 2 (vs 3 to 5) at 6 months, and the secondary outcome was the rate of death at 6 months.

At 6 months, 75 (55%) of the 136 patients in the hypothermia group had a CPC score of 1 or 2, compared with 54 (39%) of the 137 patients in the normothermia group (P = .009). The rate of death was also lower with hypothermia: 55% vs 41% (P = .02).

In both trials, patients were included only if their cardiac arrest was witnessed, if their initial cardiac rhythm was ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, if circulation spontaneously returned within 60 minutes with standard basic and advanced cardiac life support protocols, and if they were still comatose on arrival at the hospital. They were excluded if they were over age 75, if they had suffered a cerebrovascular accident at the time of cardiac arrest, or if the arrest was caused by trauma or drug overdose. In addition, the European trial excluded patients who suffered another cardiac arrest after the initial return of spontaneous circulation but before cooling was started.

 

 

The standard of care

In view of the available clinical data, the 2002 ILCOR guidelines and a 2005 statement from the American Heart Association advocated mild therapeutic hypothermia for survivors of out-of-hospital ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation.16 Subsequently, this therapy has become more widely practiced and accepted as the standard of care among critical-care providers.

Of note, some public health officials and local governments are strongly promoting this treatment for survivors of cardiac arrest in the community.17 More and more of these groups are mandating that these patients be transported only to hospitals that have therapeutic hypothermia protocols in place, bypassing those not equipped to provide this treatment.18

INDICATIONS, CONTRAINDICATIONS, AND GRAY AREAS

What are the indications and contraindications to the use of hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest? What are some of the “gray areas”?

Indications. This treatment is indicated for comatose adults who have had a witnessed cardiac arrest, whose initial cardiac rhythm was ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, and whose circulation spontaneously returned in less than 60 minutes with basic and advanced cardiac life support. This carries a class I recommendation, level of evidence B, and was recently reinforced in the 2010 update to the American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation.19

Absolute contraindications include hemorrhagic stroke (which must be proved by computed tomography) and cardiac arrest due to trauma (Table 2). Other major contraindications are a Glasgow Coma Scale score of 8 or higher before the initiation of mild therapeutic hypothermia, cardiac arrest due to drug overdose, and preexisting hypothermia (< 34°C) when first-responders arrive.

Relative contraindications include baseline coagulopathy and severe hypotension (mean atrial pressure < 60 mm Hg) that is not correctable by fluid infusion, vasopressors, or invasive hemodynamic support.

Gray areas. There are not enough data to make a firm recommendation about whether to apply mild therapeutic hypothermia if a witnessed cardiac arrest with ventricular fibrillation or ventricular tachycardia occurs in the hospital, but data from out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients appear applicable for hospitalized patients.

The data are also quite limited and equivocal on its use for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest in patients whose initial cardiac rhythm is pulseless electrical activity or asystole,20,21 likely because of the competing risk of comorbidities and the resultant lower baseline survival rate in these patients.

Consequently, for in-hospital postarrest patients with any initial rhythm and for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients with rhythms other than ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation, the 2010 guideline recommendation on the use of mild therapeutic hypothermia is less enthusiastic (class IIb, level of evidence B).19

There are also few data on the use of mild therapeutic hypothermia in post-arrest patients in circulatory shock requiring vasopressors or intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation, largely limited to case series and comparisons with historical controls.22,23 Further investigation is clearly needed in these areas. Until then, it should be considered at the physician’s and the team’s discretion, on a case-by-case basis.

HYPOTHERMIA IN CASES OF VENTRICULAR FIBRILLATION AND ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME

The value of coronary angiography after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest was first highlighted by Spaulding et al,24 who performed it urgently in 84 consecutive survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, 36 of whom had ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction (STEMI). Angiography uncovered an acute coronary occlusion in 40 (48%) of the 84 patients.

In this series, ST-segment elevation was a strong predictor of acute coronary occlusion (odds ratio 4.3; 95% CI 1.6–2.0; P = .004). However, 9 patients without chest pain or ST elevation were also found to have an occluded infarct-related artery. Successful angioplasty was an independent predictor of survival, highlighting the importance of an angiographic definition in this population.

These findings were recently confirmed in the larger Parisian Region Out of Hospital Cardiac Arrest (PROCAT) registry in 435 patients who had no obvious extracardiac cause of arrest, for whom successful culprit coronary angioplasty was associated with survival.25

Angioplasty comes first, but neither treatment need be delayed

Efforts to induce hypothermia must not be allowed to delay the door-to-balloon time of post-arrest patients in the setting of STEMI. The top priority is establishing patency of the infarct-related artery with a goal of salvaging ischemic myocardium and obtaining mechanical and electrical stabilization.

Fortunately, mild therapeutic hypothermia does not necessarily delay emergency revascularization if hypothermia protocols are well established. In fact, induction of mild therapeutic hypothermia prior to or on arrival at the catheterization laboratory has been shown to be feasible and safe.26,27

We believe that all centers performing primary percutaneous coronary intervention for STEMI should have immediate access to and expertise in mild therapeutic hypothermia. Regional planning and integration of STEMI and out-of-hospital cardiac arrest networks will ensure that most patients with STEMI have access to this treatment when it is indicated.

Does hypothermia help the heart? Does it increase bleeding?

Researchers have been interested in therapeutic hypothermia as a means of reducing myocardial infarct size,28,29 but clinical trials have not shown a clear-cut benefit in this regard. However, these investigations have also added to the evidence that antiplatelet and anticoagulation therapy in patients undergoing mild therapeutic hypothermia does not result in a statistically significant excess of major bleeding events, which is a potential concern.

Of note, these studies were neither powered nor specifically designed to evaluate for major bleeding as an end point. Therefore, these complications should still be carefully monitored for.

 

 

IS THERE AN OPTIMAL TIME TO BEGIN MILD THERAPEUTIC HYPOTHERMIA?

Experimental data suggest that mild therapeutic hypothermia should be started as soon as possible after a comprehensive clinical evaluation indicates the patient is eligible.30–33 However, clinical data are not robustly in favor of starting it before the patient reaches the hospital rather than on hospital arrival.

In a recent randomized trial in 2,334 survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, outcomes were no better if hypothermia was started by paramedics than if it was started on arrival at the hospital (47.5% vs 52.6% discharged to home or rehabilitation; 95% CI 0.70–1.17; P = .43).34

Earlier data from smaller studies had suggested that prehospital initiation of hypothermia (for example, using chilled intravenous saline infusions) in carefully selected patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest was safe and showed a nonsignificant trend toward better outcomes.20,35

The randomized controlled trials that showed hypothermia to be beneficial used very slow cooling methods; consequently, it is reasonable to allow up to 6 hours from initial presentation to first-responders to start it. There are, however, no conclusive data in humans for or against starting it later than 6 hours after presentation. Most experts believe that its potential neurologic and mortality benefits are largely lost if it is delayed more than 6 hours.

The overall message from these data seems to be that, in patients who survive cardiac arrest outside the hospital with ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation, mild therapeutic hypothermia is effective and safe and should be started as soon as possible after arrival at the hospital.

METHODS FOR INDUCING AND MAINTAINING HYPOTHERMIA

Cooling the patient

To cool the patient and keep him or her cold, caregivers have used ice packs placed around the head, groin, and axillae; intravenous infusion of saline maintained at 4°C (39°F); and cooling-air blankets. More recently, thermal wraps and intravascular cooling catheters have been used.36–38 The newer methods are more effective in rapidly bringing patients to the target temperature of 32 to 34°C (usually within 3 or 4 hours) and keeping them within this range, and they auto-adjust their output on the basis of measured core temperature.

The Pre ROSC Intranasal Cooling Effectiveness (PRINCE) trial demonstrated the safety and efficacy of nasopharyngeal cooling using a perfluorocarbon aerosol given via a nasopharyngeal cannula in patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.39

Monitoring the core temperature

The patient’s core temperature is most commonly monitored with a probe in the esophagus, bladder, rectum, or pulmonary artery.40

Of these, the bladder and rectum are considered “intermediate” monitoring sites, as their temperatures tend to lag behind the core temperature. Furthermore, the bladder temperature can be significantly altered by the flow of urine, which can vary considerably during the cooling and rewarming process.

Esophageal temperature monitoring is relatively noninvasive and tends to reliably and accurately reflect core temperature as long as the probe is placed far enough down (about 45 cm from the nose in an average adult) that it is not affected by proximity to the trachea.

Pulmonary artery catheters are considered the gold standard for core temperature monitoring, but they pose risks such as bloodstream infection and large-vessel damage. In practice, many patients admitted to the coronary intensive care unit after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest require pulmonary artery catheterization anyway for other indications, and in these situations it is the preferred method of monitoring the core temperature.

However, no approach is ideal in terms of measuring the temperature in the critical end organs. Rather, core temperature monitoring serves as a guide to help ensure consistent clinical practice in attaining and maintaining mild therapeutic hypothermia.

Preventing shivering

To achieve and maintain the goal temperature, the body’s natural response to a decrease in core temperature—shivering—must be watched for and eliminated. A number of drugs may be used for this purpose.41

Paralytic drugs are used to reduce shivering; nursing staff must be trained to monitor for signs of occult shivering (eg, jaw vibration) and adjust the dose of paralytic drug accordingly. Since the patients are paralyzed, they must also receive continuous intravenous sedation.

Other commonly used drugs that decrease the hypothalamic drive to shiver include buspirone (BuSpar), a serotonin 5HT-1A partial agonist, and meperidine (Demerol), an opiate agonist of kappa and mu receptors.

Rewarming after 24 hours

Rewarming is conventionally started after 24 hours of mild therapeutic hypothermia, at a rate no greater than 0.5°C (1°F) per hour.

Because sedation is used during the hypothermia period of 24 hours, a washout period for these medications is necessary, and the neurologic prognosis of cardiac arrest patients who undergo mild therapeutic hypothermia cannot be adequately assessed until 72 hours after rewarming.

 

 

ADVERSE EFFECTS OF MILD THERAPEUTIC HYPOTHERMIA

In clinical trials of mild therapeutic hypothermia, adverse effects have included hypokalemia, bradyarrhythmia, ventricular tachycardia, hypotension, seizures, hyperglycemia, a transient decrease in the glomerular filtration rate, abnormal coagulation studies, and an increased incidence of pneumonia and sepsis (Table 3).

Some of these effects are predictable. Decreasing the body temperature causes potassium to shift into the cells, and this same potassium will leave the intracellular space during the rewarming phase. For this reason, aggressive potassium repletion for mild hypokalemia (potassium levels of 3.0–3.5 mmol/L) during mild therapeutic hypothermia can result in dangerous hyperkalemia during rewarming and should generally be avoided.

As another example, the enzymes involved in coagulation are less effective at lower temperatures. Thus, if it occurs, active bleeding requiring transfusion warrants consideration of stopping the hypothermia.

Adverse effects should be watched for (eg, by checking electrolyte levels frequently, monitoring blood glucose, continuous electroencephalographic monitoring during the cooling phase, and avoiding placement of intracardiac catheters once the goal temperature is reached) and addressed as they happen. However, in a recent review of this subject42 the balance of evidence continued to indicate that the benefit of this treatment exceeds its risks.

OUR PATIENT RECOVERS

After 24 hours of therapeutic hypothermia, our patient was gradually rewarmed to a normal temperature, and sedation and paralysis were discontinued.

Analysis of his prearrest and postarrest 12-lead electrocardiograms revealed a type I Brugada pattern (coved ST elevation and negative T waves in V1, V2, and V3, caused by abnormal repolarization due to inherited mutations in SCN5A). Cardiac catheterization revealed normal coronary arteries, and MRI revealed no evidence of arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy or other structural abnormalities.

In the next 72 hours the patient was successfully extubated, and he gradually returned to full neurologic function. Before he went home a few days later, a single-lead cardioverter-defibrillator was implanted to prevent sudden cardiac death. All of his first-degree relatives were encouraged to undergo genetic screening for SCN5A mutations. The patient is currently back to his previous high level of functioning as a marketing manager, husband, and father of two young children.

References
  1. Erecinska M, Thoresen M, Silver IA. Effects of hypothermia on energy metabolism in mammalian central nervous system. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 2003; 23:513530.
  2. Nakashima K, Todd MM. Effects of hypothermia on the rate of excitatory amino acid release after ischemic depolarization. Stroke 1996; 27:913918.
  3. Thoresen M, Satas S, Puka-Sundvall M, et al. Post-hypoxic hypothermia reduces cerebrocortical release of NO and excitotoxins. Neuroreport 1997; 8:33593362.
  4. Polderman KH. Mechanisms of action, physiological effects, and complications of hypothermia. Crit Care Med 2009; 37(suppl 7):S186S202.
  5. Yang D, Guo S, Zhang T, Li H. Hypothermia attenuates ischemia/reperfusion-induced endothelial cell apoptosis via alterations in apoptotic pathways and JNK signaling. FEBS Lett 2009; 583:25002506.
  6. Karibe H, Zarow GJ, Graham SH, Weinstein PR. Mild intraischemic hypothermia reduces postischemic hyperperfusion, delayed postischemic hypoperfusion, blood-brain barrier disruption, brain edema, and neuronal damage volume after temporary focal cerebral ischemia in rats. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 1994; 14:620627.
  7. Benson DW, Williams GR, Spencer FC, Yates AJ. The use of hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Anesth Analg 1959; 38:423428.
  8. Williams GR, Spencer FC. The clinical use of hypothermia following cardiac arrest. Ann Surg 1958; 148:462468.
  9. Baker CJ, Onesti ST, Barth KN, Prestigiacomo CJ, Solomon RA. Hypothermic protection following middle cerebral artery occlusion in the rat. Surg Neurol 1991; 36:175180.
  10. Ridenour TR, Warner DS, Todd MM, McAllister AC. Mild hypothermia reduces infarct size resulting from temporary but not permanent focal ischemia in rats. Stroke 1992; 23:733738.
  11. Bernard SA, Jones BM, Horne MK. Clinical trial of induced hypothermia in comatose survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Ann Emerg Med 1997; 30:146153.
  12. Yanagawa Y, Ishihara S, Norio H, et al. Preliminary clinical outcome study of mild resuscitative hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiopulmonary arrest. Resuscitation 1998; 39:6166.
  13. Nolan JP, Morley PT, Vanden Hoek TL, et al; International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation. Therapeutic hypothermia after cardiac arrest: an advisory statement by the advanced life support task force of the International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation. Circulation 2003; 108:118121.
  14. Bernard SA, Gray TW, Buist MD, et al. Treatment of comatose survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest with induced hypothermia. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:557563.
  15. Hypothermia after Cardiac Arrest Study Group. Mild therapeutic hypothermia to improve the neurologic outcome after cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:549556.
  16. ECC Committee, Subcommittees and Task Forces of the American Heart Association. 2005 American Heart Association Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiovascular Care. Circulation 2005; 112(suppl 24):IV1IV203.
  17. Hartocollis A. “City Pushes Cooling Therapy for Cardiac Arrest”. New York Times, December4th, 2008,A1. http://www.nytimes.com/2008/12/04/nyregion/04cool.html. Accessed May 31, , 2011.
  18. Nichol G, Aufderheide TP, Eigel B, et al; American Heart Association Emergency Cardiovascular Care Committee. Regional systems of care for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: A policy statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:709729.
  19. Field JM, Hazinski MF, Sayre MR, et al. Part 1: executive summary: 2010 American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation and emergency cardiovascular care. Circulation 2010; 122(suppl 3):S640S56.
  20. Hachimi-Idrissi S, Corne L, Ebinger G, Michotte Y, Huyghens L. Mild hypothermia induced by a helmet device: a clinical feasibility study. Resuscitation 2001; 51:275281.
  21. Kim F, Olsufka M, Longstreth WT, et al. Pilot randomized clinical trial of prehospital induction of mild hypothermia in out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients with a rapid infusion of 4 degrees C normal saline. Circulation 2007; 115:30643070.
  22. Hovdenes J, Laake JH, Aaberge L, Haugaa H, Bugge JF. Therapeutic hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: experiences with patients treated with percutaneous coronary intervention and cardiogenic shock. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2007; 51:137142.
  23. Skulec R, Kovarnik T, Dostalova G, Kolar J, Linhart A. Induction of mild hypothermia in cardiac arrest survivors presenting with cardiogenic shock syndrome. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2008; 52:188194.
  24. Spaulding CM, Joly LM, Rosenberg A, et al. Immediate coronary angiography in survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 1997; 336:16291633.
  25. Dumas F, Cariou A, Manzo-Silberman S, et al. Immediate percutaneous coronary intervention is associated with better survival after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: insights from the PROCAT (Parisian Region Out of hospital Cardiac ArresT) registry. Circ Cardiovasc Interv 2010; 3:200207.
  26. Knafelj R, Radsel P, Ploj T, Noc M. Primary percutaneous coronary intervention and mild induced hypothermia in comatose survivors of ventricular fibrillation with ST-elevation acute myocardial infarction. Resuscitation 2007; 74:227234.
  27. Wolfrum S, Pierau C, Radke PW, Schunkert H, Kurowski V. Mild therapeutic hypothermia in patients after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to acute ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction undergoing immediate percutaneous coronary intervention. Crit Care Med 2008; 36:17801786.
  28. O’Neill WW, on behalf of the COOL-MI Investigators. Cooling as an adjunct to primary PCI for myocardial infarction. Presented at Transcatheter Cardiovascular Therapeutics. Washington, DC; 2004.
  29. Grines CL, on behalf of the ICE-IT Investigators. Intravascular cooling adjunctive to percutaneous coronary intervention for acute myocardial infarction. Presented at Transcatheter Cardiovascular Therapeutics. Washington, DC; 2004.
  30. Weil MH, Gazmuri RJ. Hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:315.
  31. Abella BS, Zhao D, Alvarado J, Hamann K, Vanden Hoek TL, Becker LB. Intra-arrest cooling improves outcomes in a murine cardiac arrest model. Circulation 2004; 109:27862791.
  32. Zhao D, Abella BS, Beiser DG, et al. Intra-arrest cooling with delayed reperfusion yields higher survival than earlier normothermic resuscitation in a mouse model of cardiac arrest. Resuscitation 2008; 77:242249.
  33. Jia X, Koenig MA, Shin HC, et al. Improving neurological outcomes post-cardiac arrest in a rat model: immediate hypothermia and quantitative EEG monitoring. Resuscitation 2008; 76:431442.
  34. Bernard SA, Smith K, Cameron P, et al; Rapid Infusion of Cold Hartmanns (RICH) Investigators. Induction of therapeutic hypothermia by paramedics after resuscitation from out-of-hospital ventricular fibrillation cardiac arrest: a randomized controlled trial. Circulation 2010; 122:737742.
  35. Bruel C, Parienti JJ, Marie W, et al. Mild hypothermia during advanced life support: a preliminary study in out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Crit Care 2008; 12:R31.
  36. Pichon N, Amiel JB, François B, Dugard A, Etchecopar C, Vignon P. Efficacy of and tolerance to mild induced hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest using an endovascular cooling system. Crit Care 2007; 11:R71.
  37. Wolff B, Machill K, Schumacher D, Schulzki I, Werner D. Early achievement of mild therapeutic hypothermia and the neurologic outcome after cardiac arrest. Int J Cardiol 2009; 133:223228.
  38. Heard KJ, Peberdy MA, Sayre MR, et al. A randomized controlled trial comparing the Arctic Sun to standard cooling for induction of hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Resuscitation 2010; 81:914.
  39. Castrén M, Nordberg P, Svensson L, et al. Intra-arrest transnasal evaporative cooling: a randomized, prehospital, multicenter study (PRINCE: Pre-ROSC IntraNasal Cooling Effectiveness). Circulation 2010; 122:729736.
  40. Insler SR, Sessler DI. Perioperative thermoregulation and temperature monitoring. Anesthesiol Clin 2006; 24:823837.
  41. Weant KA, Martin JE, Humphries RL, Cook AM. Pharmacologic options for reducing the shivering response to therapeutic hypothermia. Pharmacotherapy 2010; 30:830841.
  42. Holzer M. Targeted temperature management for comatose survivors of cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:12561264.
References
  1. Erecinska M, Thoresen M, Silver IA. Effects of hypothermia on energy metabolism in mammalian central nervous system. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 2003; 23:513530.
  2. Nakashima K, Todd MM. Effects of hypothermia on the rate of excitatory amino acid release after ischemic depolarization. Stroke 1996; 27:913918.
  3. Thoresen M, Satas S, Puka-Sundvall M, et al. Post-hypoxic hypothermia reduces cerebrocortical release of NO and excitotoxins. Neuroreport 1997; 8:33593362.
  4. Polderman KH. Mechanisms of action, physiological effects, and complications of hypothermia. Crit Care Med 2009; 37(suppl 7):S186S202.
  5. Yang D, Guo S, Zhang T, Li H. Hypothermia attenuates ischemia/reperfusion-induced endothelial cell apoptosis via alterations in apoptotic pathways and JNK signaling. FEBS Lett 2009; 583:25002506.
  6. Karibe H, Zarow GJ, Graham SH, Weinstein PR. Mild intraischemic hypothermia reduces postischemic hyperperfusion, delayed postischemic hypoperfusion, blood-brain barrier disruption, brain edema, and neuronal damage volume after temporary focal cerebral ischemia in rats. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 1994; 14:620627.
  7. Benson DW, Williams GR, Spencer FC, Yates AJ. The use of hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Anesth Analg 1959; 38:423428.
  8. Williams GR, Spencer FC. The clinical use of hypothermia following cardiac arrest. Ann Surg 1958; 148:462468.
  9. Baker CJ, Onesti ST, Barth KN, Prestigiacomo CJ, Solomon RA. Hypothermic protection following middle cerebral artery occlusion in the rat. Surg Neurol 1991; 36:175180.
  10. Ridenour TR, Warner DS, Todd MM, McAllister AC. Mild hypothermia reduces infarct size resulting from temporary but not permanent focal ischemia in rats. Stroke 1992; 23:733738.
  11. Bernard SA, Jones BM, Horne MK. Clinical trial of induced hypothermia in comatose survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Ann Emerg Med 1997; 30:146153.
  12. Yanagawa Y, Ishihara S, Norio H, et al. Preliminary clinical outcome study of mild resuscitative hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiopulmonary arrest. Resuscitation 1998; 39:6166.
  13. Nolan JP, Morley PT, Vanden Hoek TL, et al; International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation. Therapeutic hypothermia after cardiac arrest: an advisory statement by the advanced life support task force of the International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation. Circulation 2003; 108:118121.
  14. Bernard SA, Gray TW, Buist MD, et al. Treatment of comatose survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest with induced hypothermia. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:557563.
  15. Hypothermia after Cardiac Arrest Study Group. Mild therapeutic hypothermia to improve the neurologic outcome after cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:549556.
  16. ECC Committee, Subcommittees and Task Forces of the American Heart Association. 2005 American Heart Association Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiovascular Care. Circulation 2005; 112(suppl 24):IV1IV203.
  17. Hartocollis A. “City Pushes Cooling Therapy for Cardiac Arrest”. New York Times, December4th, 2008,A1. http://www.nytimes.com/2008/12/04/nyregion/04cool.html. Accessed May 31, , 2011.
  18. Nichol G, Aufderheide TP, Eigel B, et al; American Heart Association Emergency Cardiovascular Care Committee. Regional systems of care for out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: A policy statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:709729.
  19. Field JM, Hazinski MF, Sayre MR, et al. Part 1: executive summary: 2010 American Heart Association guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation and emergency cardiovascular care. Circulation 2010; 122(suppl 3):S640S56.
  20. Hachimi-Idrissi S, Corne L, Ebinger G, Michotte Y, Huyghens L. Mild hypothermia induced by a helmet device: a clinical feasibility study. Resuscitation 2001; 51:275281.
  21. Kim F, Olsufka M, Longstreth WT, et al. Pilot randomized clinical trial of prehospital induction of mild hypothermia in out-of-hospital cardiac arrest patients with a rapid infusion of 4 degrees C normal saline. Circulation 2007; 115:30643070.
  22. Hovdenes J, Laake JH, Aaberge L, Haugaa H, Bugge JF. Therapeutic hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: experiences with patients treated with percutaneous coronary intervention and cardiogenic shock. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2007; 51:137142.
  23. Skulec R, Kovarnik T, Dostalova G, Kolar J, Linhart A. Induction of mild hypothermia in cardiac arrest survivors presenting with cardiogenic shock syndrome. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2008; 52:188194.
  24. Spaulding CM, Joly LM, Rosenberg A, et al. Immediate coronary angiography in survivors of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 1997; 336:16291633.
  25. Dumas F, Cariou A, Manzo-Silberman S, et al. Immediate percutaneous coronary intervention is associated with better survival after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: insights from the PROCAT (Parisian Region Out of hospital Cardiac ArresT) registry. Circ Cardiovasc Interv 2010; 3:200207.
  26. Knafelj R, Radsel P, Ploj T, Noc M. Primary percutaneous coronary intervention and mild induced hypothermia in comatose survivors of ventricular fibrillation with ST-elevation acute myocardial infarction. Resuscitation 2007; 74:227234.
  27. Wolfrum S, Pierau C, Radke PW, Schunkert H, Kurowski V. Mild therapeutic hypothermia in patients after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest due to acute ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction undergoing immediate percutaneous coronary intervention. Crit Care Med 2008; 36:17801786.
  28. O’Neill WW, on behalf of the COOL-MI Investigators. Cooling as an adjunct to primary PCI for myocardial infarction. Presented at Transcatheter Cardiovascular Therapeutics. Washington, DC; 2004.
  29. Grines CL, on behalf of the ICE-IT Investigators. Intravascular cooling adjunctive to percutaneous coronary intervention for acute myocardial infarction. Presented at Transcatheter Cardiovascular Therapeutics. Washington, DC; 2004.
  30. Weil MH, Gazmuri RJ. Hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:315.
  31. Abella BS, Zhao D, Alvarado J, Hamann K, Vanden Hoek TL, Becker LB. Intra-arrest cooling improves outcomes in a murine cardiac arrest model. Circulation 2004; 109:27862791.
  32. Zhao D, Abella BS, Beiser DG, et al. Intra-arrest cooling with delayed reperfusion yields higher survival than earlier normothermic resuscitation in a mouse model of cardiac arrest. Resuscitation 2008; 77:242249.
  33. Jia X, Koenig MA, Shin HC, et al. Improving neurological outcomes post-cardiac arrest in a rat model: immediate hypothermia and quantitative EEG monitoring. Resuscitation 2008; 76:431442.
  34. Bernard SA, Smith K, Cameron P, et al; Rapid Infusion of Cold Hartmanns (RICH) Investigators. Induction of therapeutic hypothermia by paramedics after resuscitation from out-of-hospital ventricular fibrillation cardiac arrest: a randomized controlled trial. Circulation 2010; 122:737742.
  35. Bruel C, Parienti JJ, Marie W, et al. Mild hypothermia during advanced life support: a preliminary study in out-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Crit Care 2008; 12:R31.
  36. Pichon N, Amiel JB, François B, Dugard A, Etchecopar C, Vignon P. Efficacy of and tolerance to mild induced hypothermia after out-of-hospital cardiac arrest using an endovascular cooling system. Crit Care 2007; 11:R71.
  37. Wolff B, Machill K, Schumacher D, Schulzki I, Werner D. Early achievement of mild therapeutic hypothermia and the neurologic outcome after cardiac arrest. Int J Cardiol 2009; 133:223228.
  38. Heard KJ, Peberdy MA, Sayre MR, et al. A randomized controlled trial comparing the Arctic Sun to standard cooling for induction of hypothermia after cardiac arrest. Resuscitation 2010; 81:914.
  39. Castrén M, Nordberg P, Svensson L, et al. Intra-arrest transnasal evaporative cooling: a randomized, prehospital, multicenter study (PRINCE: Pre-ROSC IntraNasal Cooling Effectiveness). Circulation 2010; 122:729736.
  40. Insler SR, Sessler DI. Perioperative thermoregulation and temperature monitoring. Anesthesiol Clin 2006; 24:823837.
  41. Weant KA, Martin JE, Humphries RL, Cook AM. Pharmacologic options for reducing the shivering response to therapeutic hypothermia. Pharmacotherapy 2010; 30:830841.
  42. Holzer M. Targeted temperature management for comatose survivors of cardiac arrest. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:12561264.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Page Number
441-448
Page Number
441-448
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Hypothermia after cardiac arrest: Beneficial, but slow to be adopted
Display Headline
Hypothermia after cardiac arrest: Beneficial, but slow to be adopted
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • This treatment is indicated for comatose adult patients who have had a witnessed cardiac arrest, whose initial cardiac rhythm is ventricular fibrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia, and who have return of spontaneous circulation with basic and advanced cardiac life support.
  • Contraindications include hemorrhagic stroke, a Glasgow Coma Scale score of 8 or higher, cardiac arrest due to drug overdose, and preexisting hypothermia. Relative contraindications include baseline coagulopathy and severe hypotension (mean arterial pressure < 60 mm Hg) that is not correctable by fluid infusion, vasopressors, or invasive hemodynamic support.
  • Adverse effects have included hypokalemia, bradyarrhythmia, ventricular tachycardia, hypotension, seizures, hyperglycemia, a transient decrease in the glomerular filtration rate, abnormal coagulation studies, and an increased incidence of pneumonia and sepsis.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Update in hospital medicine: Studies likely to affect inpatient practice in 2011

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Update in hospital medicine: Studies likely to affect inpatient practice in 2011

A number of studies published in the last few years will likely affect the way we practice medicine in the hospital. Here, we will use a hypothetical case scenario to focus on the issues of anticoagulants, patient safety, quality improvement, critical care, transitions of care, and perioperative medicine.

AN ELDERLY MAN WITH NEW-ONSET ATRIAL FIBRILLATION

P.G. is an 80-year-old man with a history of hypertension and type 2 diabetes mellitus who is admitted with new-onset atrial fibrillation. In the hospital, his heart rate is brought under control with intravenous metoprolol (Lopressor). On discharge, he will be followed by his primary care physician (PCP). He does not have access to an anticoagulation clinic.

1. What are this patient’s options for stroke prevention?

  • Aspirin 81 mg daily and clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg daily
  • Warfarin (Coumadin) with a target international normalized ratio (INR) of 2.0 to 3.0
  • Aspirin mg daily by itself
  • Dabigatran (Pradaxa) 150 mg daily

A new oral anticoagulant agent

In deciding what type of anticoagulation to give to a patient with atrial fibrillation, it is useful to look at the CHADS2 score (1 point each for congestive heart failure, hypertension, age 75 or older, and diabetes mellitus; 2 points for prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. This patient has a CHADS2 score of 3, indicating that he should receive warfarin. An alternative is dabigatran, the first new anticoagulant agent in more than 50 years.

In a multicenter, international trial, Connolly et al1 randomized 18,113 patients (mean age 71, 64% men) to receive dabigatran 110 mg twice daily, dabigatran 150 mg twice daily, or warfarin with a target INR of 2.0 to 3.0. In this noninferiority trial, dabigatran was given in a blinded manner, but the use of warfarin was open-label. Patients were eligible if they had atrial fibrillation at screening or within the previous 6 months and were at risk of stroke—ie, if they had at least one of the following: a history of stroke or transient ischemic attack, a left ventricular ejection fraction of less than 40%, symptoms of congestive heart failure (New York Heart Association class II or higher), and an age of 75 or older or an age of 65 to 74 with diabetes mellitus, hypertension, or coronary artery disease.

At a mean follow-up of 2 years, the rate of stroke or systolic embolism was 1.69% per year in the warfarin group compared with 1.1% in the higher-dose dabigatran group (relative risk 0.66, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.53–0.82, P < .001). The rates of major hemorrhage were similar between these two groups. Comparing lower-dose dabigatran and warfarin, the rates of stroke or systolic embolism were not significantly different, but the rate of major bleeding was significantly lower with lower-dose dabigatran.

In a trial in patients with acute venous thromboembolism, Schulman et al2 found that dabigatran was not inferior to warfarin in preventing venous thromboembolism.

Guidelines from the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association now endorse dabigatran as an alternative to warfarin for patients with atrial fibrillation.3 However, the guidelines state that it should be reserved for those patients who:

  • Do not have a prosthetic heart valve or hemodynamically significant valve disease
  • Have good kidney function (dabigatran is cleared by the kidney; the creatinine clearance rate should be greater than 30 mL/min for patients to receive dabigatran 150 mg twice a day, and at least 15 mL/min to receive 75 mg twice a day)
  • Do not have severe hepatic dysfunction (which would impair baseline clotting function).

They note that other factors to consider are whether the patient:

  • Can comply with the twice-daily dosing required
  • Can afford the drug
  • Has access to an anticoagulation management program (which would argue in favor of using warfarin).

Dabigatran is not yet approved to prevent venous thromboembolism.

CASE CONTINUED: HE GETS AN INFECTION

P.G. is started on dabigatran 150 mg by mouth twice a day.

While in the hospital he develops shortness of breath and needs intravenous furosemide (Lasix). Because he has bad veins, a percutaneous intravenous central catheter (PICC) line is placed. However, 2 days later, his temperature is 101.5°F, and his systolic blood pressure is 70 mm Hg. He is transferred to the medical intensive care unit (ICU) for treatment of sepsis. The anticoagulant is held, the PICC line is removed, and a new central catheter is inserted.

2. Which of the following directions is incorrect?

  • Wash your hands before inserting the catheter. The accompanying nurse is required to directly observe this procedure or, if this step is not observed, to confirm that the physician did it.
  • Before inserting the catheter, clean the patient’s skin with chlorhexidine antiseptic.
  • Place sterile drapes over the entire patient.
  • Wear any mask, hat, gown, and gloves available.
  • Put a sterile dressing over the catheter.

A checklist can prevent infections when inserting central catheters

A checklist developed at Johns Hopkins Hospital consists of the five statements above, except for the second to last one—you should wear a sterile mask, hat, gown and gloves. This is important to ensure that sterility is not broken at any point during the procedure.

Pronovost et al4 launched a multicenter initiative at 90 ICUs, predominantly in the state of Michigan, to implement interventions to improve staff culture and teamwork and to translate research into practice by increasing the extent to which these five evidence-based recommendations were applied. The mean rate of catheter-related blood stream infections at baseline was 7.7%; this dropped to 2.8% during the implementation period, 2.3% in the first 3 months after implementation, 1.3% in months 16 through 18, and 1.1% in months 34 through 36, demonstrating that the gains from this quality-improvement project were sustainable.

If this intervention and collaborative model were implemented in all ICUs across the United States and if similar success rates were achieved, substantial and sustained reductions could be made in the 82,000 infections, 28,000 deaths, and $2.3 billion in costs attributed to these infections annually.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: HE IS RESUSCITATED

P.G. is started on a 1-L fluid bolus but he remains hypotensive, necessitating a norepinephrine drip. He does well for about 6 hours, but in the middle of the night he develops ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation, and a code is called. He is successfully resuscitated, but the family is looking for prognostic information.

3. What are P.G.’s chances of surviving and leaving the hospital?

  • 5%
  • 8%
  • 15%
  • 23%

A registry of cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Tian et al5 evaluated outcomes in the largest registry of cardiopulmonary resuscitation to date. In this analysis, 49,656 adult patients with a first cardiopulmonary arrest occurring in an ICU between January 1, 2000, and August 26, 2008, were evaluated for their outcomes on pressors vs those not on pressors.

The overall rate of survival until discharge was 15.9%. However, the rate was lower by more than half in those who were receiving pressor agents than in those not on pressors (9.3% vs 21.2%; P < .0001). The rate was lower still—6.4%—in those receiving two or more pressors (compared with 11.5% in those receiving one pressor). In patients on a single pressor, the rates varied by agent: 7.8% with vasopressin, 8.0% with norepinephrine, 11.2% with phenylephrine, 11.3% with dopamine, 23.0% with dobutamine, and 19.8% with epinephrine (Table  1).

Other independent predictors of a lower survival rate were nonwhite race, mechanical ventilation, having three or more immediate causes of cardiopulmonary arrest, age 65 years or older, and cardiopulmonary arrest occurring at night or over the weekend.

Fortunately, for our patient, survival rates were higher for patients with ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation than with other causes of cardiopulmonary arrest: 22.6% for those on pressors (like our patient) and 40.7% for those on no pressors.

CASE CONTINUED: HE RECOVERS AND GOES HOME

P.G. makes a remarkable recovery and is now ready to go home. It is the weekend, and you are unable to schedule a follow-up appointment before his discharge, so you ask him to make an appointment with his PCP.

4. What is the likelihood that P.G. will be readmitted within 1 month?

  • 5%
  • 12%
  • 20%
  • 25%
  • 30%

The importance of follow-up with a primary care physician

Misky et al,6 in a small study, attempted to identify the characteristics and outcomes of discharged patients who lack timely follow-up with a PCP. They prospectively enrolled 65 patients admitted to University of Colorado Hospital, an urban 425-bed tertiary care center, collecting information about patient demographics, diagnosis, payer source, and PCPs. After discharge, they called the patients to determine their PCP follow-up and readmission status. Thirty-day readmission rates and hospital length of stay were compared in patients with and without timely PCP follow-up (ie, within 4 weeks).

Patients lacking timely PCP follow-up were 10 times more likely to be readmitted (odds ratio [OR] = 9.9, P = .04): the rate was 21% in patients lacking timely PCP follow-up vs 3% in patients with timely PCP follow-up, P = .03. Lack of insurance was associated with lower rates of timely PCP follow-up: 29% vs 56% (P = .06), but did not independently increase the readmission rate or length of stay (OR = 1.0, P = .96). Index hospital length of stay was longer in patients lacking timely PCP follow-up: 4.4 days vs 6.3 days, P = 0.11.

Comment. Nearly half of the patients in this study, who were discharged from a large urban academic center, lacked timely follow-up with a PCP, resulting in higher rates of readmission and a nonsignificant trend toward longer length of stay. Timely follow-up is necessary for vulnerable patients.

Since the lack of timely PCP follow-up results in higher readmission rates and possibly a longer length of stay, a PCP appointment at discharge should perhaps be considered a core quality measure. This would be problematic in our American health care system, in which many patients lack health insurance and do not have a PCP.

A MAN UNDERGOING GASTRIC BYPASS SURGERY

A 55-year-old morbidly obese man (body mass index 45 kg/m2) with a history of type 2 diabetes mellitus, chronic renal insufficiency (serum creatinine level 2.1 mg/dL), hypercholesterolemia, and previous stroke is scheduled for gastric bypass surgery. His functional capacity is low, but he is able to do his activities of daily living. He reports having dyspnea on exertion and intermittently at rest, but no chest pain. His medications include insulin, atorvastatin (Lipitor), aspirin, and atenolol (Tenormin). He is afebrile; his blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg, pulse 75, and oxygen saturation 97% on room air. His baseline electrocardiogram shows no Q waves.

5. Which of the following is an appropriate next step before proceeding to surgery?

  • Echocardiography
  • Cardiac catheterization
  • Dobutamine stress echocardiography or adenosine thallium scanning
  • No cardiac testing is necessary before surgery

 

 

Is cardiac testing necessary before noncardiac surgery?

Wijeysundera et al7 performed a retrospective cohort study of patients who underwent elective surgery at acute care hospitals in Ontario, Canada, in the years 1994 through 2004. The aim was to determine the association of noninvasive cardiac stress testing before surgery with survival rates and length of hospital stay. Included were 271,082 patients, of whom 23,991 (8.9%) underwent stress testing less than 6 months before surgery. These patients were matched with 46,120 who did not undergo testing.

One year after surgery, fewer patients who underwent stress testing had died: 1,622 (7.0%) vs 1,738 (7.5%); hazard ratio 0.92, 95% CI 0.86–0.99, P = .03. The number needed to treat (ie, to be tested) to prevent one death was 221. The tested patients also had a shorter mean hospital stay: 8.72 vs 8.96 days, a difference of 0.24 days (95% CI −0.07 to −0.43; P < .001).

However, the elderly patients (ie, older than 66 years) who underwent testing were more likely to be on beta-blockers and statins than those who did not undergo testing, which may be a confounding factor.

Furthermore, the benefit was all in the patients at intermediate or high risk. The authors performed a subgroup analysis, dividing the patients on the basis of their Revised Cardiac Risk Index (RCRI; 1 point each for ischemic heart disease, congestive heart failure, cerebrovascular disease, diabetes, renal insufficiency, and high-risk surgery).8 Patients with an RCRI of 0 points (indicating low risk) actually had a higher risk of death with testing than without testing: hazard ratio 1.35 (95% CI 1.03–1.74), number needed to harm 179—ie, for every 179 low-risk patients tested, one excess death occurred. Those with an RCRI of 1 or 2 points (indicating intermediate risk) had a hazard ratio of 0.92 with testing (95% CI 085–0.99), and those with an RCRI of 3 to 6 points (indicating high risk) had a hazard ratio of 0.80 with testing (95% CI 0.67- 0.97; number needed to treat = 38).

Comment. These findings indicate that cardiac stress testing should be done selectively before noncardiac surgery, and primarily for patients at high risk (with an RCRI of 3 or higher) and in some patients at intermediate risk, but not in patients at low risk, in whom it may be harmful. Stress testing may change patient management because a positive stress test allows one to start a beta-blocker or a statin, use more aggressive intraoperative and postoperative care, and identify patients who have indications for revascularization.

References
  1. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:11391151.
  2. Schulman S, Kearon C, Kakkar AK, et al; RE-COVER Study Group. Dabigatran versus warfarin in the treatment of acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:23422352.
  3. Wann LS, Curtis AB, Ellenbogen KA, et al. 2011 ACCF/AHA/HRS focused update on the management of patients with atrial fibrillation (update on dabigatran): A report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2011; 123:11441150.
  4. Pronovost PJ, Goeschel CA, Colantuoni E, et al. Sustaining reductions in catheter-related bloodstream infections in Michigan intensive care units: observational study. BMJ 2010; 340:c309.
  5. Tian J, Kaufman DA, Zarich S, et al; American Heart Association National Registry for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Investigators. Outcomes of critically ill patients who received cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2010; 182:501506.
  6. Misky GJ, Wald HL, Coleman EA. Post-hospitalization transitions: examining the effects of timing of primary care provider follow-up. J Hosp Med 2010; 5:392397.
  7. Wijeysundera DN, Beattie WS, Austin PC, Hux JE, Laupacis A. Non-invasive cardiac stress testing before elective major non-cardiac surgery: population based cohort study. BMJ 2010; 340:b5526.
  8. Lee TH, Marcantonio ER, Mangione CM, et al. Derivation and prospective validation of a simple index for prediction of cardiac risk of major noncardiac surgery. Circulation 1999; 100:10431049.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Amir K. Jaffer, MD, MBA
Associate Professor of Medicine and Chief, Division of Hospital Medicine, Vice Chair, Patient Safety, Quality and Compliance, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida

Address: Amir K. Jaffer, MD, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, 1400 Northwest 12th Avenue, Miami, FL 33136-1003; e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Dr. Jaffer has disclosed that he has received grant or research support from AstraZeneca, Canyon Pharmaceuticals, and the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; has been a consultant for Canyon Pharmaceuticals, Boehringer Ingelheim, Daiichi Sankyo, and Sanofi Aventis; and is on the boards of AC Forum and SPAQI.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
430-434
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Amir K. Jaffer, MD, MBA
Associate Professor of Medicine and Chief, Division of Hospital Medicine, Vice Chair, Patient Safety, Quality and Compliance, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida

Address: Amir K. Jaffer, MD, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, 1400 Northwest 12th Avenue, Miami, FL 33136-1003; e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Dr. Jaffer has disclosed that he has received grant or research support from AstraZeneca, Canyon Pharmaceuticals, and the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; has been a consultant for Canyon Pharmaceuticals, Boehringer Ingelheim, Daiichi Sankyo, and Sanofi Aventis; and is on the boards of AC Forum and SPAQI.

Author and Disclosure Information

Amir K. Jaffer, MD, MBA
Associate Professor of Medicine and Chief, Division of Hospital Medicine, Vice Chair, Patient Safety, Quality and Compliance, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida

Address: Amir K. Jaffer, MD, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, 1400 Northwest 12th Avenue, Miami, FL 33136-1003; e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Dr. Jaffer has disclosed that he has received grant or research support from AstraZeneca, Canyon Pharmaceuticals, and the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; has been a consultant for Canyon Pharmaceuticals, Boehringer Ingelheim, Daiichi Sankyo, and Sanofi Aventis; and is on the boards of AC Forum and SPAQI.

Article PDF
Article PDF

A number of studies published in the last few years will likely affect the way we practice medicine in the hospital. Here, we will use a hypothetical case scenario to focus on the issues of anticoagulants, patient safety, quality improvement, critical care, transitions of care, and perioperative medicine.

AN ELDERLY MAN WITH NEW-ONSET ATRIAL FIBRILLATION

P.G. is an 80-year-old man with a history of hypertension and type 2 diabetes mellitus who is admitted with new-onset atrial fibrillation. In the hospital, his heart rate is brought under control with intravenous metoprolol (Lopressor). On discharge, he will be followed by his primary care physician (PCP). He does not have access to an anticoagulation clinic.

1. What are this patient’s options for stroke prevention?

  • Aspirin 81 mg daily and clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg daily
  • Warfarin (Coumadin) with a target international normalized ratio (INR) of 2.0 to 3.0
  • Aspirin mg daily by itself
  • Dabigatran (Pradaxa) 150 mg daily

A new oral anticoagulant agent

In deciding what type of anticoagulation to give to a patient with atrial fibrillation, it is useful to look at the CHADS2 score (1 point each for congestive heart failure, hypertension, age 75 or older, and diabetes mellitus; 2 points for prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. This patient has a CHADS2 score of 3, indicating that he should receive warfarin. An alternative is dabigatran, the first new anticoagulant agent in more than 50 years.

In a multicenter, international trial, Connolly et al1 randomized 18,113 patients (mean age 71, 64% men) to receive dabigatran 110 mg twice daily, dabigatran 150 mg twice daily, or warfarin with a target INR of 2.0 to 3.0. In this noninferiority trial, dabigatran was given in a blinded manner, but the use of warfarin was open-label. Patients were eligible if they had atrial fibrillation at screening or within the previous 6 months and were at risk of stroke—ie, if they had at least one of the following: a history of stroke or transient ischemic attack, a left ventricular ejection fraction of less than 40%, symptoms of congestive heart failure (New York Heart Association class II or higher), and an age of 75 or older or an age of 65 to 74 with diabetes mellitus, hypertension, or coronary artery disease.

At a mean follow-up of 2 years, the rate of stroke or systolic embolism was 1.69% per year in the warfarin group compared with 1.1% in the higher-dose dabigatran group (relative risk 0.66, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.53–0.82, P < .001). The rates of major hemorrhage were similar between these two groups. Comparing lower-dose dabigatran and warfarin, the rates of stroke or systolic embolism were not significantly different, but the rate of major bleeding was significantly lower with lower-dose dabigatran.

In a trial in patients with acute venous thromboembolism, Schulman et al2 found that dabigatran was not inferior to warfarin in preventing venous thromboembolism.

Guidelines from the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association now endorse dabigatran as an alternative to warfarin for patients with atrial fibrillation.3 However, the guidelines state that it should be reserved for those patients who:

  • Do not have a prosthetic heart valve or hemodynamically significant valve disease
  • Have good kidney function (dabigatran is cleared by the kidney; the creatinine clearance rate should be greater than 30 mL/min for patients to receive dabigatran 150 mg twice a day, and at least 15 mL/min to receive 75 mg twice a day)
  • Do not have severe hepatic dysfunction (which would impair baseline clotting function).

They note that other factors to consider are whether the patient:

  • Can comply with the twice-daily dosing required
  • Can afford the drug
  • Has access to an anticoagulation management program (which would argue in favor of using warfarin).

Dabigatran is not yet approved to prevent venous thromboembolism.

CASE CONTINUED: HE GETS AN INFECTION

P.G. is started on dabigatran 150 mg by mouth twice a day.

While in the hospital he develops shortness of breath and needs intravenous furosemide (Lasix). Because he has bad veins, a percutaneous intravenous central catheter (PICC) line is placed. However, 2 days later, his temperature is 101.5°F, and his systolic blood pressure is 70 mm Hg. He is transferred to the medical intensive care unit (ICU) for treatment of sepsis. The anticoagulant is held, the PICC line is removed, and a new central catheter is inserted.

2. Which of the following directions is incorrect?

  • Wash your hands before inserting the catheter. The accompanying nurse is required to directly observe this procedure or, if this step is not observed, to confirm that the physician did it.
  • Before inserting the catheter, clean the patient’s skin with chlorhexidine antiseptic.
  • Place sterile drapes over the entire patient.
  • Wear any mask, hat, gown, and gloves available.
  • Put a sterile dressing over the catheter.

A checklist can prevent infections when inserting central catheters

A checklist developed at Johns Hopkins Hospital consists of the five statements above, except for the second to last one—you should wear a sterile mask, hat, gown and gloves. This is important to ensure that sterility is not broken at any point during the procedure.

Pronovost et al4 launched a multicenter initiative at 90 ICUs, predominantly in the state of Michigan, to implement interventions to improve staff culture and teamwork and to translate research into practice by increasing the extent to which these five evidence-based recommendations were applied. The mean rate of catheter-related blood stream infections at baseline was 7.7%; this dropped to 2.8% during the implementation period, 2.3% in the first 3 months after implementation, 1.3% in months 16 through 18, and 1.1% in months 34 through 36, demonstrating that the gains from this quality-improvement project were sustainable.

If this intervention and collaborative model were implemented in all ICUs across the United States and if similar success rates were achieved, substantial and sustained reductions could be made in the 82,000 infections, 28,000 deaths, and $2.3 billion in costs attributed to these infections annually.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: HE IS RESUSCITATED

P.G. is started on a 1-L fluid bolus but he remains hypotensive, necessitating a norepinephrine drip. He does well for about 6 hours, but in the middle of the night he develops ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation, and a code is called. He is successfully resuscitated, but the family is looking for prognostic information.

3. What are P.G.’s chances of surviving and leaving the hospital?

  • 5%
  • 8%
  • 15%
  • 23%

A registry of cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Tian et al5 evaluated outcomes in the largest registry of cardiopulmonary resuscitation to date. In this analysis, 49,656 adult patients with a first cardiopulmonary arrest occurring in an ICU between January 1, 2000, and August 26, 2008, were evaluated for their outcomes on pressors vs those not on pressors.

The overall rate of survival until discharge was 15.9%. However, the rate was lower by more than half in those who were receiving pressor agents than in those not on pressors (9.3% vs 21.2%; P < .0001). The rate was lower still—6.4%—in those receiving two or more pressors (compared with 11.5% in those receiving one pressor). In patients on a single pressor, the rates varied by agent: 7.8% with vasopressin, 8.0% with norepinephrine, 11.2% with phenylephrine, 11.3% with dopamine, 23.0% with dobutamine, and 19.8% with epinephrine (Table  1).

Other independent predictors of a lower survival rate were nonwhite race, mechanical ventilation, having three or more immediate causes of cardiopulmonary arrest, age 65 years or older, and cardiopulmonary arrest occurring at night or over the weekend.

Fortunately, for our patient, survival rates were higher for patients with ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation than with other causes of cardiopulmonary arrest: 22.6% for those on pressors (like our patient) and 40.7% for those on no pressors.

CASE CONTINUED: HE RECOVERS AND GOES HOME

P.G. makes a remarkable recovery and is now ready to go home. It is the weekend, and you are unable to schedule a follow-up appointment before his discharge, so you ask him to make an appointment with his PCP.

4. What is the likelihood that P.G. will be readmitted within 1 month?

  • 5%
  • 12%
  • 20%
  • 25%
  • 30%

The importance of follow-up with a primary care physician

Misky et al,6 in a small study, attempted to identify the characteristics and outcomes of discharged patients who lack timely follow-up with a PCP. They prospectively enrolled 65 patients admitted to University of Colorado Hospital, an urban 425-bed tertiary care center, collecting information about patient demographics, diagnosis, payer source, and PCPs. After discharge, they called the patients to determine their PCP follow-up and readmission status. Thirty-day readmission rates and hospital length of stay were compared in patients with and without timely PCP follow-up (ie, within 4 weeks).

Patients lacking timely PCP follow-up were 10 times more likely to be readmitted (odds ratio [OR] = 9.9, P = .04): the rate was 21% in patients lacking timely PCP follow-up vs 3% in patients with timely PCP follow-up, P = .03. Lack of insurance was associated with lower rates of timely PCP follow-up: 29% vs 56% (P = .06), but did not independently increase the readmission rate or length of stay (OR = 1.0, P = .96). Index hospital length of stay was longer in patients lacking timely PCP follow-up: 4.4 days vs 6.3 days, P = 0.11.

Comment. Nearly half of the patients in this study, who were discharged from a large urban academic center, lacked timely follow-up with a PCP, resulting in higher rates of readmission and a nonsignificant trend toward longer length of stay. Timely follow-up is necessary for vulnerable patients.

Since the lack of timely PCP follow-up results in higher readmission rates and possibly a longer length of stay, a PCP appointment at discharge should perhaps be considered a core quality measure. This would be problematic in our American health care system, in which many patients lack health insurance and do not have a PCP.

A MAN UNDERGOING GASTRIC BYPASS SURGERY

A 55-year-old morbidly obese man (body mass index 45 kg/m2) with a history of type 2 diabetes mellitus, chronic renal insufficiency (serum creatinine level 2.1 mg/dL), hypercholesterolemia, and previous stroke is scheduled for gastric bypass surgery. His functional capacity is low, but he is able to do his activities of daily living. He reports having dyspnea on exertion and intermittently at rest, but no chest pain. His medications include insulin, atorvastatin (Lipitor), aspirin, and atenolol (Tenormin). He is afebrile; his blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg, pulse 75, and oxygen saturation 97% on room air. His baseline electrocardiogram shows no Q waves.

5. Which of the following is an appropriate next step before proceeding to surgery?

  • Echocardiography
  • Cardiac catheterization
  • Dobutamine stress echocardiography or adenosine thallium scanning
  • No cardiac testing is necessary before surgery

 

 

Is cardiac testing necessary before noncardiac surgery?

Wijeysundera et al7 performed a retrospective cohort study of patients who underwent elective surgery at acute care hospitals in Ontario, Canada, in the years 1994 through 2004. The aim was to determine the association of noninvasive cardiac stress testing before surgery with survival rates and length of hospital stay. Included were 271,082 patients, of whom 23,991 (8.9%) underwent stress testing less than 6 months before surgery. These patients were matched with 46,120 who did not undergo testing.

One year after surgery, fewer patients who underwent stress testing had died: 1,622 (7.0%) vs 1,738 (7.5%); hazard ratio 0.92, 95% CI 0.86–0.99, P = .03. The number needed to treat (ie, to be tested) to prevent one death was 221. The tested patients also had a shorter mean hospital stay: 8.72 vs 8.96 days, a difference of 0.24 days (95% CI −0.07 to −0.43; P < .001).

However, the elderly patients (ie, older than 66 years) who underwent testing were more likely to be on beta-blockers and statins than those who did not undergo testing, which may be a confounding factor.

Furthermore, the benefit was all in the patients at intermediate or high risk. The authors performed a subgroup analysis, dividing the patients on the basis of their Revised Cardiac Risk Index (RCRI; 1 point each for ischemic heart disease, congestive heart failure, cerebrovascular disease, diabetes, renal insufficiency, and high-risk surgery).8 Patients with an RCRI of 0 points (indicating low risk) actually had a higher risk of death with testing than without testing: hazard ratio 1.35 (95% CI 1.03–1.74), number needed to harm 179—ie, for every 179 low-risk patients tested, one excess death occurred. Those with an RCRI of 1 or 2 points (indicating intermediate risk) had a hazard ratio of 0.92 with testing (95% CI 085–0.99), and those with an RCRI of 3 to 6 points (indicating high risk) had a hazard ratio of 0.80 with testing (95% CI 0.67- 0.97; number needed to treat = 38).

Comment. These findings indicate that cardiac stress testing should be done selectively before noncardiac surgery, and primarily for patients at high risk (with an RCRI of 3 or higher) and in some patients at intermediate risk, but not in patients at low risk, in whom it may be harmful. Stress testing may change patient management because a positive stress test allows one to start a beta-blocker or a statin, use more aggressive intraoperative and postoperative care, and identify patients who have indications for revascularization.

A number of studies published in the last few years will likely affect the way we practice medicine in the hospital. Here, we will use a hypothetical case scenario to focus on the issues of anticoagulants, patient safety, quality improvement, critical care, transitions of care, and perioperative medicine.

AN ELDERLY MAN WITH NEW-ONSET ATRIAL FIBRILLATION

P.G. is an 80-year-old man with a history of hypertension and type 2 diabetes mellitus who is admitted with new-onset atrial fibrillation. In the hospital, his heart rate is brought under control with intravenous metoprolol (Lopressor). On discharge, he will be followed by his primary care physician (PCP). He does not have access to an anticoagulation clinic.

1. What are this patient’s options for stroke prevention?

  • Aspirin 81 mg daily and clopidogrel (Plavix) 75 mg daily
  • Warfarin (Coumadin) with a target international normalized ratio (INR) of 2.0 to 3.0
  • Aspirin mg daily by itself
  • Dabigatran (Pradaxa) 150 mg daily

A new oral anticoagulant agent

In deciding what type of anticoagulation to give to a patient with atrial fibrillation, it is useful to look at the CHADS2 score (1 point each for congestive heart failure, hypertension, age 75 or older, and diabetes mellitus; 2 points for prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. This patient has a CHADS2 score of 3, indicating that he should receive warfarin. An alternative is dabigatran, the first new anticoagulant agent in more than 50 years.

In a multicenter, international trial, Connolly et al1 randomized 18,113 patients (mean age 71, 64% men) to receive dabigatran 110 mg twice daily, dabigatran 150 mg twice daily, or warfarin with a target INR of 2.0 to 3.0. In this noninferiority trial, dabigatran was given in a blinded manner, but the use of warfarin was open-label. Patients were eligible if they had atrial fibrillation at screening or within the previous 6 months and were at risk of stroke—ie, if they had at least one of the following: a history of stroke or transient ischemic attack, a left ventricular ejection fraction of less than 40%, symptoms of congestive heart failure (New York Heart Association class II or higher), and an age of 75 or older or an age of 65 to 74 with diabetes mellitus, hypertension, or coronary artery disease.

At a mean follow-up of 2 years, the rate of stroke or systolic embolism was 1.69% per year in the warfarin group compared with 1.1% in the higher-dose dabigatran group (relative risk 0.66, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.53–0.82, P < .001). The rates of major hemorrhage were similar between these two groups. Comparing lower-dose dabigatran and warfarin, the rates of stroke or systolic embolism were not significantly different, but the rate of major bleeding was significantly lower with lower-dose dabigatran.

In a trial in patients with acute venous thromboembolism, Schulman et al2 found that dabigatran was not inferior to warfarin in preventing venous thromboembolism.

Guidelines from the American College of Cardiology Foundation and the American Heart Association now endorse dabigatran as an alternative to warfarin for patients with atrial fibrillation.3 However, the guidelines state that it should be reserved for those patients who:

  • Do not have a prosthetic heart valve or hemodynamically significant valve disease
  • Have good kidney function (dabigatran is cleared by the kidney; the creatinine clearance rate should be greater than 30 mL/min for patients to receive dabigatran 150 mg twice a day, and at least 15 mL/min to receive 75 mg twice a day)
  • Do not have severe hepatic dysfunction (which would impair baseline clotting function).

They note that other factors to consider are whether the patient:

  • Can comply with the twice-daily dosing required
  • Can afford the drug
  • Has access to an anticoagulation management program (which would argue in favor of using warfarin).

Dabigatran is not yet approved to prevent venous thromboembolism.

CASE CONTINUED: HE GETS AN INFECTION

P.G. is started on dabigatran 150 mg by mouth twice a day.

While in the hospital he develops shortness of breath and needs intravenous furosemide (Lasix). Because he has bad veins, a percutaneous intravenous central catheter (PICC) line is placed. However, 2 days later, his temperature is 101.5°F, and his systolic blood pressure is 70 mm Hg. He is transferred to the medical intensive care unit (ICU) for treatment of sepsis. The anticoagulant is held, the PICC line is removed, and a new central catheter is inserted.

2. Which of the following directions is incorrect?

  • Wash your hands before inserting the catheter. The accompanying nurse is required to directly observe this procedure or, if this step is not observed, to confirm that the physician did it.
  • Before inserting the catheter, clean the patient’s skin with chlorhexidine antiseptic.
  • Place sterile drapes over the entire patient.
  • Wear any mask, hat, gown, and gloves available.
  • Put a sterile dressing over the catheter.

A checklist can prevent infections when inserting central catheters

A checklist developed at Johns Hopkins Hospital consists of the five statements above, except for the second to last one—you should wear a sterile mask, hat, gown and gloves. This is important to ensure that sterility is not broken at any point during the procedure.

Pronovost et al4 launched a multicenter initiative at 90 ICUs, predominantly in the state of Michigan, to implement interventions to improve staff culture and teamwork and to translate research into practice by increasing the extent to which these five evidence-based recommendations were applied. The mean rate of catheter-related blood stream infections at baseline was 7.7%; this dropped to 2.8% during the implementation period, 2.3% in the first 3 months after implementation, 1.3% in months 16 through 18, and 1.1% in months 34 through 36, demonstrating that the gains from this quality-improvement project were sustainable.

If this intervention and collaborative model were implemented in all ICUs across the United States and if similar success rates were achieved, substantial and sustained reductions could be made in the 82,000 infections, 28,000 deaths, and $2.3 billion in costs attributed to these infections annually.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: HE IS RESUSCITATED

P.G. is started on a 1-L fluid bolus but he remains hypotensive, necessitating a norepinephrine drip. He does well for about 6 hours, but in the middle of the night he develops ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation, and a code is called. He is successfully resuscitated, but the family is looking for prognostic information.

3. What are P.G.’s chances of surviving and leaving the hospital?

  • 5%
  • 8%
  • 15%
  • 23%

A registry of cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Tian et al5 evaluated outcomes in the largest registry of cardiopulmonary resuscitation to date. In this analysis, 49,656 adult patients with a first cardiopulmonary arrest occurring in an ICU between January 1, 2000, and August 26, 2008, were evaluated for their outcomes on pressors vs those not on pressors.

The overall rate of survival until discharge was 15.9%. However, the rate was lower by more than half in those who were receiving pressor agents than in those not on pressors (9.3% vs 21.2%; P < .0001). The rate was lower still—6.4%—in those receiving two or more pressors (compared with 11.5% in those receiving one pressor). In patients on a single pressor, the rates varied by agent: 7.8% with vasopressin, 8.0% with norepinephrine, 11.2% with phenylephrine, 11.3% with dopamine, 23.0% with dobutamine, and 19.8% with epinephrine (Table  1).

Other independent predictors of a lower survival rate were nonwhite race, mechanical ventilation, having three or more immediate causes of cardiopulmonary arrest, age 65 years or older, and cardiopulmonary arrest occurring at night or over the weekend.

Fortunately, for our patient, survival rates were higher for patients with ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation than with other causes of cardiopulmonary arrest: 22.6% for those on pressors (like our patient) and 40.7% for those on no pressors.

CASE CONTINUED: HE RECOVERS AND GOES HOME

P.G. makes a remarkable recovery and is now ready to go home. It is the weekend, and you are unable to schedule a follow-up appointment before his discharge, so you ask him to make an appointment with his PCP.

4. What is the likelihood that P.G. will be readmitted within 1 month?

  • 5%
  • 12%
  • 20%
  • 25%
  • 30%

The importance of follow-up with a primary care physician

Misky et al,6 in a small study, attempted to identify the characteristics and outcomes of discharged patients who lack timely follow-up with a PCP. They prospectively enrolled 65 patients admitted to University of Colorado Hospital, an urban 425-bed tertiary care center, collecting information about patient demographics, diagnosis, payer source, and PCPs. After discharge, they called the patients to determine their PCP follow-up and readmission status. Thirty-day readmission rates and hospital length of stay were compared in patients with and without timely PCP follow-up (ie, within 4 weeks).

Patients lacking timely PCP follow-up were 10 times more likely to be readmitted (odds ratio [OR] = 9.9, P = .04): the rate was 21% in patients lacking timely PCP follow-up vs 3% in patients with timely PCP follow-up, P = .03. Lack of insurance was associated with lower rates of timely PCP follow-up: 29% vs 56% (P = .06), but did not independently increase the readmission rate or length of stay (OR = 1.0, P = .96). Index hospital length of stay was longer in patients lacking timely PCP follow-up: 4.4 days vs 6.3 days, P = 0.11.

Comment. Nearly half of the patients in this study, who were discharged from a large urban academic center, lacked timely follow-up with a PCP, resulting in higher rates of readmission and a nonsignificant trend toward longer length of stay. Timely follow-up is necessary for vulnerable patients.

Since the lack of timely PCP follow-up results in higher readmission rates and possibly a longer length of stay, a PCP appointment at discharge should perhaps be considered a core quality measure. This would be problematic in our American health care system, in which many patients lack health insurance and do not have a PCP.

A MAN UNDERGOING GASTRIC BYPASS SURGERY

A 55-year-old morbidly obese man (body mass index 45 kg/m2) with a history of type 2 diabetes mellitus, chronic renal insufficiency (serum creatinine level 2.1 mg/dL), hypercholesterolemia, and previous stroke is scheduled for gastric bypass surgery. His functional capacity is low, but he is able to do his activities of daily living. He reports having dyspnea on exertion and intermittently at rest, but no chest pain. His medications include insulin, atorvastatin (Lipitor), aspirin, and atenolol (Tenormin). He is afebrile; his blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg, pulse 75, and oxygen saturation 97% on room air. His baseline electrocardiogram shows no Q waves.

5. Which of the following is an appropriate next step before proceeding to surgery?

  • Echocardiography
  • Cardiac catheterization
  • Dobutamine stress echocardiography or adenosine thallium scanning
  • No cardiac testing is necessary before surgery

 

 

Is cardiac testing necessary before noncardiac surgery?

Wijeysundera et al7 performed a retrospective cohort study of patients who underwent elective surgery at acute care hospitals in Ontario, Canada, in the years 1994 through 2004. The aim was to determine the association of noninvasive cardiac stress testing before surgery with survival rates and length of hospital stay. Included were 271,082 patients, of whom 23,991 (8.9%) underwent stress testing less than 6 months before surgery. These patients were matched with 46,120 who did not undergo testing.

One year after surgery, fewer patients who underwent stress testing had died: 1,622 (7.0%) vs 1,738 (7.5%); hazard ratio 0.92, 95% CI 0.86–0.99, P = .03. The number needed to treat (ie, to be tested) to prevent one death was 221. The tested patients also had a shorter mean hospital stay: 8.72 vs 8.96 days, a difference of 0.24 days (95% CI −0.07 to −0.43; P < .001).

However, the elderly patients (ie, older than 66 years) who underwent testing were more likely to be on beta-blockers and statins than those who did not undergo testing, which may be a confounding factor.

Furthermore, the benefit was all in the patients at intermediate or high risk. The authors performed a subgroup analysis, dividing the patients on the basis of their Revised Cardiac Risk Index (RCRI; 1 point each for ischemic heart disease, congestive heart failure, cerebrovascular disease, diabetes, renal insufficiency, and high-risk surgery).8 Patients with an RCRI of 0 points (indicating low risk) actually had a higher risk of death with testing than without testing: hazard ratio 1.35 (95% CI 1.03–1.74), number needed to harm 179—ie, for every 179 low-risk patients tested, one excess death occurred. Those with an RCRI of 1 or 2 points (indicating intermediate risk) had a hazard ratio of 0.92 with testing (95% CI 085–0.99), and those with an RCRI of 3 to 6 points (indicating high risk) had a hazard ratio of 0.80 with testing (95% CI 0.67- 0.97; number needed to treat = 38).

Comment. These findings indicate that cardiac stress testing should be done selectively before noncardiac surgery, and primarily for patients at high risk (with an RCRI of 3 or higher) and in some patients at intermediate risk, but not in patients at low risk, in whom it may be harmful. Stress testing may change patient management because a positive stress test allows one to start a beta-blocker or a statin, use more aggressive intraoperative and postoperative care, and identify patients who have indications for revascularization.

References
  1. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:11391151.
  2. Schulman S, Kearon C, Kakkar AK, et al; RE-COVER Study Group. Dabigatran versus warfarin in the treatment of acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:23422352.
  3. Wann LS, Curtis AB, Ellenbogen KA, et al. 2011 ACCF/AHA/HRS focused update on the management of patients with atrial fibrillation (update on dabigatran): A report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2011; 123:11441150.
  4. Pronovost PJ, Goeschel CA, Colantuoni E, et al. Sustaining reductions in catheter-related bloodstream infections in Michigan intensive care units: observational study. BMJ 2010; 340:c309.
  5. Tian J, Kaufman DA, Zarich S, et al; American Heart Association National Registry for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Investigators. Outcomes of critically ill patients who received cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2010; 182:501506.
  6. Misky GJ, Wald HL, Coleman EA. Post-hospitalization transitions: examining the effects of timing of primary care provider follow-up. J Hosp Med 2010; 5:392397.
  7. Wijeysundera DN, Beattie WS, Austin PC, Hux JE, Laupacis A. Non-invasive cardiac stress testing before elective major non-cardiac surgery: population based cohort study. BMJ 2010; 340:b5526.
  8. Lee TH, Marcantonio ER, Mangione CM, et al. Derivation and prospective validation of a simple index for prediction of cardiac risk of major noncardiac surgery. Circulation 1999; 100:10431049.
References
  1. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:11391151.
  2. Schulman S, Kearon C, Kakkar AK, et al; RE-COVER Study Group. Dabigatran versus warfarin in the treatment of acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:23422352.
  3. Wann LS, Curtis AB, Ellenbogen KA, et al. 2011 ACCF/AHA/HRS focused update on the management of patients with atrial fibrillation (update on dabigatran): A report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2011; 123:11441150.
  4. Pronovost PJ, Goeschel CA, Colantuoni E, et al. Sustaining reductions in catheter-related bloodstream infections in Michigan intensive care units: observational study. BMJ 2010; 340:c309.
  5. Tian J, Kaufman DA, Zarich S, et al; American Heart Association National Registry for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Investigators. Outcomes of critically ill patients who received cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2010; 182:501506.
  6. Misky GJ, Wald HL, Coleman EA. Post-hospitalization transitions: examining the effects of timing of primary care provider follow-up. J Hosp Med 2010; 5:392397.
  7. Wijeysundera DN, Beattie WS, Austin PC, Hux JE, Laupacis A. Non-invasive cardiac stress testing before elective major non-cardiac surgery: population based cohort study. BMJ 2010; 340:b5526.
  8. Lee TH, Marcantonio ER, Mangione CM, et al. Derivation and prospective validation of a simple index for prediction of cardiac risk of major noncardiac surgery. Circulation 1999; 100:10431049.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Page Number
430-434
Page Number
430-434
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Update in hospital medicine: Studies likely to affect inpatient practice in 2011
Display Headline
Update in hospital medicine: Studies likely to affect inpatient practice in 2011
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Dabigatran (Pradaxa) will likely start to replace warfarin (Coumadin) both to prevent stroke in patients with atrial fibrillation and to prevent recurrent venous thromboembolism.
  • Using a checklist during insertion of central venous catheters can decrease the rate of catheter-related bloodstream infections in the intensive care unit.
  • The overall survival rate of patients who undergo cardiopulmonary resuscitation in the intensive care unit is approximately 16%; the rate is lower in patients who are receiving pressor drugs and higher in those with ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation.
  • Patients lacking follow-up with a primary care physician within 30 days of discharge are at high risk of readmission and have a trend for longer length of hospital stay.
  • Preoperative stress testing for patients undergoing noncardiac surgery should be done selectively, ie, in patients at high risk.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

When good drugs turn weirdly bad

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
When good drugs turn weirdly bad

More and more patients are receiving highly specific anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive medications. As Drs. Derek Tang and Lawrence Ward emphasize in this issue of the Journal, these drugs have side effects, some predictable and some surprising. Because they blunt the immune response (which is why we give them), our concern about opportunistic infection is naturally high, but we must also recognize some seemingly paradoxical reactions.

Many of the adverse effects of the small-molecule drugs such as azathioprine (Imuran) and methotrexate are those expected from chemical toxicity or inhibition of proliferation, eg, aminotransferase elevation, leukopenia, and alopecia. Mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept) uniquely can cause profound anemia, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) elicits cystitis, and many of these drugs trigger virus-associated malignancies. In perhaps 8% of patients, azathioprine causes a systemic hypersensitivity reaction with high fevers, variable rash, leukocytosis, and elevated aminotransferase levels shortly after it is started. Yet we are often slow to recognize this syndrome, as we tend to search for an infection and forget that even immunosuppressive drugs can cause systemic allergic-type reactions. A similar syndrome following initiation of phenytoin (Dilantin) would be recognized far more rapidly.

But the biologic agents, which target specific components of the immune system, resulting in focal immunosuppression and a disturbance in the homeostatic balance of the immune system, elicit some of the more challenging and sometimes paradoxical side effects. Interferon alfa, which has antiviral effects, is also used as an immunomodulator to treat Behçet disease and as part of regimens that treat specific malignancies. Perhaps because it up-regulates the expression of major histocompatibility complex class II molecules on antigen-presenting cells, interferon therapy also triggers several organ-specific autoimmune syndromes, including autoimmune thrombocytopenia, hypothyroidism, hemolytic anemia, hepatitis, and psoriasis.

Even more challenging to understand and sometimes to treat are the inflammatory effects of anti-tumor necrosis factor agents. Drugs of this class can evoke a demyelinating syndrome similar to multiple sclerosis. Further, even though they are used to treat psoriasis, they can also provoke a psoriasiform, often palmar and pustular, reaction.

So as we continue to adopt targeted immunologic therapies and revel in their efficacy, we need to remain humbled by what we don’t yet fully understand about the complexity of what the 19th century physiologist Claude Bernard termed the milieu intérieur (homeostasis) and keep in mind that even the most specific of drugs can have untoward biologic effects by weirdly disrupting our finely balanced immune system.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
426
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

More and more patients are receiving highly specific anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive medications. As Drs. Derek Tang and Lawrence Ward emphasize in this issue of the Journal, these drugs have side effects, some predictable and some surprising. Because they blunt the immune response (which is why we give them), our concern about opportunistic infection is naturally high, but we must also recognize some seemingly paradoxical reactions.

Many of the adverse effects of the small-molecule drugs such as azathioprine (Imuran) and methotrexate are those expected from chemical toxicity or inhibition of proliferation, eg, aminotransferase elevation, leukopenia, and alopecia. Mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept) uniquely can cause profound anemia, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) elicits cystitis, and many of these drugs trigger virus-associated malignancies. In perhaps 8% of patients, azathioprine causes a systemic hypersensitivity reaction with high fevers, variable rash, leukocytosis, and elevated aminotransferase levels shortly after it is started. Yet we are often slow to recognize this syndrome, as we tend to search for an infection and forget that even immunosuppressive drugs can cause systemic allergic-type reactions. A similar syndrome following initiation of phenytoin (Dilantin) would be recognized far more rapidly.

But the biologic agents, which target specific components of the immune system, resulting in focal immunosuppression and a disturbance in the homeostatic balance of the immune system, elicit some of the more challenging and sometimes paradoxical side effects. Interferon alfa, which has antiviral effects, is also used as an immunomodulator to treat Behçet disease and as part of regimens that treat specific malignancies. Perhaps because it up-regulates the expression of major histocompatibility complex class II molecules on antigen-presenting cells, interferon therapy also triggers several organ-specific autoimmune syndromes, including autoimmune thrombocytopenia, hypothyroidism, hemolytic anemia, hepatitis, and psoriasis.

Even more challenging to understand and sometimes to treat are the inflammatory effects of anti-tumor necrosis factor agents. Drugs of this class can evoke a demyelinating syndrome similar to multiple sclerosis. Further, even though they are used to treat psoriasis, they can also provoke a psoriasiform, often palmar and pustular, reaction.

So as we continue to adopt targeted immunologic therapies and revel in their efficacy, we need to remain humbled by what we don’t yet fully understand about the complexity of what the 19th century physiologist Claude Bernard termed the milieu intérieur (homeostasis) and keep in mind that even the most specific of drugs can have untoward biologic effects by weirdly disrupting our finely balanced immune system.

More and more patients are receiving highly specific anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive medications. As Drs. Derek Tang and Lawrence Ward emphasize in this issue of the Journal, these drugs have side effects, some predictable and some surprising. Because they blunt the immune response (which is why we give them), our concern about opportunistic infection is naturally high, but we must also recognize some seemingly paradoxical reactions.

Many of the adverse effects of the small-molecule drugs such as azathioprine (Imuran) and methotrexate are those expected from chemical toxicity or inhibition of proliferation, eg, aminotransferase elevation, leukopenia, and alopecia. Mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept) uniquely can cause profound anemia, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) elicits cystitis, and many of these drugs trigger virus-associated malignancies. In perhaps 8% of patients, azathioprine causes a systemic hypersensitivity reaction with high fevers, variable rash, leukocytosis, and elevated aminotransferase levels shortly after it is started. Yet we are often slow to recognize this syndrome, as we tend to search for an infection and forget that even immunosuppressive drugs can cause systemic allergic-type reactions. A similar syndrome following initiation of phenytoin (Dilantin) would be recognized far more rapidly.

But the biologic agents, which target specific components of the immune system, resulting in focal immunosuppression and a disturbance in the homeostatic balance of the immune system, elicit some of the more challenging and sometimes paradoxical side effects. Interferon alfa, which has antiviral effects, is also used as an immunomodulator to treat Behçet disease and as part of regimens that treat specific malignancies. Perhaps because it up-regulates the expression of major histocompatibility complex class II molecules on antigen-presenting cells, interferon therapy also triggers several organ-specific autoimmune syndromes, including autoimmune thrombocytopenia, hypothyroidism, hemolytic anemia, hepatitis, and psoriasis.

Even more challenging to understand and sometimes to treat are the inflammatory effects of anti-tumor necrosis factor agents. Drugs of this class can evoke a demyelinating syndrome similar to multiple sclerosis. Further, even though they are used to treat psoriasis, they can also provoke a psoriasiform, often palmar and pustular, reaction.

So as we continue to adopt targeted immunologic therapies and revel in their efficacy, we need to remain humbled by what we don’t yet fully understand about the complexity of what the 19th century physiologist Claude Bernard termed the milieu intérieur (homeostasis) and keep in mind that even the most specific of drugs can have untoward biologic effects by weirdly disrupting our finely balanced immune system.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Page Number
426
Page Number
426
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
When good drugs turn weirdly bad
Display Headline
When good drugs turn weirdly bad
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Rash from hepatitis C treatment

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Rash from hepatitis C treatment

A 54-year-old woman with hepatitis C virus infection presents with generalized rash, pruritus, and fever over the past week. The rash appeared on her left arm after she received her fifth weekly injection of pegylated interferon alfa 2b, in combination with daily oral ribavirin (Copegus, Rebetol). Over the course of 3 days, it spread to her face and the rest of her body.

Figure 1. Desquamation began on day 7 after the rash first appeared.
She has no other known medical conditions, has no history of eczema or atopy, and is not taking any other drugs.

Figure 2. She developed vesiculobullae on her lower extremities, including the left medial thigh. No vesiculobullae were noted on the upper extremities.
A diffuse erythematous macular rash now covers most of her body, with areas of desquamation (Figure 1). The rash spares her mucous membranes (oral cavity, genitalia, eyes). In addition, there are scattered vesiculobullae (Figures 2 and 3) and nonblanching purpuric lesions on the front of her legs.

Figure 3. Punch biopsy samples were taken from her left leg. The black patch on the right leg was from a prior skin graft, unrelated to the current presentation.
Her total white blood cell count is newly elevated at 18.5 × 109/L (reference range 4.0–11.0), and the differential count is “shifted to the left,” with 83% neutrophils (reference range 50%–75%) but no eosinophils. The C-reactive protein level and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated: the C-reactive protein is 1.1 mg/dL (reference range 0.0–1.0), and the sedimentation rate is 70 mm/ hour (reference range for women 0–15). All other laboratory results, including aminotransferase and alkaline phosphatase levels, electrolyte levels, and coagulation studies, are normal. Additional tests for immunoglobulin A (IgA), IgM, IgG, complements C3 and C4, rheumatoid factor, antinuclear antibodies, and cryoglobulins are normal. Chest radiography is normal.

Q: What is the most likely clinical diagnosis?

  • Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Mixed cryoglobulinemia
  • Acute eczematous drug eruption
  • Lichen planus

A: Acute eczematous drug eruption is the most likely diagnosis.

The clinical presentation and laboratory findings suggest (the latter by exclusion) that our patient had an allergic drug reaction to the interferon or to the ribavirin therapy, or to both. Although this combination is a standard treatment for chronic hepatitis C, some patients experience adverse reactions that lead to its discontinuation. Local injection-site reactions are the most prevalent, affecting up to 12% of patients, whereas eczematous dermatoses manifest less commonly, occurring in up to 5% of patients.1

While awaiting the results of skin biopsy, a careful evaluation of the clinical features of the physical examination and an appropriate laboratory evaluation can rule out other important conditions in the differential diagnosis.

The absence of mucous membrane involvement steers the diagnosis away from Stevens-Johnson syndrome, a life-threatening hypersensitivity condition often triggered by drugs, malignant tumors, and viral infections, which may also affect internal organs. In this condition, skin biopsy specimens would be distinguished by subepidermal bullae and epidermal cell necrosis—neither of which was seen in our patient.

Mixed cryoglobulinemia should always be considered in hepatitis C patients because of the strong association between this infection and the development of cryoglobulins. The rash usually is purpuric, but it may be pleomorphic.2,3 This vasculitis often manifests with excess cryoglobulins, elevated rheumatoid factor, and low titers of complement in the blood due to consumption by immune complexes. Tissue biopsy would usually show typical vascular changes if performed on fresh lesions.4,5 The normal levels of these components in our patient coupled with the appearance of her skin makes cryoglobulinemia a less likely cause.

Furthermore, hepatitis C infection, whether or not treated with interferon and ribavirin, can cause an onset or recurrence of other dermatologic conditions, notably lichen planus, psoriasis, vitiligo, and systemic lupus erythematosus.1–4

In lichen planus, the rash is often described as flat-topped, pruritic, and violaceous. It may involve the extremities, the genitalia, and the oral cavity.4,5 The difference in quality of the rash compared with the rash in our patient makes lichen planus less likely.

Exclusion of the other conditions in the differential diagnosis, in addition to results from a definitive punch biopsy, solidified the diagnosis in our patient. Skin biopsy of the patient’s lower-extremity lesions revealed spongiotic dermatitis with lymphocytes, neutrophils, and few eosinophils—a finding characteristic of an acute eczematous drug eruption. Improvement of her rash after discontinuation of interferon and ribavirin further supported this conclusion, although it was unclear whether one or both agents were responsible.

OUTCOME

Management of acute eczematous drug eruption entails stopping the offending drug and alleviating the symptoms. Our patient’s non-life-threatening rash improved dramatically with cessation of interferon and ribavirin. She received a single dose of a systemic corticosteroid initially, out of concern for a severe medication-induced reaction (ie, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), but she was otherwise maintained with diphenhydramine (Benadryl) and a multivitamin ointment for the rash throughout her 9-day hospital stay. Her pruritus was well controlled with hydroxyzine (Atarax, Vistaril). At discharge, she was referred back to her hepatologist for further treatment of her hepatitis C, possibly with interferon and ribavirin again.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGE

Adverse reactions to interferon and ribavirin treatment in hepatitis C patients can manifest dermatologically, and the combination therapy should be discontinued to prevent further insult. A broad variety of conditions in the differential diagnosis should be taken into account, but dermatologic conditions that occur or recur specifically in hepatitis C patients should be considered as well.

References
  1. Dereure O, Raison-Peyron N, Larrey D, Blanc F, Guilhou JJ. Diffuse inflammatory lesions in patients treated with interferon alfa and ribavirin for hepatitis C: a series of 20 patients. Br J Dermatol 2002; 147:11421146.
  2. Ferri C, Zignego AL, Pileri SA. Cryoglobulins. J Clin Pathol 2002; 55:413.
  3. Faurie P, Broussolle C, Zoulim F, Trepo C, Sève P. Sarcoidosis and hepatitis C: clinical description of 11 cases. Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2010; 22:967972.
  4. Shengyuan L, Songpo Y, Wen W, Wenjing T, Haitao Z, Binyou W. Hepatitis C virus and lichen planus: a reciprocal association determined by a meta-analysis. Arch Dermatol 2009; 145:10401047.
  5. Aamir S, Ullah Z, Iqbal Z, Khan AA, Yaqub F, Malik K. Cutaneous manifestations of interferon alfa and ribavirin for hepatitis C. J Pak Assoc Dermatol 2008; 18:1420.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Derek M. Tang, MD
Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA

Lawrence Ward, MD, MPH
Associate Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA

Address: Derek M. Tang, MD, Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, 3401 North Broad Street, Parkinson Pavilion 812, Philadelphia, PA 19140; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
472-474
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Derek M. Tang, MD
Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA

Lawrence Ward, MD, MPH
Associate Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA

Address: Derek M. Tang, MD, Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, 3401 North Broad Street, Parkinson Pavilion 812, Philadelphia, PA 19140; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Derek M. Tang, MD
Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA

Lawrence Ward, MD, MPH
Associate Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA

Address: Derek M. Tang, MD, Department of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine, 3401 North Broad Street, Parkinson Pavilion 812, Philadelphia, PA 19140; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 54-year-old woman with hepatitis C virus infection presents with generalized rash, pruritus, and fever over the past week. The rash appeared on her left arm after she received her fifth weekly injection of pegylated interferon alfa 2b, in combination with daily oral ribavirin (Copegus, Rebetol). Over the course of 3 days, it spread to her face and the rest of her body.

Figure 1. Desquamation began on day 7 after the rash first appeared.
She has no other known medical conditions, has no history of eczema or atopy, and is not taking any other drugs.

Figure 2. She developed vesiculobullae on her lower extremities, including the left medial thigh. No vesiculobullae were noted on the upper extremities.
A diffuse erythematous macular rash now covers most of her body, with areas of desquamation (Figure 1). The rash spares her mucous membranes (oral cavity, genitalia, eyes). In addition, there are scattered vesiculobullae (Figures 2 and 3) and nonblanching purpuric lesions on the front of her legs.

Figure 3. Punch biopsy samples were taken from her left leg. The black patch on the right leg was from a prior skin graft, unrelated to the current presentation.
Her total white blood cell count is newly elevated at 18.5 × 109/L (reference range 4.0–11.0), and the differential count is “shifted to the left,” with 83% neutrophils (reference range 50%–75%) but no eosinophils. The C-reactive protein level and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated: the C-reactive protein is 1.1 mg/dL (reference range 0.0–1.0), and the sedimentation rate is 70 mm/ hour (reference range for women 0–15). All other laboratory results, including aminotransferase and alkaline phosphatase levels, electrolyte levels, and coagulation studies, are normal. Additional tests for immunoglobulin A (IgA), IgM, IgG, complements C3 and C4, rheumatoid factor, antinuclear antibodies, and cryoglobulins are normal. Chest radiography is normal.

Q: What is the most likely clinical diagnosis?

  • Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Mixed cryoglobulinemia
  • Acute eczematous drug eruption
  • Lichen planus

A: Acute eczematous drug eruption is the most likely diagnosis.

The clinical presentation and laboratory findings suggest (the latter by exclusion) that our patient had an allergic drug reaction to the interferon or to the ribavirin therapy, or to both. Although this combination is a standard treatment for chronic hepatitis C, some patients experience adverse reactions that lead to its discontinuation. Local injection-site reactions are the most prevalent, affecting up to 12% of patients, whereas eczematous dermatoses manifest less commonly, occurring in up to 5% of patients.1

While awaiting the results of skin biopsy, a careful evaluation of the clinical features of the physical examination and an appropriate laboratory evaluation can rule out other important conditions in the differential diagnosis.

The absence of mucous membrane involvement steers the diagnosis away from Stevens-Johnson syndrome, a life-threatening hypersensitivity condition often triggered by drugs, malignant tumors, and viral infections, which may also affect internal organs. In this condition, skin biopsy specimens would be distinguished by subepidermal bullae and epidermal cell necrosis—neither of which was seen in our patient.

Mixed cryoglobulinemia should always be considered in hepatitis C patients because of the strong association between this infection and the development of cryoglobulins. The rash usually is purpuric, but it may be pleomorphic.2,3 This vasculitis often manifests with excess cryoglobulins, elevated rheumatoid factor, and low titers of complement in the blood due to consumption by immune complexes. Tissue biopsy would usually show typical vascular changes if performed on fresh lesions.4,5 The normal levels of these components in our patient coupled with the appearance of her skin makes cryoglobulinemia a less likely cause.

Furthermore, hepatitis C infection, whether or not treated with interferon and ribavirin, can cause an onset or recurrence of other dermatologic conditions, notably lichen planus, psoriasis, vitiligo, and systemic lupus erythematosus.1–4

In lichen planus, the rash is often described as flat-topped, pruritic, and violaceous. It may involve the extremities, the genitalia, and the oral cavity.4,5 The difference in quality of the rash compared with the rash in our patient makes lichen planus less likely.

Exclusion of the other conditions in the differential diagnosis, in addition to results from a definitive punch biopsy, solidified the diagnosis in our patient. Skin biopsy of the patient’s lower-extremity lesions revealed spongiotic dermatitis with lymphocytes, neutrophils, and few eosinophils—a finding characteristic of an acute eczematous drug eruption. Improvement of her rash after discontinuation of interferon and ribavirin further supported this conclusion, although it was unclear whether one or both agents were responsible.

OUTCOME

Management of acute eczematous drug eruption entails stopping the offending drug and alleviating the symptoms. Our patient’s non-life-threatening rash improved dramatically with cessation of interferon and ribavirin. She received a single dose of a systemic corticosteroid initially, out of concern for a severe medication-induced reaction (ie, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), but she was otherwise maintained with diphenhydramine (Benadryl) and a multivitamin ointment for the rash throughout her 9-day hospital stay. Her pruritus was well controlled with hydroxyzine (Atarax, Vistaril). At discharge, she was referred back to her hepatologist for further treatment of her hepatitis C, possibly with interferon and ribavirin again.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGE

Adverse reactions to interferon and ribavirin treatment in hepatitis C patients can manifest dermatologically, and the combination therapy should be discontinued to prevent further insult. A broad variety of conditions in the differential diagnosis should be taken into account, but dermatologic conditions that occur or recur specifically in hepatitis C patients should be considered as well.

A 54-year-old woman with hepatitis C virus infection presents with generalized rash, pruritus, and fever over the past week. The rash appeared on her left arm after she received her fifth weekly injection of pegylated interferon alfa 2b, in combination with daily oral ribavirin (Copegus, Rebetol). Over the course of 3 days, it spread to her face and the rest of her body.

Figure 1. Desquamation began on day 7 after the rash first appeared.
She has no other known medical conditions, has no history of eczema or atopy, and is not taking any other drugs.

Figure 2. She developed vesiculobullae on her lower extremities, including the left medial thigh. No vesiculobullae were noted on the upper extremities.
A diffuse erythematous macular rash now covers most of her body, with areas of desquamation (Figure 1). The rash spares her mucous membranes (oral cavity, genitalia, eyes). In addition, there are scattered vesiculobullae (Figures 2 and 3) and nonblanching purpuric lesions on the front of her legs.

Figure 3. Punch biopsy samples were taken from her left leg. The black patch on the right leg was from a prior skin graft, unrelated to the current presentation.
Her total white blood cell count is newly elevated at 18.5 × 109/L (reference range 4.0–11.0), and the differential count is “shifted to the left,” with 83% neutrophils (reference range 50%–75%) but no eosinophils. The C-reactive protein level and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated: the C-reactive protein is 1.1 mg/dL (reference range 0.0–1.0), and the sedimentation rate is 70 mm/ hour (reference range for women 0–15). All other laboratory results, including aminotransferase and alkaline phosphatase levels, electrolyte levels, and coagulation studies, are normal. Additional tests for immunoglobulin A (IgA), IgM, IgG, complements C3 and C4, rheumatoid factor, antinuclear antibodies, and cryoglobulins are normal. Chest radiography is normal.

Q: What is the most likely clinical diagnosis?

  • Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Mixed cryoglobulinemia
  • Acute eczematous drug eruption
  • Lichen planus

A: Acute eczematous drug eruption is the most likely diagnosis.

The clinical presentation and laboratory findings suggest (the latter by exclusion) that our patient had an allergic drug reaction to the interferon or to the ribavirin therapy, or to both. Although this combination is a standard treatment for chronic hepatitis C, some patients experience adverse reactions that lead to its discontinuation. Local injection-site reactions are the most prevalent, affecting up to 12% of patients, whereas eczematous dermatoses manifest less commonly, occurring in up to 5% of patients.1

While awaiting the results of skin biopsy, a careful evaluation of the clinical features of the physical examination and an appropriate laboratory evaluation can rule out other important conditions in the differential diagnosis.

The absence of mucous membrane involvement steers the diagnosis away from Stevens-Johnson syndrome, a life-threatening hypersensitivity condition often triggered by drugs, malignant tumors, and viral infections, which may also affect internal organs. In this condition, skin biopsy specimens would be distinguished by subepidermal bullae and epidermal cell necrosis—neither of which was seen in our patient.

Mixed cryoglobulinemia should always be considered in hepatitis C patients because of the strong association between this infection and the development of cryoglobulins. The rash usually is purpuric, but it may be pleomorphic.2,3 This vasculitis often manifests with excess cryoglobulins, elevated rheumatoid factor, and low titers of complement in the blood due to consumption by immune complexes. Tissue biopsy would usually show typical vascular changes if performed on fresh lesions.4,5 The normal levels of these components in our patient coupled with the appearance of her skin makes cryoglobulinemia a less likely cause.

Furthermore, hepatitis C infection, whether or not treated with interferon and ribavirin, can cause an onset or recurrence of other dermatologic conditions, notably lichen planus, psoriasis, vitiligo, and systemic lupus erythematosus.1–4

In lichen planus, the rash is often described as flat-topped, pruritic, and violaceous. It may involve the extremities, the genitalia, and the oral cavity.4,5 The difference in quality of the rash compared with the rash in our patient makes lichen planus less likely.

Exclusion of the other conditions in the differential diagnosis, in addition to results from a definitive punch biopsy, solidified the diagnosis in our patient. Skin biopsy of the patient’s lower-extremity lesions revealed spongiotic dermatitis with lymphocytes, neutrophils, and few eosinophils—a finding characteristic of an acute eczematous drug eruption. Improvement of her rash after discontinuation of interferon and ribavirin further supported this conclusion, although it was unclear whether one or both agents were responsible.

OUTCOME

Management of acute eczematous drug eruption entails stopping the offending drug and alleviating the symptoms. Our patient’s non-life-threatening rash improved dramatically with cessation of interferon and ribavirin. She received a single dose of a systemic corticosteroid initially, out of concern for a severe medication-induced reaction (ie, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), but she was otherwise maintained with diphenhydramine (Benadryl) and a multivitamin ointment for the rash throughout her 9-day hospital stay. Her pruritus was well controlled with hydroxyzine (Atarax, Vistaril). At discharge, she was referred back to her hepatologist for further treatment of her hepatitis C, possibly with interferon and ribavirin again.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGE

Adverse reactions to interferon and ribavirin treatment in hepatitis C patients can manifest dermatologically, and the combination therapy should be discontinued to prevent further insult. A broad variety of conditions in the differential diagnosis should be taken into account, but dermatologic conditions that occur or recur specifically in hepatitis C patients should be considered as well.

References
  1. Dereure O, Raison-Peyron N, Larrey D, Blanc F, Guilhou JJ. Diffuse inflammatory lesions in patients treated with interferon alfa and ribavirin for hepatitis C: a series of 20 patients. Br J Dermatol 2002; 147:11421146.
  2. Ferri C, Zignego AL, Pileri SA. Cryoglobulins. J Clin Pathol 2002; 55:413.
  3. Faurie P, Broussolle C, Zoulim F, Trepo C, Sève P. Sarcoidosis and hepatitis C: clinical description of 11 cases. Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2010; 22:967972.
  4. Shengyuan L, Songpo Y, Wen W, Wenjing T, Haitao Z, Binyou W. Hepatitis C virus and lichen planus: a reciprocal association determined by a meta-analysis. Arch Dermatol 2009; 145:10401047.
  5. Aamir S, Ullah Z, Iqbal Z, Khan AA, Yaqub F, Malik K. Cutaneous manifestations of interferon alfa and ribavirin for hepatitis C. J Pak Assoc Dermatol 2008; 18:1420.
References
  1. Dereure O, Raison-Peyron N, Larrey D, Blanc F, Guilhou JJ. Diffuse inflammatory lesions in patients treated with interferon alfa and ribavirin for hepatitis C: a series of 20 patients. Br J Dermatol 2002; 147:11421146.
  2. Ferri C, Zignego AL, Pileri SA. Cryoglobulins. J Clin Pathol 2002; 55:413.
  3. Faurie P, Broussolle C, Zoulim F, Trepo C, Sève P. Sarcoidosis and hepatitis C: clinical description of 11 cases. Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol 2010; 22:967972.
  4. Shengyuan L, Songpo Y, Wen W, Wenjing T, Haitao Z, Binyou W. Hepatitis C virus and lichen planus: a reciprocal association determined by a meta-analysis. Arch Dermatol 2009; 145:10401047.
  5. Aamir S, Ullah Z, Iqbal Z, Khan AA, Yaqub F, Malik K. Cutaneous manifestations of interferon alfa and ribavirin for hepatitis C. J Pak Assoc Dermatol 2008; 18:1420.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Page Number
472-474
Page Number
472-474
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Rash from hepatitis C treatment
Display Headline
Rash from hepatitis C treatment
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Managing cancer pain: Frequently asked questions

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Managing cancer pain: Frequently asked questions

Some 90% of patients with cancer experience pain during their illness.1 The pain usually worsens as the disease progresses, and patients may experience different types of pain.

Persistent pain decreases function, appetite, and sleep, induces fear, causes depression, and generally lowers the quality of life.2 Persistent pain is demoralizing and debilitating for patients and their caregivers.3

Adequate pain control is important to ensure that patients can function productively, maintain social relationships, and improve their quality of life.2 Yet 86% of practicing physicians surveyed believed that most cancer patients with pain were undermedicated,2 and most felt that pain management is unsuccessful in more than half of patients who seek help.3

The critical importance of pain management has been emphasized by the World Health Organization (WHO), by international and national professional organizations, and by government agencies. All practitioners who care for cancer patients need to be well educated in managing cancer pain, a key part of which is to educate patients about the process and what to expect. This results in better pain control.4

Although much has been written on the management of cancer pain in a referral setting, little has been published on how to manage it in primary care. In this article, we discuss common questions faced by generalists. We emphasize the use of opioids, perhaps the most challenging aspect of cancer pain management. We also discuss when consultation with a specialist in pain management or a palliative medicine specialist is especially helpful.

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF PAIN SYNDROMES?

Pain is classified in several ways1–6:

Nociceptive vs neuropathic. Nociceptive pain comprises somatic and visceral components and is the result of continued tissue injury.4 Neuropathic pain is due to injury to the peripheral and central nervous systems and occurs within an area of sensory or motor deficit.

Continuous vs intermittent. Continuous pain, even if controlled, can have breakthroughs, ie, flares of pain above the controlled baseline level. Intermittent pain is a pain flare without chronic baseline pain. Intermittent pain is further divided into incident pain (ie, on movement) and end-of-dose failure (ie, pain occurring just before the next scheduled opioid dose).5 Pain specialists continue to debate the meaning and the use of these terms.

Malignant vs nonmalignant. Cancer pain is multifactorial,1 being induced by the disease itself, by the treatment of cancer, and by pain unrelated to cancer or its treatment (eg, osteoarthritis or diabetic neuropathy).2

Familiarity with the causes and the types of pain, including pain related to cancer, is important, as this influences treatment decisions.

HOW IS PAIN ASSESSED?

The assessment of pain is vital in managing it.

Since pain is inherently subjective, the patient’s self-report is the gold standard.4 Characteristics of the pain along with a physical examination, laboratory testing, and imaging studies can define the pathophysiology of the pain and influence the decision to undertake further assessment or specific therapies.

Patients and physicians can use various scales, such as a visual analog scale, a numerical rating scale, a graphic scale, a verbal scale, a word descriptor scale, and a functional pain scale. A verbal scale can be used if the patient is alert, or a nonverbal scale if the patient has impaired cognition or speaks a different language. Intensity is the most common dimension evaluated in cancer pain, primarily via a numerical or visual analog scale. A numerical scale score of 0 to 10 has been found to be as effective as a visual analog scale (0 to 100 mm),7,8 and the numerical rating scale is generally preferred as a measure of pain intensity.9

There are no clear guidelines for selecting one scale over another.7 A clinically meaningful response (ie, meaningful to patients) is at least a two-point decrease on the 10-point numerical scale or a 13-mm decrease on the 100-mm visual analog scale. A decrease in the percentage of the pain relates to global improvement better than an absolute reduction on the numerical scale.

WHAT PROBLEMS ARE ENCOUNTERED IN MANAGING CANCER PAIN?

Opioids are highly effective in controlling cancer pain, yet physicians often hesitate to prescribe them for a number of reasons (Table 1).10 Inadequate pain assessment has been reported as a main physician-related barrier to effective opioid use,11 whereas patients may hesitate to take prescribed opioids because of a lack of knowledge about them and a fear of addiction and other adverse effects.11

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT WAYS TO MANAGE CANCER PAIN?

Pain should be treated promptly and aggressively, because if untreated it can lead to delays in healing, changes in the central nervous system (eg, sensitization, plasticity), chronic stress, family stress, depression, job loss, and even suicide.12–14

Comprehensive pain management improves outcomes and includes the rational use of opioids and adjuvant analgesics, physical rehabilitation, cognitive behavioral (non-drug) therapies, family counseling, interventional procedures (kyphoplasty, nerve blocks, local injections, spinal analgesia), and complementary therapies such as acupuncture.12 Adjuvant analgesics include antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and local anesthetics.

 

 

HOW DO OPIOIDS RELIEVE CANCER PAIN?

Opioids bind to receptors in tissues throughout the body, including in the central and peripheral nervous systems15 and the digestive tract. The binding of an opioid to an opioid receptor—including mu, kappa, and delta receptors and orphan receptor-like ligand-1—initiates a cascade of intracellular reactions. Due to the nature of different interactions of opioids with each of these receptors, individuals vary in their response to opioids.15

WHAT ARE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON OPIOIDS?

Figure 1. A three-step approach to pain control, based on the World Health Organization’s “analgesic ladder.”
When choosing an opioid, the WHO’s analgesic ladder (Figure 1) offers a simple, three-step approach based on pain severity:
  • Step 1. Mild pain calls for a nonopioid analgesic with or without an adjuvant (more about adjuvants below).
  • Step 2. Mild or moderate pain that persists or increases calls for a weak opioid such as codeine, tramadol (Ultram), or hydrocodone, with or without a nonopioid and with or without an adjuvant.
  • Step 3. Severe pain calls for a strong opioid with or without a nonopioid, and with or without an adjuvant.

Morphine, the prototypical opioid, is well studied and versatile, as it can be given orally, parenterally, rectally, or intraspinally. It is readily available in the United States and Western Europe but not in some parts of the world, such as Asia and Africa. It is also cost-effective.

Hydromorphone (Dilaudid) is similar to morphine in terms of versatility, cost, and effectiveness in pain management. An extended-release form (Exalgo) is now available in the United States.

Oxycodone is readily available in both slow-release (eg, OxyContin) and immediate-release (eg, Oxy-IR) preparations and is also cost-effective. However, there is no parenteral formulation in the United States.

Fentanyl is the only opioid available in the United States that can be given transdermally (in the form of the Duragesic patch) for patients who cannot swallow. Moderate to severe cachexia may affect its absorption. Patients can undergo magnetic resonance imaging while wearing the patch. The patch is readily available and is of moderate cost (Table 2). Oral and buccal preparations of fentanyl are available for control of breakthrough pain, but they are expensive; an inexpensive second opioid is usually prescribed for breakthrough pain.

Methadone is inexpensive and can be used as a long-acting or an immediate-release opioid. However, it should be used with caution in patients with a prolonged QTc interval: in general, a QTc interval of 430 to 450 msec is not a contraindication, but there is a risk of torsades de pointes when the QTc is greater than 500 msec. The physician should also look for drug interactions when prescribing methadone, which is metabolized in the liver via the cytochrome P450 3A4 system. Methadone use can also lead to respiratory depression, prolonged QTc interval, and sudden death.

Buprenorphine can be used as a third- or fourth-tier opioid for patients with both kidney and liver failure. It can be given sublingually or parenterally. It may not be readily available, may not be covered by insurance, and is expensive.

Selecting an opioid to try first

The following are some general considerations when selecting an opioid to try first:

  • Does the patient have a history of organ failure? Has the patient had a therapeutic response to, or adverse effects from, a particular opioid in the past?
  • Which route would best fit the patient’s needs? (Oral is always preferable.)
  • How often will breakthrough dosing be required? (In general, the breakthrough dose is administered at the drug’s half-life, but it can be administered between 1 and 4 hours.)
  • How much will it cost? (Consider the cost, insurance coverage, and co-pays.)

Table 2 shows different characteristics of commonly used opioids, including route of administration, onset of action, peak effect, and duration of action.1

WHAT ARE THE EQUIANALGESIC DOSES OF COMMONLY USED OPIOIDS?

Equianalgesic tables are generally used to convert from one opioid to another or from one route of administration to another. There are many published equianalgesic tables, which are inconsistent, variable, and confusing.18,19 These tables should only serve as a guide, and physicians should use their clinical judgment based on the individual patient.18,19 All strong opioids are equally effective.

Table 3 lists equianalgesic doses and route conversions of commonly used opioids.18–20

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPLES BEHIND OPIOID DOSING?

Successful management of cancer pain depends on using the right opioid in the right dose at the right time.5 The starting dose depends on factors such as the type of pain, whether it is acute or chronic, the intensity, whether the patient has previously taken opioids, and whether tolerance developed. There is no evidence to suggest that one opioid is better than another, and there are no fixed formulas for opioid requirements. Appropriate doses are established by titration based on individual analgesic response and adverse effects rather than age, sex, or ethnicity.5

Table 4 shows important strategies for opioid dosing. An in-depth discussion of specific opioid dosing strategies is beyond the scope of this article.5

 

 

WHAT ARE THE COMMON ADVERSE EFFECTS OF OPIOIDS?

Table 5 lists the most common adverse effects of opioids, their mechanisms, and their management.21–23

Adverse effects are among the most common reasons for failure of opioids to relieve pain. If these effects are not anticipated and treated prophylactically, patients may avoid taking their opioid drugs or may complain that they are “allergic” to them. In reality, true allergy to any of the opioids is rare. Patients comply better if they are taught to expect that most adverse effects are either preventable or manageable.21 A simple strategy includes reducing the opioid dose by 25% to 50%, using different opioids (“rotation”), changing the route of administration, and directly treating adverse effects.21,22

WHAT IS OPIOID ROTATION AND HOW IS IT DONE?

Opioid rotation involves changing to a different drug using the same administration route, with the aim of improving the analgesic response or reducing adverse effects.16 It may be useful in widening the therapeutic window, ie, establishing a more advantageous relationship between analgesia and toxicity.16 This strategy applies, for example, to patients who have an adverse reaction to morphine, and who may need rotation to fentanyl or methadone.

The major indication for switching opioids is poorly controlled pain with unacceptable adverse effects due to opioid toxicity, the rapid development of tolerance, refractory pain, or difficult pain syndromes.24 A recent prospective study showed that 42% of patients underwent opioid rotation, and the two most common reasons were inadequate analgesia and severe adverse effects.25 Opioid rotation resulted in relief of confusion (72%), nausea and vomiting (68%), and drowsiness (53%).25

Before trying opioid rotation, review the patient’s pain syndromes and the use of an adjuvant analgesic, and assess for evidence of opioid toxicity or contributing abnormal biochemical factors such as hydration status.24,26 Most opioids are mu-receptor agonists and may exhibit cross-tolerance, a phenomenon in which the alternative drug does not have the expected effects because of similar pharmacologic action of the first drug. Because the degree of cross-tolerance may change as opioid doses are escalated, it is advisable to proceed with caution when switching from one opioid to another in patients who are receiving very high doses. Opioid rotation generally would be ineffective if there is complete analgesic cross-tolerance between opioids.

The common equivalency conversion tables are based either on studies in patients who received low doses of opioids or on single-dose studies.16,24 By substituting opioids and using lower doses than expected according to the equivalency conversion tables (generally a 25% to 30% decrease), it is possible in most cases to reduce or relieve the symptoms of opioid toxicity and to manage patients highly tolerant to previous opioids while improving analgesia.24

Alternatives to opioid rotation are route conversion (oral to parenteral or spinal), addition of an adjuvant analgesic, and opioid dose reduction.

WHAT IS OPIOID TOXICITY AND HOW IS IT MANAGED?

Opioid overdose is commonly the result of an error in pain assessment, opioid prescribing, or dose administration. Opioid overdose classically presents as sedation or respiratory depression. The combination of coma, reduced respiratory rate, and pinpoint pupils is highly suggestive of opioid toxicity, and treatment should be initiated promptly.

This scenario, however, is the extreme example of opioid overdose, and it is rare when a patient is given the correct opioid dose titrated gradually over a period of time. The more common scenario is when a patient’s pain has finally been managed and the patient is resting comfortably with slow respirations. This would not warrant naloxone (Narcan) administration but rather close observation and monitoring of vital signs.

Naloxone has antagonist activity at all of the receptor sites.27 It is important to be alert for acute opioid withdrawal in patients taking high-dose opioids for a long time.27 There are no guidelines as to the route of administration and the dosing of naloxone. Table 6 summarizes the management of opioid overdose using naloxone.5

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF ADJUVANTS?

An adjuvant analgesic is any drug with a primary indication other than pain, but with analgesic properties in some painful conditions. Adjuvants are best used when a patient cannot obtain satisfactory pain relief from an opioid.28 Antidepressants, anticonvulsants, neuroleptics, antiarrhythmics, antihistamines, N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonists, steroids, muscle relaxants, bisphosphonates, and radiopharmaceuticals can be adjuvant agents.29

Adjuvants are generally used to complement the analgesic effects of opioids to achieve optimal pain control with a minimum of adverse effects.28 The following scenarios should prompt the use of adjuvants in clinical practice28:

  • The toxic limit of a primary pain medication has been reached.
  • The therapeutic benefit of the primary pain medication has reached a plateau.
  • The primary analgesic could not be used because of substance-abuse behavior, multiple organ failure, allergy, etc.
  • The patient has multiple pain syndromes.
  • The patient has additional symptoms unrelated to pain, eg, insomnia or depression.

Delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) alone has not been found to be effective in controlling acute pain, but the combination of THC and cannabidiol was more effective in relieving cancer pain than THC alone.30

Table 7 lists adjuvants with specific indications and points to remember when prescribing them.28,29

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF NSAIDs FOR CANCER PAIN?

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) have a well-established role in treating cancer-related pain, either on their own for mild pain or in combination with opioids for moderate to severe pain, leading to additive analgesia. Using NSAIDs as adjuvants is common practice in certain cancer pain syndromes, such as malignant bone pain, although there is considerable variation in response.31

NSAIDs have long been known to inhibit peripheral prostaglandin synthesis, but recently they have also been suggested to have a central action. The central effect is related to NMDA receptor-induced activation of the nitric oxide system.31

NSAIDs have ceiling effects, and there is no therapeutic advantage to increasing the dose beyond that which is recommended.

Ketorolac (Toradol), indomethacin (Indocin), and diclofenac (Voltaren) have potent analgesic activity, whereas the “oxicam” NSAIDs show predominantly anti-inflammatory effects.30

No NSAID is clearly superior for a particular type of pain. Certain NSAIDs block the NMDA receptor and inhibit cyclo-oxygenase-1 and cyclo-oxygenase-2. There is a poor correlation between the analgesic effects of NSAIDs and cyclo-oxygenase inhibition. There is no evidence to support the use of selective cyclo-oxygenase-2 inhibitors for cancer pain, and these agents have no advantage over nonselective NSAIDs on the basis of limited gastrointestinal toxicity.32

In cancer pain, NSAIDs may delay the development of tolerance and allow lower doses of opioids to be used, with fewer central nervous system side effects.31,32 Despite the extensive use of NSAIDs, relatively few randomized studies have documented their efficacy in cancer pain compared with other chronic pain syndromes. Data on safe and effective doses from studies of nonmalignant pain may not apply to cancer pain, since cancer patients often have several serious conditions and are on multiple medications. In addition, the potential for adverse effects of NSAIDs (gastrointestinal bleeding, renal failure, thrombosis) may be greater in patients with advanced cancer.

In conclusion, NSAIDs may help if used judiciously in somatic pain and visceral pain, and perhaps even in neuropathic pain.31

 

 

HOW IS CANCER PAIN MANAGED IN PATIENTS WITH ORGAN FAILURE?

Given the prevalence of chronic illnesses such as diabetes, hypertension, and heart failure, cancer patients are likely to have some degree of hepatic or renal dysfunction. As most pain medicines are metabolized or excreted hepatically or renally, knowledge about how pain drugs affect these organ systems or vice-versa has become more important in the prevention of drug toxicity. Table 8 lists the dosage adjustments needed for various pain drugs used for chronic pain.32–34

  • Opioids that can be used in liver failure or cirrhosis: morphine, hydromorphone, methadone, levorphanol, buprenorphine.
  • Opioids that can be used in renal failure: methadone, fentanyl, and buprenorphine are safest; oxycodone and hydromorphone are moderately safe; morphine is the least safe.35,36
  • Opioids that can be used in both kidney and liver failure: methadone, buprenorphine.

HOW CAN PROBLEMS RELATED TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE BE AVOIDED?

Substance abuse is less a problem in managing cancer pain than in chronic nonmalignant pain. Prescribing opioids safely is challenging, and very little has been published on substance abuse and the management of cancer pain. However, in the absence of practice guidelines, the best approach is to establish a dosing structure, control prescription refills, and monitor the patient.

Abuse is the misuse of an opioid via self-titration or altering the dosing schedule or route of administration. Patients who misuse opioids—ie, take them differently than prescribed—are not necessarily addicted.

Addiction is the abuse of a drug associated with psychological dependence, despite harm.

Diversion can occur without addiction and is done for financial gain, and this is the worst offense as it may harm others.

Pseudoaddiction is abnormal, demanding, often hostile behavior resulting from uncontrolled pain; once the pain is controlled, the behavior resolves.

Behaviors such as forging prescriptions, stealing or borrowing drugs, frequently “losing” prescriptions, and resisting changes to medication despite adverse effects are more predictive of addiction than are behaviors such as aggressive complaining about the need for more drugs, drug-hoarding, and unsanctioned dose escalations or other forms of noncompliance, as the latter three are more likely to indicate poorly controlled pain.37

Predictors of opioid abuse include a family history or a personal history of alcohol or drug abuse (including prescription drugs); a history of psychiatric illness (including anxiety disorder); male sex; nonwhite race; a history of driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs; a record of drug-related convictions; lost or stolen prescriptions; and using supplemental sources to obtain opioids.38 Socioeconomic status and disability level were not found to be significant predictors.38

Different scales are available to predict the risk of aberrant drug behavior in patients on chronic opioid therapy. Of the many available, the Screener and Opioid Assessment for Patients With Pain and the Current Opioid Misuse Measure assess all the key factors.38

After an assessment, the next step is monitoring. Unfortunately, no specific method has been validated. In one study, urine toxicology testing was more effective at identifying problems than monitoring patient behavior alone, and monitoring behavior alone would have resulted in missing about half of the patients with a problem.39 The same study showed that even in the absence of aberrant drug-related behavior based on predictors, a significant number of urine toxicology screens were positive.39

A negative urine screen for the patient’s opioid suggests diversion. The clinician should order a screen for the prescribed opioid because a general screen may not detect nonmorphine opioids. A general screen may detect polysubstance abuse, which is common in individuals with addiction.

The effective management of patients with pain who engage in aberrant drug-taking behavior necessitates a comprehensive approach to manage risk, treat pain effectively, and assure patient safety.40 “Pain contracts” are important as they set the stage for expected behaviors and urinary screens. Frequent visits and established limits such as a single prescriber, one pharmacy, no early refills, and urine drug screens help to minimize abuse.

Table 9 summarizes a strategy to manage opioid therapy in patients with history of substance abuse.40

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES?

Complementary and alternative medicine therapies are commonly used by cancer patients, with an average prevalence rate of 31%.41–43 As the names suggest, they have been used both as an alternative to and as a complement to conventional medicine. Practitioners of complementary and alternative medicine emphasize its holistic, individualistic, empowering, and educational nature.

Patients do not routinely ask their physicians about these therapies,44 and physicians often have only a limited knowledge of them.45 Surveys of North American physicians showed that they view certain of these therapies as legitimate and effective.46,47

The role of complementary and alternative medicine in cancer pain has been the subject of debate, as relatively little is known about adverse effects and drug interactions. Nevertheless, the American Cancer Society and the National Comprehensive Cancer Network guidelines on cancer pain recommend nonpharmacologic treatment be added for patients who report a pain score of 4 or greater on a 10-point scale after analgesic adjustment.48,49

Most studies of complementary and alternative therapies for cancer pain are of poor quality, with significant shortcomings in methodology and study design and with no clear definition of outcomes.50

Acupuncture is probably the most studied of these therapies, but clinical trials so far have not shown it to be an effective adjunct analgesic for cancer pain.51 A placebo-controlled, blinded randomized trial using auricular acupuncture showed a pain score decrease of 36% from baseline at 2 months compared with controls.52

Studies involving cognitive therapy, supportive psychotherapy, and hypnosis showed modest benefit.53,54 Two trials involving relaxation and imagery reduced cancer pain compared with controls.55,56

Studies of massage therapy have shown mixed results; two studies reported a significant reduction in pain immediately after intervention, and no study found pain relief after 4 weeks.57–60 Studies involving Reiki and touch therapy were inconclusive.60,61

Music therapy has been used to treat patients physically, psychologically, socially, emotionally, and spiritually, with evidence still equivocal. A large prospective observational study involving 200 patients conducted by Gallagher et al62 showed pain was reduced by 30% after music therapy intervention. The same study showed a reduction in depression and anxiety.62 Music therapy could be used as a component of a multimodal approach to pain.

Herbal preparations are often used to treat cancer and symptoms by patients and naturalists. Some herbal medicines are known to cause toxicity in cancer patients. Examples are PC-SPES, mistletoe, and saw palmetto.63

At this juncture, there is some evidence that some complementary and alternative therapies can relieve cancer pain, and the most promising therapy seems to be related to mind-body medicine (eg, biofeedback, relaxation techniques). But before we can legitimately integrate these therapies into the management of cancer pain, we need large randomized controlled trials to determine if they are effective in patients on chronic high-dose opioids and if they decrease the need for opioids.

References
  1. Laird B, Colvin L, Fallon M. Management of cancer pain: basic principles and neuropathic cancer pain. Eur J Cancer 2008; 44:10781082.
  2. Chang HM. Cancer pain management. Med Clin North Am 1999; 83:711736,
  3. Stannard C, Johnson M. Chronic pain management—can we do better? An interview-based survey in primary care. Curr Med Res Opin 2003; 19:703706.
  4. Portenoy RK, Lesage P. Management of cancer pain. Lancet 1999; 353:16951700.
  5. Walsh D, Rivera NI, Davis MP, Lagman R, Legrand SB. Strategies for pain management: Cleveland Clinic Foundation guidelines for opioid dosing for cancer pain. Support Cancer Ther 2004; 1:157164.
  6. Foley KM. Acute and chronic pain syndromes. In:Doyle D, Hanks G, Cherny N, Calman K, editors. Oxford Textbook of Palliative Medicine. 3rd ed. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press; 2005:298316.
  7. Jensen MP. The validity and reliability of pain measures in adults with cancer. J Pain 2003; 4:221.
  8. Jensen MP, Turner JA, Romano JM. What is the maximum number of levels needed in pain intensity measurement? Pain 1994; 58:387392.
  9. Preston CC, Colman AM. Optimal number of response categories in rating scales: reliability, validity, discriminating power, and respondent p. Acta Psychol (Amst) 2000; 104:115.
  10. Peretti-Watel P, Bendiane MK, Obadia Y, Favre R, Lapiana JM, Moatti JP; South-Eastern France Palliative Care Group. The prescription of opioid analgesics to terminal cancer patients: impact of physicians’ general attitudes and contextual factors. Palliat Support Care 2003; 1:345352.
  11. Jacobsen R, Liubarskiene Z, Møldrup C, Christrup L, Sjøgren P, Samsanaviciene J. Barriers to cancer pain management: a review of empirical research. Medicina (Kaunas) 2009; 45:427433.
  12. Wiedemer NL, Harden PS, Arndt IO, Gallagher RM. The opioid renewal clinic: a primary care, managed approach to opioid therapy in chronic pain patients at risk for substance abuse. Pain Med 2007; 8:573584.
  13. Rome HP, Rome JD. Limbically augmented pain syndrome (LAPS): kindling, corticolimbic sensitization, and the convergence of affective and sensory symptoms in chronic pain disorders. Pain Med 2000; 1:723.
  14. Fishbain DA, Rosomoff HL, Rosomoff RS. Drug abuse, dependence, and addiction in chronic pain patients. Clin J Pain 1992; 8:7785.
  15. Murányi M, Radák Z. Pain and opioids. Orv Hetil 2008; 149:23632370.
  16. Vadalouca A, Moka E, Argyra E, Sikioti P, Siafaka I. Opioid rotation in patients with cancer: a review of the current literature. J Opioid Manag 2008; 4:213250.
  17. Galvagno SM, Correll DJ, Narang S. Safe oral equianalgesic opioid dosing for patients with moderate-to-severe pain. www.hcplive.com/publications/Resident-and-Staff/2007/2007-04/2007-04_06. Accessed May 25, 2011.
  18. Walsh D. Pharmacological management of cancer pain. Semin Oncol 2000; 27:4563.
  19. Shaheen PE, Walsh D, Lasheen W, Davis MP, Lagman RL. Opioid equianalgesic tables: are they all equally dangerous? J Pain Symptom Manage 2009; 38:409417.
  20. Pereira J, Lawlor P, Vigano A, Dorgan M, Bruera E. Equianalgesic dose ratios for opioids. a critical review and proposals for long-term dosing. J Pain Symptom Manage 2001; 22:672687.
  21. Harris JD. Management of expected and unexpected opioid-related side effects. Clin J Pain 2008; 24(suppl 10):S8S13.
  22. Cherny N, Ripamonti C, Pereira J; Expert Working Group of the European Association of Palliative Care Network. Strategies to manage the adverse effects of oral morphine: an evidence-based report. J Clin Oncol 2001; 19:25422554.
  23. Harris JD, Kotob F. Management of opioid-related side effects. In:de Leon-Casasola OA, ed. Cancer Pain: Pharmacological, Interventional and Palliative Care. Philadelphia: Elsevier Inc; 2006:207230.
  24. Mercadante S. Opioid rotation for cancer pain: rationale and clinical aspects. Cancer 1999; 86:18561866.
  25. Cheema B, Lagman RL, Walsh D, et al. A prospective study of opioid rotation in pain due to advanced cancer. J Cancer Pain & Symp Palliat 2006; 2:3946.
  26. Schug SA, Zech D, Grond S, Jung H, Meuser T, Stobbe B. A long-term survey of morphine in cancer pain patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 1992; 7:259266.
  27. Clarke SF, Dargan PI, Jones AL. Naloxone in opioid poisoning: walking the tightrope. Emerg Med J 2005; 22:612616.
  28. Knotkova H, Pappagallo M. Adjuvant analgesics. Med Clin North Am 2007; 91:113124.
  29. Lussier D, Huskey AG, Portenoy RK. Adjuvant analgesics in cancer pain management. Oncologist 2004; 9:571591.
  30. Johnson JR, Burnell-Nugent M, Lossignol D, Ganae-Motan ED, Potts R, Fallon MT. Multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study of the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of THC:CBD extract and THC extract in patients with intractable cancerrelated pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2010; 39:167179.
  31. Mercadante S. The use of anti-inflammatory drugs in cancer pain. Cancer Treat Rev 2001; 27:5161.
  32. Davis MP, Walsh D, Lagman R, LeGrand SB. Controversies in pharmacotherapy of pain management. Lancet Oncol 2005; 6:696704.
  33. Klotz U. Tramadol—the impact of its pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties on the clinical management of pain. Arzneimittelforschung 2003; 53:681687.
  34. Davis MP, Lasheen W, Gamier P. Practical guide to opioids and their complications in managing cancer pain. What oncologists need to know. Oncology (Williston Park) 2007; 21:12291238.
  35. Dean M. Opioids in renal failure and dialysis patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 2004; 28:497504.
  36. Davis MP. Buprenorphine in cancer pain. Support Care Cancer 2005; 13:878887.
  37. Portenoy RK. Opioid therapy for chronic nonmalignant pain: a review of the critical issues. J Pain Symptom Manage 1996; 11:203217.
  38. Turk DC, Swanson KS, Gatchel RJ. Predicting opioid misuse by chronic pain patients: a systematic review and literature synthesis. Clin J Pain 2008; 24:497508.
  39. Katz NP, Sherburne S, Beach M, et al. Behavioral monitoring and urine toxicology testing in patients receiving long-term opioid therapy. Anesth Analg 2003; 97:10971102,
  40. Passik SD, Kirsh KL. Managing pain in patients with aberrant drug-taking behaviors. J Support Oncol 2005; 3:8386.
  41. Ernst E, Cassileth BR. The prevalence of complementary/alternative medicine in cancer: a systematic review. Cancer 1998; 83:777782.
  42. Eisenberg DM, Davis RB, Ettner SL, et al. Trends in alternative medicine use in the United States, 1990–1997: results of a follow-up national survey. JAMA 1998; 280:15691575.
  43. Richardson MA, Sanders T, Palmer JL, Greisinger A, Singletary SE. Complementary/alternative medicine use in a comprehensive cancer center and the implications for oncology. J Clin Oncol 2000; 18:25052514.
  44. Adler SR, Fosket JR. Disclosing complementary and alternative medicine use in the medical encounter: a qualitative study in women with breast cancer. J Fam Pract 1999; 48:453458.
  45. Newell S, Sanson-Fisher RW. Australian oncologists’ self-reported knowledge and attitudes about non-traditional therapies used by cancer patients. Med J Aust 2000; 172:110113.
  46. Berman BM, Singh BK, Lao L, Singh BB, Ferentz KS, Hartnoll SM. Physicians’ attitudes toward complementary or alternative medicine: a regional survey. J Am Board Fam Pract 1995; 8:361366.
  47. Verhoef MJ, Sutherland LR. General practitioners’ assessment of and interest in alternative medicine in Canada. Soc Sci Med 1995; 41:511515.
  48. American Cancer Society: Treatment guidelines for patients. Version 1. http://www.cancer.org/downloads/CRI/NCCN_pain.pdf.
  49. Benedetti C, Brock C, Cleeland C, et al; National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Practice Guidelines for Cancer Pain. Oncology (Williston Park) 2000; 14:135150.
  50. Bardia A, Barton DL, Prokop LJ, Bauer BA, Moynihan TJ. Efficacy of complementary and alternative medicine therapies in relieving cancer pain: a systematic review. J Clin Oncol 2006; 24:54575464.
  51. Lee H, Schmidt K, Ernst E. Acupuncture for the relief of cancer-related pain—a systematic review. Eur J Pain 2005; 9:437444.
  52. Alimi D, Rubino C, Pichard-Léandri E, Fermand-Brulé S, Dubreuil-Lemaire ML, Hill C. Analgesic effect of auricular acupuncture for cancer pain: a randomized, blinded, controlled trial. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:41204126.
  53. Spiegel D, Bloom JR. Group therapy and hypnosis reduce metastatic breast carcinoma pain. Psychosom Med 1983; 45:333339.
  54. Goodwin PJ, Leszcz M, Ennis M, et al. The effect of group psychosocial support on survival in metastatic breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:17191726.
  55. Syrjala KL, Donaldson GW, Davis MW, Kippes ME, Carr JE. Relaxation and imagery and cognitive-behavioral training reduce pain during cancer treatment: a controlled clinical trial. Pain 1995; 63:189198.
  56. Sloman R, Brown P, Aldana E, Chee E. The use of relaxation for the promotion of comfort and pain relief in persons with advanced cancer. Contemp Nurse 1994; 3:612.
  57. Weinrich SP, Weinrich MC. The effect of massage on pain in cancer patients. Appl Nurs Res 1990; 3:140145.
  58. Wilkie DJ, Kampbell J, Cutshall S, et al. Effects of massage on pain intensity, analgesics and quality of life in patients with cancer pain: a pilot study of a randomized clinical trial conducted within hospice care delivery. Hosp J 2000; 15:3153.
  59. Soden K, Vincent K, Craske S, Lucas C, Ashley S. A randomized controlled trial of aromatherapy massage in a hospice setting. Palliat Med 2004; 18:8792.
  60. Post-White J, Kinney ME, Savik K, Gau JB, Wilcox C, Lerner I. Therapeutic massage and healing touch improve symptoms in cancer. Integr Cancer Ther 2003; 2:332344.
  61. Olson K, Hanson J, Michaud M. A phase II trial of Reiki for the management of pain in advanced cancer patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 2003; 26:990997.
  62. Gallagher LM, Lagman R, Walsh D, Davis MP, Legrand SB. The clinical effects of music therapy in palliative medicine. Support Care Cancer 2006; 14:859866.
  63. Olaku O, White JD. Herbal therapy use by cancer patients: a literature review on case reports. Eur J Cancer 2011; 47:508514.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Raghava R. Induru, MD
Taussig Cancer Center, Cleveland Clinic

Ruth L. Lagman, MD, MPH, FACP
Taussig Cancer Center, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Ruth Lagman MD, MPH, FACP, Taussig Cancer Center, R35, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
449-464
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Raghava R. Induru, MD
Taussig Cancer Center, Cleveland Clinic

Ruth L. Lagman, MD, MPH, FACP
Taussig Cancer Center, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Ruth Lagman MD, MPH, FACP, Taussig Cancer Center, R35, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Raghava R. Induru, MD
Taussig Cancer Center, Cleveland Clinic

Ruth L. Lagman, MD, MPH, FACP
Taussig Cancer Center, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Ruth Lagman MD, MPH, FACP, Taussig Cancer Center, R35, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Some 90% of patients with cancer experience pain during their illness.1 The pain usually worsens as the disease progresses, and patients may experience different types of pain.

Persistent pain decreases function, appetite, and sleep, induces fear, causes depression, and generally lowers the quality of life.2 Persistent pain is demoralizing and debilitating for patients and their caregivers.3

Adequate pain control is important to ensure that patients can function productively, maintain social relationships, and improve their quality of life.2 Yet 86% of practicing physicians surveyed believed that most cancer patients with pain were undermedicated,2 and most felt that pain management is unsuccessful in more than half of patients who seek help.3

The critical importance of pain management has been emphasized by the World Health Organization (WHO), by international and national professional organizations, and by government agencies. All practitioners who care for cancer patients need to be well educated in managing cancer pain, a key part of which is to educate patients about the process and what to expect. This results in better pain control.4

Although much has been written on the management of cancer pain in a referral setting, little has been published on how to manage it in primary care. In this article, we discuss common questions faced by generalists. We emphasize the use of opioids, perhaps the most challenging aspect of cancer pain management. We also discuss when consultation with a specialist in pain management or a palliative medicine specialist is especially helpful.

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF PAIN SYNDROMES?

Pain is classified in several ways1–6:

Nociceptive vs neuropathic. Nociceptive pain comprises somatic and visceral components and is the result of continued tissue injury.4 Neuropathic pain is due to injury to the peripheral and central nervous systems and occurs within an area of sensory or motor deficit.

Continuous vs intermittent. Continuous pain, even if controlled, can have breakthroughs, ie, flares of pain above the controlled baseline level. Intermittent pain is a pain flare without chronic baseline pain. Intermittent pain is further divided into incident pain (ie, on movement) and end-of-dose failure (ie, pain occurring just before the next scheduled opioid dose).5 Pain specialists continue to debate the meaning and the use of these terms.

Malignant vs nonmalignant. Cancer pain is multifactorial,1 being induced by the disease itself, by the treatment of cancer, and by pain unrelated to cancer or its treatment (eg, osteoarthritis or diabetic neuropathy).2

Familiarity with the causes and the types of pain, including pain related to cancer, is important, as this influences treatment decisions.

HOW IS PAIN ASSESSED?

The assessment of pain is vital in managing it.

Since pain is inherently subjective, the patient’s self-report is the gold standard.4 Characteristics of the pain along with a physical examination, laboratory testing, and imaging studies can define the pathophysiology of the pain and influence the decision to undertake further assessment or specific therapies.

Patients and physicians can use various scales, such as a visual analog scale, a numerical rating scale, a graphic scale, a verbal scale, a word descriptor scale, and a functional pain scale. A verbal scale can be used if the patient is alert, or a nonverbal scale if the patient has impaired cognition or speaks a different language. Intensity is the most common dimension evaluated in cancer pain, primarily via a numerical or visual analog scale. A numerical scale score of 0 to 10 has been found to be as effective as a visual analog scale (0 to 100 mm),7,8 and the numerical rating scale is generally preferred as a measure of pain intensity.9

There are no clear guidelines for selecting one scale over another.7 A clinically meaningful response (ie, meaningful to patients) is at least a two-point decrease on the 10-point numerical scale or a 13-mm decrease on the 100-mm visual analog scale. A decrease in the percentage of the pain relates to global improvement better than an absolute reduction on the numerical scale.

WHAT PROBLEMS ARE ENCOUNTERED IN MANAGING CANCER PAIN?

Opioids are highly effective in controlling cancer pain, yet physicians often hesitate to prescribe them for a number of reasons (Table 1).10 Inadequate pain assessment has been reported as a main physician-related barrier to effective opioid use,11 whereas patients may hesitate to take prescribed opioids because of a lack of knowledge about them and a fear of addiction and other adverse effects.11

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT WAYS TO MANAGE CANCER PAIN?

Pain should be treated promptly and aggressively, because if untreated it can lead to delays in healing, changes in the central nervous system (eg, sensitization, plasticity), chronic stress, family stress, depression, job loss, and even suicide.12–14

Comprehensive pain management improves outcomes and includes the rational use of opioids and adjuvant analgesics, physical rehabilitation, cognitive behavioral (non-drug) therapies, family counseling, interventional procedures (kyphoplasty, nerve blocks, local injections, spinal analgesia), and complementary therapies such as acupuncture.12 Adjuvant analgesics include antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and local anesthetics.

 

 

HOW DO OPIOIDS RELIEVE CANCER PAIN?

Opioids bind to receptors in tissues throughout the body, including in the central and peripheral nervous systems15 and the digestive tract. The binding of an opioid to an opioid receptor—including mu, kappa, and delta receptors and orphan receptor-like ligand-1—initiates a cascade of intracellular reactions. Due to the nature of different interactions of opioids with each of these receptors, individuals vary in their response to opioids.15

WHAT ARE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON OPIOIDS?

Figure 1. A three-step approach to pain control, based on the World Health Organization’s “analgesic ladder.”
When choosing an opioid, the WHO’s analgesic ladder (Figure 1) offers a simple, three-step approach based on pain severity:
  • Step 1. Mild pain calls for a nonopioid analgesic with or without an adjuvant (more about adjuvants below).
  • Step 2. Mild or moderate pain that persists or increases calls for a weak opioid such as codeine, tramadol (Ultram), or hydrocodone, with or without a nonopioid and with or without an adjuvant.
  • Step 3. Severe pain calls for a strong opioid with or without a nonopioid, and with or without an adjuvant.

Morphine, the prototypical opioid, is well studied and versatile, as it can be given orally, parenterally, rectally, or intraspinally. It is readily available in the United States and Western Europe but not in some parts of the world, such as Asia and Africa. It is also cost-effective.

Hydromorphone (Dilaudid) is similar to morphine in terms of versatility, cost, and effectiveness in pain management. An extended-release form (Exalgo) is now available in the United States.

Oxycodone is readily available in both slow-release (eg, OxyContin) and immediate-release (eg, Oxy-IR) preparations and is also cost-effective. However, there is no parenteral formulation in the United States.

Fentanyl is the only opioid available in the United States that can be given transdermally (in the form of the Duragesic patch) for patients who cannot swallow. Moderate to severe cachexia may affect its absorption. Patients can undergo magnetic resonance imaging while wearing the patch. The patch is readily available and is of moderate cost (Table 2). Oral and buccal preparations of fentanyl are available for control of breakthrough pain, but they are expensive; an inexpensive second opioid is usually prescribed for breakthrough pain.

Methadone is inexpensive and can be used as a long-acting or an immediate-release opioid. However, it should be used with caution in patients with a prolonged QTc interval: in general, a QTc interval of 430 to 450 msec is not a contraindication, but there is a risk of torsades de pointes when the QTc is greater than 500 msec. The physician should also look for drug interactions when prescribing methadone, which is metabolized in the liver via the cytochrome P450 3A4 system. Methadone use can also lead to respiratory depression, prolonged QTc interval, and sudden death.

Buprenorphine can be used as a third- or fourth-tier opioid for patients with both kidney and liver failure. It can be given sublingually or parenterally. It may not be readily available, may not be covered by insurance, and is expensive.

Selecting an opioid to try first

The following are some general considerations when selecting an opioid to try first:

  • Does the patient have a history of organ failure? Has the patient had a therapeutic response to, or adverse effects from, a particular opioid in the past?
  • Which route would best fit the patient’s needs? (Oral is always preferable.)
  • How often will breakthrough dosing be required? (In general, the breakthrough dose is administered at the drug’s half-life, but it can be administered between 1 and 4 hours.)
  • How much will it cost? (Consider the cost, insurance coverage, and co-pays.)

Table 2 shows different characteristics of commonly used opioids, including route of administration, onset of action, peak effect, and duration of action.1

WHAT ARE THE EQUIANALGESIC DOSES OF COMMONLY USED OPIOIDS?

Equianalgesic tables are generally used to convert from one opioid to another or from one route of administration to another. There are many published equianalgesic tables, which are inconsistent, variable, and confusing.18,19 These tables should only serve as a guide, and physicians should use their clinical judgment based on the individual patient.18,19 All strong opioids are equally effective.

Table 3 lists equianalgesic doses and route conversions of commonly used opioids.18–20

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPLES BEHIND OPIOID DOSING?

Successful management of cancer pain depends on using the right opioid in the right dose at the right time.5 The starting dose depends on factors such as the type of pain, whether it is acute or chronic, the intensity, whether the patient has previously taken opioids, and whether tolerance developed. There is no evidence to suggest that one opioid is better than another, and there are no fixed formulas for opioid requirements. Appropriate doses are established by titration based on individual analgesic response and adverse effects rather than age, sex, or ethnicity.5

Table 4 shows important strategies for opioid dosing. An in-depth discussion of specific opioid dosing strategies is beyond the scope of this article.5

 

 

WHAT ARE THE COMMON ADVERSE EFFECTS OF OPIOIDS?

Table 5 lists the most common adverse effects of opioids, their mechanisms, and their management.21–23

Adverse effects are among the most common reasons for failure of opioids to relieve pain. If these effects are not anticipated and treated prophylactically, patients may avoid taking their opioid drugs or may complain that they are “allergic” to them. In reality, true allergy to any of the opioids is rare. Patients comply better if they are taught to expect that most adverse effects are either preventable or manageable.21 A simple strategy includes reducing the opioid dose by 25% to 50%, using different opioids (“rotation”), changing the route of administration, and directly treating adverse effects.21,22

WHAT IS OPIOID ROTATION AND HOW IS IT DONE?

Opioid rotation involves changing to a different drug using the same administration route, with the aim of improving the analgesic response or reducing adverse effects.16 It may be useful in widening the therapeutic window, ie, establishing a more advantageous relationship between analgesia and toxicity.16 This strategy applies, for example, to patients who have an adverse reaction to morphine, and who may need rotation to fentanyl or methadone.

The major indication for switching opioids is poorly controlled pain with unacceptable adverse effects due to opioid toxicity, the rapid development of tolerance, refractory pain, or difficult pain syndromes.24 A recent prospective study showed that 42% of patients underwent opioid rotation, and the two most common reasons were inadequate analgesia and severe adverse effects.25 Opioid rotation resulted in relief of confusion (72%), nausea and vomiting (68%), and drowsiness (53%).25

Before trying opioid rotation, review the patient’s pain syndromes and the use of an adjuvant analgesic, and assess for evidence of opioid toxicity or contributing abnormal biochemical factors such as hydration status.24,26 Most opioids are mu-receptor agonists and may exhibit cross-tolerance, a phenomenon in which the alternative drug does not have the expected effects because of similar pharmacologic action of the first drug. Because the degree of cross-tolerance may change as opioid doses are escalated, it is advisable to proceed with caution when switching from one opioid to another in patients who are receiving very high doses. Opioid rotation generally would be ineffective if there is complete analgesic cross-tolerance between opioids.

The common equivalency conversion tables are based either on studies in patients who received low doses of opioids or on single-dose studies.16,24 By substituting opioids and using lower doses than expected according to the equivalency conversion tables (generally a 25% to 30% decrease), it is possible in most cases to reduce or relieve the symptoms of opioid toxicity and to manage patients highly tolerant to previous opioids while improving analgesia.24

Alternatives to opioid rotation are route conversion (oral to parenteral or spinal), addition of an adjuvant analgesic, and opioid dose reduction.

WHAT IS OPIOID TOXICITY AND HOW IS IT MANAGED?

Opioid overdose is commonly the result of an error in pain assessment, opioid prescribing, or dose administration. Opioid overdose classically presents as sedation or respiratory depression. The combination of coma, reduced respiratory rate, and pinpoint pupils is highly suggestive of opioid toxicity, and treatment should be initiated promptly.

This scenario, however, is the extreme example of opioid overdose, and it is rare when a patient is given the correct opioid dose titrated gradually over a period of time. The more common scenario is when a patient’s pain has finally been managed and the patient is resting comfortably with slow respirations. This would not warrant naloxone (Narcan) administration but rather close observation and monitoring of vital signs.

Naloxone has antagonist activity at all of the receptor sites.27 It is important to be alert for acute opioid withdrawal in patients taking high-dose opioids for a long time.27 There are no guidelines as to the route of administration and the dosing of naloxone. Table 6 summarizes the management of opioid overdose using naloxone.5

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF ADJUVANTS?

An adjuvant analgesic is any drug with a primary indication other than pain, but with analgesic properties in some painful conditions. Adjuvants are best used when a patient cannot obtain satisfactory pain relief from an opioid.28 Antidepressants, anticonvulsants, neuroleptics, antiarrhythmics, antihistamines, N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonists, steroids, muscle relaxants, bisphosphonates, and radiopharmaceuticals can be adjuvant agents.29

Adjuvants are generally used to complement the analgesic effects of opioids to achieve optimal pain control with a minimum of adverse effects.28 The following scenarios should prompt the use of adjuvants in clinical practice28:

  • The toxic limit of a primary pain medication has been reached.
  • The therapeutic benefit of the primary pain medication has reached a plateau.
  • The primary analgesic could not be used because of substance-abuse behavior, multiple organ failure, allergy, etc.
  • The patient has multiple pain syndromes.
  • The patient has additional symptoms unrelated to pain, eg, insomnia or depression.

Delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) alone has not been found to be effective in controlling acute pain, but the combination of THC and cannabidiol was more effective in relieving cancer pain than THC alone.30

Table 7 lists adjuvants with specific indications and points to remember when prescribing them.28,29

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF NSAIDs FOR CANCER PAIN?

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) have a well-established role in treating cancer-related pain, either on their own for mild pain or in combination with opioids for moderate to severe pain, leading to additive analgesia. Using NSAIDs as adjuvants is common practice in certain cancer pain syndromes, such as malignant bone pain, although there is considerable variation in response.31

NSAIDs have long been known to inhibit peripheral prostaglandin synthesis, but recently they have also been suggested to have a central action. The central effect is related to NMDA receptor-induced activation of the nitric oxide system.31

NSAIDs have ceiling effects, and there is no therapeutic advantage to increasing the dose beyond that which is recommended.

Ketorolac (Toradol), indomethacin (Indocin), and diclofenac (Voltaren) have potent analgesic activity, whereas the “oxicam” NSAIDs show predominantly anti-inflammatory effects.30

No NSAID is clearly superior for a particular type of pain. Certain NSAIDs block the NMDA receptor and inhibit cyclo-oxygenase-1 and cyclo-oxygenase-2. There is a poor correlation between the analgesic effects of NSAIDs and cyclo-oxygenase inhibition. There is no evidence to support the use of selective cyclo-oxygenase-2 inhibitors for cancer pain, and these agents have no advantage over nonselective NSAIDs on the basis of limited gastrointestinal toxicity.32

In cancer pain, NSAIDs may delay the development of tolerance and allow lower doses of opioids to be used, with fewer central nervous system side effects.31,32 Despite the extensive use of NSAIDs, relatively few randomized studies have documented their efficacy in cancer pain compared with other chronic pain syndromes. Data on safe and effective doses from studies of nonmalignant pain may not apply to cancer pain, since cancer patients often have several serious conditions and are on multiple medications. In addition, the potential for adverse effects of NSAIDs (gastrointestinal bleeding, renal failure, thrombosis) may be greater in patients with advanced cancer.

In conclusion, NSAIDs may help if used judiciously in somatic pain and visceral pain, and perhaps even in neuropathic pain.31

 

 

HOW IS CANCER PAIN MANAGED IN PATIENTS WITH ORGAN FAILURE?

Given the prevalence of chronic illnesses such as diabetes, hypertension, and heart failure, cancer patients are likely to have some degree of hepatic or renal dysfunction. As most pain medicines are metabolized or excreted hepatically or renally, knowledge about how pain drugs affect these organ systems or vice-versa has become more important in the prevention of drug toxicity. Table 8 lists the dosage adjustments needed for various pain drugs used for chronic pain.32–34

  • Opioids that can be used in liver failure or cirrhosis: morphine, hydromorphone, methadone, levorphanol, buprenorphine.
  • Opioids that can be used in renal failure: methadone, fentanyl, and buprenorphine are safest; oxycodone and hydromorphone are moderately safe; morphine is the least safe.35,36
  • Opioids that can be used in both kidney and liver failure: methadone, buprenorphine.

HOW CAN PROBLEMS RELATED TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE BE AVOIDED?

Substance abuse is less a problem in managing cancer pain than in chronic nonmalignant pain. Prescribing opioids safely is challenging, and very little has been published on substance abuse and the management of cancer pain. However, in the absence of practice guidelines, the best approach is to establish a dosing structure, control prescription refills, and monitor the patient.

Abuse is the misuse of an opioid via self-titration or altering the dosing schedule or route of administration. Patients who misuse opioids—ie, take them differently than prescribed—are not necessarily addicted.

Addiction is the abuse of a drug associated with psychological dependence, despite harm.

Diversion can occur without addiction and is done for financial gain, and this is the worst offense as it may harm others.

Pseudoaddiction is abnormal, demanding, often hostile behavior resulting from uncontrolled pain; once the pain is controlled, the behavior resolves.

Behaviors such as forging prescriptions, stealing or borrowing drugs, frequently “losing” prescriptions, and resisting changes to medication despite adverse effects are more predictive of addiction than are behaviors such as aggressive complaining about the need for more drugs, drug-hoarding, and unsanctioned dose escalations or other forms of noncompliance, as the latter three are more likely to indicate poorly controlled pain.37

Predictors of opioid abuse include a family history or a personal history of alcohol or drug abuse (including prescription drugs); a history of psychiatric illness (including anxiety disorder); male sex; nonwhite race; a history of driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs; a record of drug-related convictions; lost or stolen prescriptions; and using supplemental sources to obtain opioids.38 Socioeconomic status and disability level were not found to be significant predictors.38

Different scales are available to predict the risk of aberrant drug behavior in patients on chronic opioid therapy. Of the many available, the Screener and Opioid Assessment for Patients With Pain and the Current Opioid Misuse Measure assess all the key factors.38

After an assessment, the next step is monitoring. Unfortunately, no specific method has been validated. In one study, urine toxicology testing was more effective at identifying problems than monitoring patient behavior alone, and monitoring behavior alone would have resulted in missing about half of the patients with a problem.39 The same study showed that even in the absence of aberrant drug-related behavior based on predictors, a significant number of urine toxicology screens were positive.39

A negative urine screen for the patient’s opioid suggests diversion. The clinician should order a screen for the prescribed opioid because a general screen may not detect nonmorphine opioids. A general screen may detect polysubstance abuse, which is common in individuals with addiction.

The effective management of patients with pain who engage in aberrant drug-taking behavior necessitates a comprehensive approach to manage risk, treat pain effectively, and assure patient safety.40 “Pain contracts” are important as they set the stage for expected behaviors and urinary screens. Frequent visits and established limits such as a single prescriber, one pharmacy, no early refills, and urine drug screens help to minimize abuse.

Table 9 summarizes a strategy to manage opioid therapy in patients with history of substance abuse.40

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES?

Complementary and alternative medicine therapies are commonly used by cancer patients, with an average prevalence rate of 31%.41–43 As the names suggest, they have been used both as an alternative to and as a complement to conventional medicine. Practitioners of complementary and alternative medicine emphasize its holistic, individualistic, empowering, and educational nature.

Patients do not routinely ask their physicians about these therapies,44 and physicians often have only a limited knowledge of them.45 Surveys of North American physicians showed that they view certain of these therapies as legitimate and effective.46,47

The role of complementary and alternative medicine in cancer pain has been the subject of debate, as relatively little is known about adverse effects and drug interactions. Nevertheless, the American Cancer Society and the National Comprehensive Cancer Network guidelines on cancer pain recommend nonpharmacologic treatment be added for patients who report a pain score of 4 or greater on a 10-point scale after analgesic adjustment.48,49

Most studies of complementary and alternative therapies for cancer pain are of poor quality, with significant shortcomings in methodology and study design and with no clear definition of outcomes.50

Acupuncture is probably the most studied of these therapies, but clinical trials so far have not shown it to be an effective adjunct analgesic for cancer pain.51 A placebo-controlled, blinded randomized trial using auricular acupuncture showed a pain score decrease of 36% from baseline at 2 months compared with controls.52

Studies involving cognitive therapy, supportive psychotherapy, and hypnosis showed modest benefit.53,54 Two trials involving relaxation and imagery reduced cancer pain compared with controls.55,56

Studies of massage therapy have shown mixed results; two studies reported a significant reduction in pain immediately after intervention, and no study found pain relief after 4 weeks.57–60 Studies involving Reiki and touch therapy were inconclusive.60,61

Music therapy has been used to treat patients physically, psychologically, socially, emotionally, and spiritually, with evidence still equivocal. A large prospective observational study involving 200 patients conducted by Gallagher et al62 showed pain was reduced by 30% after music therapy intervention. The same study showed a reduction in depression and anxiety.62 Music therapy could be used as a component of a multimodal approach to pain.

Herbal preparations are often used to treat cancer and symptoms by patients and naturalists. Some herbal medicines are known to cause toxicity in cancer patients. Examples are PC-SPES, mistletoe, and saw palmetto.63

At this juncture, there is some evidence that some complementary and alternative therapies can relieve cancer pain, and the most promising therapy seems to be related to mind-body medicine (eg, biofeedback, relaxation techniques). But before we can legitimately integrate these therapies into the management of cancer pain, we need large randomized controlled trials to determine if they are effective in patients on chronic high-dose opioids and if they decrease the need for opioids.

Some 90% of patients with cancer experience pain during their illness.1 The pain usually worsens as the disease progresses, and patients may experience different types of pain.

Persistent pain decreases function, appetite, and sleep, induces fear, causes depression, and generally lowers the quality of life.2 Persistent pain is demoralizing and debilitating for patients and their caregivers.3

Adequate pain control is important to ensure that patients can function productively, maintain social relationships, and improve their quality of life.2 Yet 86% of practicing physicians surveyed believed that most cancer patients with pain were undermedicated,2 and most felt that pain management is unsuccessful in more than half of patients who seek help.3

The critical importance of pain management has been emphasized by the World Health Organization (WHO), by international and national professional organizations, and by government agencies. All practitioners who care for cancer patients need to be well educated in managing cancer pain, a key part of which is to educate patients about the process and what to expect. This results in better pain control.4

Although much has been written on the management of cancer pain in a referral setting, little has been published on how to manage it in primary care. In this article, we discuss common questions faced by generalists. We emphasize the use of opioids, perhaps the most challenging aspect of cancer pain management. We also discuss when consultation with a specialist in pain management or a palliative medicine specialist is especially helpful.

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF PAIN SYNDROMES?

Pain is classified in several ways1–6:

Nociceptive vs neuropathic. Nociceptive pain comprises somatic and visceral components and is the result of continued tissue injury.4 Neuropathic pain is due to injury to the peripheral and central nervous systems and occurs within an area of sensory or motor deficit.

Continuous vs intermittent. Continuous pain, even if controlled, can have breakthroughs, ie, flares of pain above the controlled baseline level. Intermittent pain is a pain flare without chronic baseline pain. Intermittent pain is further divided into incident pain (ie, on movement) and end-of-dose failure (ie, pain occurring just before the next scheduled opioid dose).5 Pain specialists continue to debate the meaning and the use of these terms.

Malignant vs nonmalignant. Cancer pain is multifactorial,1 being induced by the disease itself, by the treatment of cancer, and by pain unrelated to cancer or its treatment (eg, osteoarthritis or diabetic neuropathy).2

Familiarity with the causes and the types of pain, including pain related to cancer, is important, as this influences treatment decisions.

HOW IS PAIN ASSESSED?

The assessment of pain is vital in managing it.

Since pain is inherently subjective, the patient’s self-report is the gold standard.4 Characteristics of the pain along with a physical examination, laboratory testing, and imaging studies can define the pathophysiology of the pain and influence the decision to undertake further assessment or specific therapies.

Patients and physicians can use various scales, such as a visual analog scale, a numerical rating scale, a graphic scale, a verbal scale, a word descriptor scale, and a functional pain scale. A verbal scale can be used if the patient is alert, or a nonverbal scale if the patient has impaired cognition or speaks a different language. Intensity is the most common dimension evaluated in cancer pain, primarily via a numerical or visual analog scale. A numerical scale score of 0 to 10 has been found to be as effective as a visual analog scale (0 to 100 mm),7,8 and the numerical rating scale is generally preferred as a measure of pain intensity.9

There are no clear guidelines for selecting one scale over another.7 A clinically meaningful response (ie, meaningful to patients) is at least a two-point decrease on the 10-point numerical scale or a 13-mm decrease on the 100-mm visual analog scale. A decrease in the percentage of the pain relates to global improvement better than an absolute reduction on the numerical scale.

WHAT PROBLEMS ARE ENCOUNTERED IN MANAGING CANCER PAIN?

Opioids are highly effective in controlling cancer pain, yet physicians often hesitate to prescribe them for a number of reasons (Table 1).10 Inadequate pain assessment has been reported as a main physician-related barrier to effective opioid use,11 whereas patients may hesitate to take prescribed opioids because of a lack of knowledge about them and a fear of addiction and other adverse effects.11

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT WAYS TO MANAGE CANCER PAIN?

Pain should be treated promptly and aggressively, because if untreated it can lead to delays in healing, changes in the central nervous system (eg, sensitization, plasticity), chronic stress, family stress, depression, job loss, and even suicide.12–14

Comprehensive pain management improves outcomes and includes the rational use of opioids and adjuvant analgesics, physical rehabilitation, cognitive behavioral (non-drug) therapies, family counseling, interventional procedures (kyphoplasty, nerve blocks, local injections, spinal analgesia), and complementary therapies such as acupuncture.12 Adjuvant analgesics include antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and local anesthetics.

 

 

HOW DO OPIOIDS RELIEVE CANCER PAIN?

Opioids bind to receptors in tissues throughout the body, including in the central and peripheral nervous systems15 and the digestive tract. The binding of an opioid to an opioid receptor—including mu, kappa, and delta receptors and orphan receptor-like ligand-1—initiates a cascade of intracellular reactions. Due to the nature of different interactions of opioids with each of these receptors, individuals vary in their response to opioids.15

WHAT ARE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON OPIOIDS?

Figure 1. A three-step approach to pain control, based on the World Health Organization’s “analgesic ladder.”
When choosing an opioid, the WHO’s analgesic ladder (Figure 1) offers a simple, three-step approach based on pain severity:
  • Step 1. Mild pain calls for a nonopioid analgesic with or without an adjuvant (more about adjuvants below).
  • Step 2. Mild or moderate pain that persists or increases calls for a weak opioid such as codeine, tramadol (Ultram), or hydrocodone, with or without a nonopioid and with or without an adjuvant.
  • Step 3. Severe pain calls for a strong opioid with or without a nonopioid, and with or without an adjuvant.

Morphine, the prototypical opioid, is well studied and versatile, as it can be given orally, parenterally, rectally, or intraspinally. It is readily available in the United States and Western Europe but not in some parts of the world, such as Asia and Africa. It is also cost-effective.

Hydromorphone (Dilaudid) is similar to morphine in terms of versatility, cost, and effectiveness in pain management. An extended-release form (Exalgo) is now available in the United States.

Oxycodone is readily available in both slow-release (eg, OxyContin) and immediate-release (eg, Oxy-IR) preparations and is also cost-effective. However, there is no parenteral formulation in the United States.

Fentanyl is the only opioid available in the United States that can be given transdermally (in the form of the Duragesic patch) for patients who cannot swallow. Moderate to severe cachexia may affect its absorption. Patients can undergo magnetic resonance imaging while wearing the patch. The patch is readily available and is of moderate cost (Table 2). Oral and buccal preparations of fentanyl are available for control of breakthrough pain, but they are expensive; an inexpensive second opioid is usually prescribed for breakthrough pain.

Methadone is inexpensive and can be used as a long-acting or an immediate-release opioid. However, it should be used with caution in patients with a prolonged QTc interval: in general, a QTc interval of 430 to 450 msec is not a contraindication, but there is a risk of torsades de pointes when the QTc is greater than 500 msec. The physician should also look for drug interactions when prescribing methadone, which is metabolized in the liver via the cytochrome P450 3A4 system. Methadone use can also lead to respiratory depression, prolonged QTc interval, and sudden death.

Buprenorphine can be used as a third- or fourth-tier opioid for patients with both kidney and liver failure. It can be given sublingually or parenterally. It may not be readily available, may not be covered by insurance, and is expensive.

Selecting an opioid to try first

The following are some general considerations when selecting an opioid to try first:

  • Does the patient have a history of organ failure? Has the patient had a therapeutic response to, or adverse effects from, a particular opioid in the past?
  • Which route would best fit the patient’s needs? (Oral is always preferable.)
  • How often will breakthrough dosing be required? (In general, the breakthrough dose is administered at the drug’s half-life, but it can be administered between 1 and 4 hours.)
  • How much will it cost? (Consider the cost, insurance coverage, and co-pays.)

Table 2 shows different characteristics of commonly used opioids, including route of administration, onset of action, peak effect, and duration of action.1

WHAT ARE THE EQUIANALGESIC DOSES OF COMMONLY USED OPIOIDS?

Equianalgesic tables are generally used to convert from one opioid to another or from one route of administration to another. There are many published equianalgesic tables, which are inconsistent, variable, and confusing.18,19 These tables should only serve as a guide, and physicians should use their clinical judgment based on the individual patient.18,19 All strong opioids are equally effective.

Table 3 lists equianalgesic doses and route conversions of commonly used opioids.18–20

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPLES BEHIND OPIOID DOSING?

Successful management of cancer pain depends on using the right opioid in the right dose at the right time.5 The starting dose depends on factors such as the type of pain, whether it is acute or chronic, the intensity, whether the patient has previously taken opioids, and whether tolerance developed. There is no evidence to suggest that one opioid is better than another, and there are no fixed formulas for opioid requirements. Appropriate doses are established by titration based on individual analgesic response and adverse effects rather than age, sex, or ethnicity.5

Table 4 shows important strategies for opioid dosing. An in-depth discussion of specific opioid dosing strategies is beyond the scope of this article.5

 

 

WHAT ARE THE COMMON ADVERSE EFFECTS OF OPIOIDS?

Table 5 lists the most common adverse effects of opioids, their mechanisms, and their management.21–23

Adverse effects are among the most common reasons for failure of opioids to relieve pain. If these effects are not anticipated and treated prophylactically, patients may avoid taking their opioid drugs or may complain that they are “allergic” to them. In reality, true allergy to any of the opioids is rare. Patients comply better if they are taught to expect that most adverse effects are either preventable or manageable.21 A simple strategy includes reducing the opioid dose by 25% to 50%, using different opioids (“rotation”), changing the route of administration, and directly treating adverse effects.21,22

WHAT IS OPIOID ROTATION AND HOW IS IT DONE?

Opioid rotation involves changing to a different drug using the same administration route, with the aim of improving the analgesic response or reducing adverse effects.16 It may be useful in widening the therapeutic window, ie, establishing a more advantageous relationship between analgesia and toxicity.16 This strategy applies, for example, to patients who have an adverse reaction to morphine, and who may need rotation to fentanyl or methadone.

The major indication for switching opioids is poorly controlled pain with unacceptable adverse effects due to opioid toxicity, the rapid development of tolerance, refractory pain, or difficult pain syndromes.24 A recent prospective study showed that 42% of patients underwent opioid rotation, and the two most common reasons were inadequate analgesia and severe adverse effects.25 Opioid rotation resulted in relief of confusion (72%), nausea and vomiting (68%), and drowsiness (53%).25

Before trying opioid rotation, review the patient’s pain syndromes and the use of an adjuvant analgesic, and assess for evidence of opioid toxicity or contributing abnormal biochemical factors such as hydration status.24,26 Most opioids are mu-receptor agonists and may exhibit cross-tolerance, a phenomenon in which the alternative drug does not have the expected effects because of similar pharmacologic action of the first drug. Because the degree of cross-tolerance may change as opioid doses are escalated, it is advisable to proceed with caution when switching from one opioid to another in patients who are receiving very high doses. Opioid rotation generally would be ineffective if there is complete analgesic cross-tolerance between opioids.

The common equivalency conversion tables are based either on studies in patients who received low doses of opioids or on single-dose studies.16,24 By substituting opioids and using lower doses than expected according to the equivalency conversion tables (generally a 25% to 30% decrease), it is possible in most cases to reduce or relieve the symptoms of opioid toxicity and to manage patients highly tolerant to previous opioids while improving analgesia.24

Alternatives to opioid rotation are route conversion (oral to parenteral or spinal), addition of an adjuvant analgesic, and opioid dose reduction.

WHAT IS OPIOID TOXICITY AND HOW IS IT MANAGED?

Opioid overdose is commonly the result of an error in pain assessment, opioid prescribing, or dose administration. Opioid overdose classically presents as sedation or respiratory depression. The combination of coma, reduced respiratory rate, and pinpoint pupils is highly suggestive of opioid toxicity, and treatment should be initiated promptly.

This scenario, however, is the extreme example of opioid overdose, and it is rare when a patient is given the correct opioid dose titrated gradually over a period of time. The more common scenario is when a patient’s pain has finally been managed and the patient is resting comfortably with slow respirations. This would not warrant naloxone (Narcan) administration but rather close observation and monitoring of vital signs.

Naloxone has antagonist activity at all of the receptor sites.27 It is important to be alert for acute opioid withdrawal in patients taking high-dose opioids for a long time.27 There are no guidelines as to the route of administration and the dosing of naloxone. Table 6 summarizes the management of opioid overdose using naloxone.5

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF ADJUVANTS?

An adjuvant analgesic is any drug with a primary indication other than pain, but with analgesic properties in some painful conditions. Adjuvants are best used when a patient cannot obtain satisfactory pain relief from an opioid.28 Antidepressants, anticonvulsants, neuroleptics, antiarrhythmics, antihistamines, N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonists, steroids, muscle relaxants, bisphosphonates, and radiopharmaceuticals can be adjuvant agents.29

Adjuvants are generally used to complement the analgesic effects of opioids to achieve optimal pain control with a minimum of adverse effects.28 The following scenarios should prompt the use of adjuvants in clinical practice28:

  • The toxic limit of a primary pain medication has been reached.
  • The therapeutic benefit of the primary pain medication has reached a plateau.
  • The primary analgesic could not be used because of substance-abuse behavior, multiple organ failure, allergy, etc.
  • The patient has multiple pain syndromes.
  • The patient has additional symptoms unrelated to pain, eg, insomnia or depression.

Delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) alone has not been found to be effective in controlling acute pain, but the combination of THC and cannabidiol was more effective in relieving cancer pain than THC alone.30

Table 7 lists adjuvants with specific indications and points to remember when prescribing them.28,29

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF NSAIDs FOR CANCER PAIN?

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) have a well-established role in treating cancer-related pain, either on their own for mild pain or in combination with opioids for moderate to severe pain, leading to additive analgesia. Using NSAIDs as adjuvants is common practice in certain cancer pain syndromes, such as malignant bone pain, although there is considerable variation in response.31

NSAIDs have long been known to inhibit peripheral prostaglandin synthesis, but recently they have also been suggested to have a central action. The central effect is related to NMDA receptor-induced activation of the nitric oxide system.31

NSAIDs have ceiling effects, and there is no therapeutic advantage to increasing the dose beyond that which is recommended.

Ketorolac (Toradol), indomethacin (Indocin), and diclofenac (Voltaren) have potent analgesic activity, whereas the “oxicam” NSAIDs show predominantly anti-inflammatory effects.30

No NSAID is clearly superior for a particular type of pain. Certain NSAIDs block the NMDA receptor and inhibit cyclo-oxygenase-1 and cyclo-oxygenase-2. There is a poor correlation between the analgesic effects of NSAIDs and cyclo-oxygenase inhibition. There is no evidence to support the use of selective cyclo-oxygenase-2 inhibitors for cancer pain, and these agents have no advantage over nonselective NSAIDs on the basis of limited gastrointestinal toxicity.32

In cancer pain, NSAIDs may delay the development of tolerance and allow lower doses of opioids to be used, with fewer central nervous system side effects.31,32 Despite the extensive use of NSAIDs, relatively few randomized studies have documented their efficacy in cancer pain compared with other chronic pain syndromes. Data on safe and effective doses from studies of nonmalignant pain may not apply to cancer pain, since cancer patients often have several serious conditions and are on multiple medications. In addition, the potential for adverse effects of NSAIDs (gastrointestinal bleeding, renal failure, thrombosis) may be greater in patients with advanced cancer.

In conclusion, NSAIDs may help if used judiciously in somatic pain and visceral pain, and perhaps even in neuropathic pain.31

 

 

HOW IS CANCER PAIN MANAGED IN PATIENTS WITH ORGAN FAILURE?

Given the prevalence of chronic illnesses such as diabetes, hypertension, and heart failure, cancer patients are likely to have some degree of hepatic or renal dysfunction. As most pain medicines are metabolized or excreted hepatically or renally, knowledge about how pain drugs affect these organ systems or vice-versa has become more important in the prevention of drug toxicity. Table 8 lists the dosage adjustments needed for various pain drugs used for chronic pain.32–34

  • Opioids that can be used in liver failure or cirrhosis: morphine, hydromorphone, methadone, levorphanol, buprenorphine.
  • Opioids that can be used in renal failure: methadone, fentanyl, and buprenorphine are safest; oxycodone and hydromorphone are moderately safe; morphine is the least safe.35,36
  • Opioids that can be used in both kidney and liver failure: methadone, buprenorphine.

HOW CAN PROBLEMS RELATED TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE BE AVOIDED?

Substance abuse is less a problem in managing cancer pain than in chronic nonmalignant pain. Prescribing opioids safely is challenging, and very little has been published on substance abuse and the management of cancer pain. However, in the absence of practice guidelines, the best approach is to establish a dosing structure, control prescription refills, and monitor the patient.

Abuse is the misuse of an opioid via self-titration or altering the dosing schedule or route of administration. Patients who misuse opioids—ie, take them differently than prescribed—are not necessarily addicted.

Addiction is the abuse of a drug associated with psychological dependence, despite harm.

Diversion can occur without addiction and is done for financial gain, and this is the worst offense as it may harm others.

Pseudoaddiction is abnormal, demanding, often hostile behavior resulting from uncontrolled pain; once the pain is controlled, the behavior resolves.

Behaviors such as forging prescriptions, stealing or borrowing drugs, frequently “losing” prescriptions, and resisting changes to medication despite adverse effects are more predictive of addiction than are behaviors such as aggressive complaining about the need for more drugs, drug-hoarding, and unsanctioned dose escalations or other forms of noncompliance, as the latter three are more likely to indicate poorly controlled pain.37

Predictors of opioid abuse include a family history or a personal history of alcohol or drug abuse (including prescription drugs); a history of psychiatric illness (including anxiety disorder); male sex; nonwhite race; a history of driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs; a record of drug-related convictions; lost or stolen prescriptions; and using supplemental sources to obtain opioids.38 Socioeconomic status and disability level were not found to be significant predictors.38

Different scales are available to predict the risk of aberrant drug behavior in patients on chronic opioid therapy. Of the many available, the Screener and Opioid Assessment for Patients With Pain and the Current Opioid Misuse Measure assess all the key factors.38

After an assessment, the next step is monitoring. Unfortunately, no specific method has been validated. In one study, urine toxicology testing was more effective at identifying problems than monitoring patient behavior alone, and monitoring behavior alone would have resulted in missing about half of the patients with a problem.39 The same study showed that even in the absence of aberrant drug-related behavior based on predictors, a significant number of urine toxicology screens were positive.39

A negative urine screen for the patient’s opioid suggests diversion. The clinician should order a screen for the prescribed opioid because a general screen may not detect nonmorphine opioids. A general screen may detect polysubstance abuse, which is common in individuals with addiction.

The effective management of patients with pain who engage in aberrant drug-taking behavior necessitates a comprehensive approach to manage risk, treat pain effectively, and assure patient safety.40 “Pain contracts” are important as they set the stage for expected behaviors and urinary screens. Frequent visits and established limits such as a single prescriber, one pharmacy, no early refills, and urine drug screens help to minimize abuse.

Table 9 summarizes a strategy to manage opioid therapy in patients with history of substance abuse.40

WHAT IS THE ROLE OF COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES?

Complementary and alternative medicine therapies are commonly used by cancer patients, with an average prevalence rate of 31%.41–43 As the names suggest, they have been used both as an alternative to and as a complement to conventional medicine. Practitioners of complementary and alternative medicine emphasize its holistic, individualistic, empowering, and educational nature.

Patients do not routinely ask their physicians about these therapies,44 and physicians often have only a limited knowledge of them.45 Surveys of North American physicians showed that they view certain of these therapies as legitimate and effective.46,47

The role of complementary and alternative medicine in cancer pain has been the subject of debate, as relatively little is known about adverse effects and drug interactions. Nevertheless, the American Cancer Society and the National Comprehensive Cancer Network guidelines on cancer pain recommend nonpharmacologic treatment be added for patients who report a pain score of 4 or greater on a 10-point scale after analgesic adjustment.48,49

Most studies of complementary and alternative therapies for cancer pain are of poor quality, with significant shortcomings in methodology and study design and with no clear definition of outcomes.50

Acupuncture is probably the most studied of these therapies, but clinical trials so far have not shown it to be an effective adjunct analgesic for cancer pain.51 A placebo-controlled, blinded randomized trial using auricular acupuncture showed a pain score decrease of 36% from baseline at 2 months compared with controls.52

Studies involving cognitive therapy, supportive psychotherapy, and hypnosis showed modest benefit.53,54 Two trials involving relaxation and imagery reduced cancer pain compared with controls.55,56

Studies of massage therapy have shown mixed results; two studies reported a significant reduction in pain immediately after intervention, and no study found pain relief after 4 weeks.57–60 Studies involving Reiki and touch therapy were inconclusive.60,61

Music therapy has been used to treat patients physically, psychologically, socially, emotionally, and spiritually, with evidence still equivocal. A large prospective observational study involving 200 patients conducted by Gallagher et al62 showed pain was reduced by 30% after music therapy intervention. The same study showed a reduction in depression and anxiety.62 Music therapy could be used as a component of a multimodal approach to pain.

Herbal preparations are often used to treat cancer and symptoms by patients and naturalists. Some herbal medicines are known to cause toxicity in cancer patients. Examples are PC-SPES, mistletoe, and saw palmetto.63

At this juncture, there is some evidence that some complementary and alternative therapies can relieve cancer pain, and the most promising therapy seems to be related to mind-body medicine (eg, biofeedback, relaxation techniques). But before we can legitimately integrate these therapies into the management of cancer pain, we need large randomized controlled trials to determine if they are effective in patients on chronic high-dose opioids and if they decrease the need for opioids.

References
  1. Laird B, Colvin L, Fallon M. Management of cancer pain: basic principles and neuropathic cancer pain. Eur J Cancer 2008; 44:10781082.
  2. Chang HM. Cancer pain management. Med Clin North Am 1999; 83:711736,
  3. Stannard C, Johnson M. Chronic pain management—can we do better? An interview-based survey in primary care. Curr Med Res Opin 2003; 19:703706.
  4. Portenoy RK, Lesage P. Management of cancer pain. Lancet 1999; 353:16951700.
  5. Walsh D, Rivera NI, Davis MP, Lagman R, Legrand SB. Strategies for pain management: Cleveland Clinic Foundation guidelines for opioid dosing for cancer pain. Support Cancer Ther 2004; 1:157164.
  6. Foley KM. Acute and chronic pain syndromes. In:Doyle D, Hanks G, Cherny N, Calman K, editors. Oxford Textbook of Palliative Medicine. 3rd ed. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press; 2005:298316.
  7. Jensen MP. The validity and reliability of pain measures in adults with cancer. J Pain 2003; 4:221.
  8. Jensen MP, Turner JA, Romano JM. What is the maximum number of levels needed in pain intensity measurement? Pain 1994; 58:387392.
  9. Preston CC, Colman AM. Optimal number of response categories in rating scales: reliability, validity, discriminating power, and respondent p. Acta Psychol (Amst) 2000; 104:115.
  10. Peretti-Watel P, Bendiane MK, Obadia Y, Favre R, Lapiana JM, Moatti JP; South-Eastern France Palliative Care Group. The prescription of opioid analgesics to terminal cancer patients: impact of physicians’ general attitudes and contextual factors. Palliat Support Care 2003; 1:345352.
  11. Jacobsen R, Liubarskiene Z, Møldrup C, Christrup L, Sjøgren P, Samsanaviciene J. Barriers to cancer pain management: a review of empirical research. Medicina (Kaunas) 2009; 45:427433.
  12. Wiedemer NL, Harden PS, Arndt IO, Gallagher RM. The opioid renewal clinic: a primary care, managed approach to opioid therapy in chronic pain patients at risk for substance abuse. Pain Med 2007; 8:573584.
  13. Rome HP, Rome JD. Limbically augmented pain syndrome (LAPS): kindling, corticolimbic sensitization, and the convergence of affective and sensory symptoms in chronic pain disorders. Pain Med 2000; 1:723.
  14. Fishbain DA, Rosomoff HL, Rosomoff RS. Drug abuse, dependence, and addiction in chronic pain patients. Clin J Pain 1992; 8:7785.
  15. Murányi M, Radák Z. Pain and opioids. Orv Hetil 2008; 149:23632370.
  16. Vadalouca A, Moka E, Argyra E, Sikioti P, Siafaka I. Opioid rotation in patients with cancer: a review of the current literature. J Opioid Manag 2008; 4:213250.
  17. Galvagno SM, Correll DJ, Narang S. Safe oral equianalgesic opioid dosing for patients with moderate-to-severe pain. www.hcplive.com/publications/Resident-and-Staff/2007/2007-04/2007-04_06. Accessed May 25, 2011.
  18. Walsh D. Pharmacological management of cancer pain. Semin Oncol 2000; 27:4563.
  19. Shaheen PE, Walsh D, Lasheen W, Davis MP, Lagman RL. Opioid equianalgesic tables: are they all equally dangerous? J Pain Symptom Manage 2009; 38:409417.
  20. Pereira J, Lawlor P, Vigano A, Dorgan M, Bruera E. Equianalgesic dose ratios for opioids. a critical review and proposals for long-term dosing. J Pain Symptom Manage 2001; 22:672687.
  21. Harris JD. Management of expected and unexpected opioid-related side effects. Clin J Pain 2008; 24(suppl 10):S8S13.
  22. Cherny N, Ripamonti C, Pereira J; Expert Working Group of the European Association of Palliative Care Network. Strategies to manage the adverse effects of oral morphine: an evidence-based report. J Clin Oncol 2001; 19:25422554.
  23. Harris JD, Kotob F. Management of opioid-related side effects. In:de Leon-Casasola OA, ed. Cancer Pain: Pharmacological, Interventional and Palliative Care. Philadelphia: Elsevier Inc; 2006:207230.
  24. Mercadante S. Opioid rotation for cancer pain: rationale and clinical aspects. Cancer 1999; 86:18561866.
  25. Cheema B, Lagman RL, Walsh D, et al. A prospective study of opioid rotation in pain due to advanced cancer. J Cancer Pain & Symp Palliat 2006; 2:3946.
  26. Schug SA, Zech D, Grond S, Jung H, Meuser T, Stobbe B. A long-term survey of morphine in cancer pain patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 1992; 7:259266.
  27. Clarke SF, Dargan PI, Jones AL. Naloxone in opioid poisoning: walking the tightrope. Emerg Med J 2005; 22:612616.
  28. Knotkova H, Pappagallo M. Adjuvant analgesics. Med Clin North Am 2007; 91:113124.
  29. Lussier D, Huskey AG, Portenoy RK. Adjuvant analgesics in cancer pain management. Oncologist 2004; 9:571591.
  30. Johnson JR, Burnell-Nugent M, Lossignol D, Ganae-Motan ED, Potts R, Fallon MT. Multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study of the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of THC:CBD extract and THC extract in patients with intractable cancerrelated pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2010; 39:167179.
  31. Mercadante S. The use of anti-inflammatory drugs in cancer pain. Cancer Treat Rev 2001; 27:5161.
  32. Davis MP, Walsh D, Lagman R, LeGrand SB. Controversies in pharmacotherapy of pain management. Lancet Oncol 2005; 6:696704.
  33. Klotz U. Tramadol—the impact of its pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties on the clinical management of pain. Arzneimittelforschung 2003; 53:681687.
  34. Davis MP, Lasheen W, Gamier P. Practical guide to opioids and their complications in managing cancer pain. What oncologists need to know. Oncology (Williston Park) 2007; 21:12291238.
  35. Dean M. Opioids in renal failure and dialysis patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 2004; 28:497504.
  36. Davis MP. Buprenorphine in cancer pain. Support Care Cancer 2005; 13:878887.
  37. Portenoy RK. Opioid therapy for chronic nonmalignant pain: a review of the critical issues. J Pain Symptom Manage 1996; 11:203217.
  38. Turk DC, Swanson KS, Gatchel RJ. Predicting opioid misuse by chronic pain patients: a systematic review and literature synthesis. Clin J Pain 2008; 24:497508.
  39. Katz NP, Sherburne S, Beach M, et al. Behavioral monitoring and urine toxicology testing in patients receiving long-term opioid therapy. Anesth Analg 2003; 97:10971102,
  40. Passik SD, Kirsh KL. Managing pain in patients with aberrant drug-taking behaviors. J Support Oncol 2005; 3:8386.
  41. Ernst E, Cassileth BR. The prevalence of complementary/alternative medicine in cancer: a systematic review. Cancer 1998; 83:777782.
  42. Eisenberg DM, Davis RB, Ettner SL, et al. Trends in alternative medicine use in the United States, 1990–1997: results of a follow-up national survey. JAMA 1998; 280:15691575.
  43. Richardson MA, Sanders T, Palmer JL, Greisinger A, Singletary SE. Complementary/alternative medicine use in a comprehensive cancer center and the implications for oncology. J Clin Oncol 2000; 18:25052514.
  44. Adler SR, Fosket JR. Disclosing complementary and alternative medicine use in the medical encounter: a qualitative study in women with breast cancer. J Fam Pract 1999; 48:453458.
  45. Newell S, Sanson-Fisher RW. Australian oncologists’ self-reported knowledge and attitudes about non-traditional therapies used by cancer patients. Med J Aust 2000; 172:110113.
  46. Berman BM, Singh BK, Lao L, Singh BB, Ferentz KS, Hartnoll SM. Physicians’ attitudes toward complementary or alternative medicine: a regional survey. J Am Board Fam Pract 1995; 8:361366.
  47. Verhoef MJ, Sutherland LR. General practitioners’ assessment of and interest in alternative medicine in Canada. Soc Sci Med 1995; 41:511515.
  48. American Cancer Society: Treatment guidelines for patients. Version 1. http://www.cancer.org/downloads/CRI/NCCN_pain.pdf.
  49. Benedetti C, Brock C, Cleeland C, et al; National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Practice Guidelines for Cancer Pain. Oncology (Williston Park) 2000; 14:135150.
  50. Bardia A, Barton DL, Prokop LJ, Bauer BA, Moynihan TJ. Efficacy of complementary and alternative medicine therapies in relieving cancer pain: a systematic review. J Clin Oncol 2006; 24:54575464.
  51. Lee H, Schmidt K, Ernst E. Acupuncture for the relief of cancer-related pain—a systematic review. Eur J Pain 2005; 9:437444.
  52. Alimi D, Rubino C, Pichard-Léandri E, Fermand-Brulé S, Dubreuil-Lemaire ML, Hill C. Analgesic effect of auricular acupuncture for cancer pain: a randomized, blinded, controlled trial. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:41204126.
  53. Spiegel D, Bloom JR. Group therapy and hypnosis reduce metastatic breast carcinoma pain. Psychosom Med 1983; 45:333339.
  54. Goodwin PJ, Leszcz M, Ennis M, et al. The effect of group psychosocial support on survival in metastatic breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:17191726.
  55. Syrjala KL, Donaldson GW, Davis MW, Kippes ME, Carr JE. Relaxation and imagery and cognitive-behavioral training reduce pain during cancer treatment: a controlled clinical trial. Pain 1995; 63:189198.
  56. Sloman R, Brown P, Aldana E, Chee E. The use of relaxation for the promotion of comfort and pain relief in persons with advanced cancer. Contemp Nurse 1994; 3:612.
  57. Weinrich SP, Weinrich MC. The effect of massage on pain in cancer patients. Appl Nurs Res 1990; 3:140145.
  58. Wilkie DJ, Kampbell J, Cutshall S, et al. Effects of massage on pain intensity, analgesics and quality of life in patients with cancer pain: a pilot study of a randomized clinical trial conducted within hospice care delivery. Hosp J 2000; 15:3153.
  59. Soden K, Vincent K, Craske S, Lucas C, Ashley S. A randomized controlled trial of aromatherapy massage in a hospice setting. Palliat Med 2004; 18:8792.
  60. Post-White J, Kinney ME, Savik K, Gau JB, Wilcox C, Lerner I. Therapeutic massage and healing touch improve symptoms in cancer. Integr Cancer Ther 2003; 2:332344.
  61. Olson K, Hanson J, Michaud M. A phase II trial of Reiki for the management of pain in advanced cancer patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 2003; 26:990997.
  62. Gallagher LM, Lagman R, Walsh D, Davis MP, Legrand SB. The clinical effects of music therapy in palliative medicine. Support Care Cancer 2006; 14:859866.
  63. Olaku O, White JD. Herbal therapy use by cancer patients: a literature review on case reports. Eur J Cancer 2011; 47:508514.
References
  1. Laird B, Colvin L, Fallon M. Management of cancer pain: basic principles and neuropathic cancer pain. Eur J Cancer 2008; 44:10781082.
  2. Chang HM. Cancer pain management. Med Clin North Am 1999; 83:711736,
  3. Stannard C, Johnson M. Chronic pain management—can we do better? An interview-based survey in primary care. Curr Med Res Opin 2003; 19:703706.
  4. Portenoy RK, Lesage P. Management of cancer pain. Lancet 1999; 353:16951700.
  5. Walsh D, Rivera NI, Davis MP, Lagman R, Legrand SB. Strategies for pain management: Cleveland Clinic Foundation guidelines for opioid dosing for cancer pain. Support Cancer Ther 2004; 1:157164.
  6. Foley KM. Acute and chronic pain syndromes. In:Doyle D, Hanks G, Cherny N, Calman K, editors. Oxford Textbook of Palliative Medicine. 3rd ed. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press; 2005:298316.
  7. Jensen MP. The validity and reliability of pain measures in adults with cancer. J Pain 2003; 4:221.
  8. Jensen MP, Turner JA, Romano JM. What is the maximum number of levels needed in pain intensity measurement? Pain 1994; 58:387392.
  9. Preston CC, Colman AM. Optimal number of response categories in rating scales: reliability, validity, discriminating power, and respondent p. Acta Psychol (Amst) 2000; 104:115.
  10. Peretti-Watel P, Bendiane MK, Obadia Y, Favre R, Lapiana JM, Moatti JP; South-Eastern France Palliative Care Group. The prescription of opioid analgesics to terminal cancer patients: impact of physicians’ general attitudes and contextual factors. Palliat Support Care 2003; 1:345352.
  11. Jacobsen R, Liubarskiene Z, Møldrup C, Christrup L, Sjøgren P, Samsanaviciene J. Barriers to cancer pain management: a review of empirical research. Medicina (Kaunas) 2009; 45:427433.
  12. Wiedemer NL, Harden PS, Arndt IO, Gallagher RM. The opioid renewal clinic: a primary care, managed approach to opioid therapy in chronic pain patients at risk for substance abuse. Pain Med 2007; 8:573584.
  13. Rome HP, Rome JD. Limbically augmented pain syndrome (LAPS): kindling, corticolimbic sensitization, and the convergence of affective and sensory symptoms in chronic pain disorders. Pain Med 2000; 1:723.
  14. Fishbain DA, Rosomoff HL, Rosomoff RS. Drug abuse, dependence, and addiction in chronic pain patients. Clin J Pain 1992; 8:7785.
  15. Murányi M, Radák Z. Pain and opioids. Orv Hetil 2008; 149:23632370.
  16. Vadalouca A, Moka E, Argyra E, Sikioti P, Siafaka I. Opioid rotation in patients with cancer: a review of the current literature. J Opioid Manag 2008; 4:213250.
  17. Galvagno SM, Correll DJ, Narang S. Safe oral equianalgesic opioid dosing for patients with moderate-to-severe pain. www.hcplive.com/publications/Resident-and-Staff/2007/2007-04/2007-04_06. Accessed May 25, 2011.
  18. Walsh D. Pharmacological management of cancer pain. Semin Oncol 2000; 27:4563.
  19. Shaheen PE, Walsh D, Lasheen W, Davis MP, Lagman RL. Opioid equianalgesic tables: are they all equally dangerous? J Pain Symptom Manage 2009; 38:409417.
  20. Pereira J, Lawlor P, Vigano A, Dorgan M, Bruera E. Equianalgesic dose ratios for opioids. a critical review and proposals for long-term dosing. J Pain Symptom Manage 2001; 22:672687.
  21. Harris JD. Management of expected and unexpected opioid-related side effects. Clin J Pain 2008; 24(suppl 10):S8S13.
  22. Cherny N, Ripamonti C, Pereira J; Expert Working Group of the European Association of Palliative Care Network. Strategies to manage the adverse effects of oral morphine: an evidence-based report. J Clin Oncol 2001; 19:25422554.
  23. Harris JD, Kotob F. Management of opioid-related side effects. In:de Leon-Casasola OA, ed. Cancer Pain: Pharmacological, Interventional and Palliative Care. Philadelphia: Elsevier Inc; 2006:207230.
  24. Mercadante S. Opioid rotation for cancer pain: rationale and clinical aspects. Cancer 1999; 86:18561866.
  25. Cheema B, Lagman RL, Walsh D, et al. A prospective study of opioid rotation in pain due to advanced cancer. J Cancer Pain & Symp Palliat 2006; 2:3946.
  26. Schug SA, Zech D, Grond S, Jung H, Meuser T, Stobbe B. A long-term survey of morphine in cancer pain patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 1992; 7:259266.
  27. Clarke SF, Dargan PI, Jones AL. Naloxone in opioid poisoning: walking the tightrope. Emerg Med J 2005; 22:612616.
  28. Knotkova H, Pappagallo M. Adjuvant analgesics. Med Clin North Am 2007; 91:113124.
  29. Lussier D, Huskey AG, Portenoy RK. Adjuvant analgesics in cancer pain management. Oncologist 2004; 9:571591.
  30. Johnson JR, Burnell-Nugent M, Lossignol D, Ganae-Motan ED, Potts R, Fallon MT. Multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study of the efficacy, safety, and tolerability of THC:CBD extract and THC extract in patients with intractable cancerrelated pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2010; 39:167179.
  31. Mercadante S. The use of anti-inflammatory drugs in cancer pain. Cancer Treat Rev 2001; 27:5161.
  32. Davis MP, Walsh D, Lagman R, LeGrand SB. Controversies in pharmacotherapy of pain management. Lancet Oncol 2005; 6:696704.
  33. Klotz U. Tramadol—the impact of its pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties on the clinical management of pain. Arzneimittelforschung 2003; 53:681687.
  34. Davis MP, Lasheen W, Gamier P. Practical guide to opioids and their complications in managing cancer pain. What oncologists need to know. Oncology (Williston Park) 2007; 21:12291238.
  35. Dean M. Opioids in renal failure and dialysis patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 2004; 28:497504.
  36. Davis MP. Buprenorphine in cancer pain. Support Care Cancer 2005; 13:878887.
  37. Portenoy RK. Opioid therapy for chronic nonmalignant pain: a review of the critical issues. J Pain Symptom Manage 1996; 11:203217.
  38. Turk DC, Swanson KS, Gatchel RJ. Predicting opioid misuse by chronic pain patients: a systematic review and literature synthesis. Clin J Pain 2008; 24:497508.
  39. Katz NP, Sherburne S, Beach M, et al. Behavioral monitoring and urine toxicology testing in patients receiving long-term opioid therapy. Anesth Analg 2003; 97:10971102,
  40. Passik SD, Kirsh KL. Managing pain in patients with aberrant drug-taking behaviors. J Support Oncol 2005; 3:8386.
  41. Ernst E, Cassileth BR. The prevalence of complementary/alternative medicine in cancer: a systematic review. Cancer 1998; 83:777782.
  42. Eisenberg DM, Davis RB, Ettner SL, et al. Trends in alternative medicine use in the United States, 1990–1997: results of a follow-up national survey. JAMA 1998; 280:15691575.
  43. Richardson MA, Sanders T, Palmer JL, Greisinger A, Singletary SE. Complementary/alternative medicine use in a comprehensive cancer center and the implications for oncology. J Clin Oncol 2000; 18:25052514.
  44. Adler SR, Fosket JR. Disclosing complementary and alternative medicine use in the medical encounter: a qualitative study in women with breast cancer. J Fam Pract 1999; 48:453458.
  45. Newell S, Sanson-Fisher RW. Australian oncologists’ self-reported knowledge and attitudes about non-traditional therapies used by cancer patients. Med J Aust 2000; 172:110113.
  46. Berman BM, Singh BK, Lao L, Singh BB, Ferentz KS, Hartnoll SM. Physicians’ attitudes toward complementary or alternative medicine: a regional survey. J Am Board Fam Pract 1995; 8:361366.
  47. Verhoef MJ, Sutherland LR. General practitioners’ assessment of and interest in alternative medicine in Canada. Soc Sci Med 1995; 41:511515.
  48. American Cancer Society: Treatment guidelines for patients. Version 1. http://www.cancer.org/downloads/CRI/NCCN_pain.pdf.
  49. Benedetti C, Brock C, Cleeland C, et al; National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Practice Guidelines for Cancer Pain. Oncology (Williston Park) 2000; 14:135150.
  50. Bardia A, Barton DL, Prokop LJ, Bauer BA, Moynihan TJ. Efficacy of complementary and alternative medicine therapies in relieving cancer pain: a systematic review. J Clin Oncol 2006; 24:54575464.
  51. Lee H, Schmidt K, Ernst E. Acupuncture for the relief of cancer-related pain—a systematic review. Eur J Pain 2005; 9:437444.
  52. Alimi D, Rubino C, Pichard-Léandri E, Fermand-Brulé S, Dubreuil-Lemaire ML, Hill C. Analgesic effect of auricular acupuncture for cancer pain: a randomized, blinded, controlled trial. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21:41204126.
  53. Spiegel D, Bloom JR. Group therapy and hypnosis reduce metastatic breast carcinoma pain. Psychosom Med 1983; 45:333339.
  54. Goodwin PJ, Leszcz M, Ennis M, et al. The effect of group psychosocial support on survival in metastatic breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:17191726.
  55. Syrjala KL, Donaldson GW, Davis MW, Kippes ME, Carr JE. Relaxation and imagery and cognitive-behavioral training reduce pain during cancer treatment: a controlled clinical trial. Pain 1995; 63:189198.
  56. Sloman R, Brown P, Aldana E, Chee E. The use of relaxation for the promotion of comfort and pain relief in persons with advanced cancer. Contemp Nurse 1994; 3:612.
  57. Weinrich SP, Weinrich MC. The effect of massage on pain in cancer patients. Appl Nurs Res 1990; 3:140145.
  58. Wilkie DJ, Kampbell J, Cutshall S, et al. Effects of massage on pain intensity, analgesics and quality of life in patients with cancer pain: a pilot study of a randomized clinical trial conducted within hospice care delivery. Hosp J 2000; 15:3153.
  59. Soden K, Vincent K, Craske S, Lucas C, Ashley S. A randomized controlled trial of aromatherapy massage in a hospice setting. Palliat Med 2004; 18:8792.
  60. Post-White J, Kinney ME, Savik K, Gau JB, Wilcox C, Lerner I. Therapeutic massage and healing touch improve symptoms in cancer. Integr Cancer Ther 2003; 2:332344.
  61. Olson K, Hanson J, Michaud M. A phase II trial of Reiki for the management of pain in advanced cancer patients. J Pain Symptom Manage 2003; 26:990997.
  62. Gallagher LM, Lagman R, Walsh D, Davis MP, Legrand SB. The clinical effects of music therapy in palliative medicine. Support Care Cancer 2006; 14:859866.
  63. Olaku O, White JD. Herbal therapy use by cancer patients: a literature review on case reports. Eur J Cancer 2011; 47:508514.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(7)
Page Number
449-464
Page Number
449-464
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Managing cancer pain: Frequently asked questions
Display Headline
Managing cancer pain: Frequently asked questions
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Opioids can be used effectively for the management of cancer pain, provided the physician has sufficient knowledge, education, and training.
  • Adjuvants, if properly used, can help manage cancer pain more effectively.
  • Complementary and alternative therapies look promising, but too little is known about them, so caution is advised when recommending them.
  • Patients should be referred to a pain clinic if they have intractable pain or if they have severe side effects from opioid therapy.
  • Overall improvement in patient satisfaction and quality of life can be noted when pain is effectively managed.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

PTSD May Lead to Higher Risk of Heart Disease

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
PTSD May Lead to Higher Risk of Heart Disease

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 28(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
36
Legacy Keywords
posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, coronary artery disease, CAD, plaque, National Institute of Mental Health, combat flashbacks, The American Journal of Cardiology, heart disease, Greater Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Centerposttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, coronary artery disease, CAD, plaque, National Institute of Mental Health, combat flashbacks, The American Journal of Cardiology, heart disease, Greater Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Article PDF
Article PDF

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 28(7)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 28(7)
Page Number
36
Page Number
36
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
PTSD May Lead to Higher Risk of Heart Disease
Display Headline
PTSD May Lead to Higher Risk of Heart Disease
Legacy Keywords
posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, coronary artery disease, CAD, plaque, National Institute of Mental Health, combat flashbacks, The American Journal of Cardiology, heart disease, Greater Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Centerposttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, coronary artery disease, CAD, plaque, National Institute of Mental Health, combat flashbacks, The American Journal of Cardiology, heart disease, Greater Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center
Legacy Keywords
posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, coronary artery disease, CAD, plaque, National Institute of Mental Health, combat flashbacks, The American Journal of Cardiology, heart disease, Greater Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Centerposttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, coronary artery disease, CAD, plaque, National Institute of Mental Health, combat flashbacks, The American Journal of Cardiology, heart disease, Greater Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Special Issue Assesses Strengthening Our Soldiers

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Special Issue Assesses Strengthening Our Soldiers

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 28(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
35
Legacy Keywords
Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, psychological trauma, physical trauma, virtual reality, VR, telehealth, posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, TBI, Functional and Occupational Rehabilitation Treatment Program, FORT, chronic health problems, painJournal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, psychological trauma, physical trauma, virtual reality, VR, telehealth, posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, TBI, Functional and Occupational Rehabilitation Treatment Program, FORT, chronic health problems, pain
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Article PDF
Article PDF

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 28(7)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 28(7)
Page Number
35
Page Number
35
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Special Issue Assesses Strengthening Our Soldiers
Display Headline
Special Issue Assesses Strengthening Our Soldiers
Legacy Keywords
Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, psychological trauma, physical trauma, virtual reality, VR, telehealth, posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, TBI, Functional and Occupational Rehabilitation Treatment Program, FORT, chronic health problems, painJournal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, psychological trauma, physical trauma, virtual reality, VR, telehealth, posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, TBI, Functional and Occupational Rehabilitation Treatment Program, FORT, chronic health problems, pain
Legacy Keywords
Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, psychological trauma, physical trauma, virtual reality, VR, telehealth, posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, TBI, Functional and Occupational Rehabilitation Treatment Program, FORT, chronic health problems, painJournal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, psychological trauma, physical trauma, virtual reality, VR, telehealth, posttraumatic stress disorder, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, TBI, Functional and Occupational Rehabilitation Treatment Program, FORT, chronic health problems, pain
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

News Roundup: New and Noteworthy Information

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
News Roundup: New and Noteworthy Information

The release of stress hormones can lead to the production of abnormally phosphorylated tau protein, and eventually to memory loss, researchers reported. “Severity of cognitive deficits in Alzheimer’s disease correlates strongly with levels of hyperphosphorylated forms of the cytoskeletal protein tau,” the authors stated in the May 25 Journal of Neuroscience. “We thus examined whether stress, through the mediation of glucocorticoids, influences tau hyperphosphorylation, a critical and early event in the cascade of processes leading to Alzheimer’s disease pathology.” Results showed that chronic stress and hypersecretion of glucocorticoids induces abnormal hyperphosphorylation of tau in the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex, suggesting that they have a cumulative impact on the onset and progress of Alzheimer’s disease pathology.
Soluble amyloid proteins in the CSF of patients with mild cognitive impairment may be a potential biomarker for Alzheimer’s disease, according to research in the June 22 online Neurology. The investigators measured the concentrations of amyloid precursor protein, tau protein, and amyloid-beta 1-42 concentrations in the CSF of 58 patients with slight memory problems—21 of whom progressed to Alzheimer’s disease. Analysis of the samples revealed that the group that had progressed to Alzheimer’s disease had significantly higher concentrations of the soluble amyloid precursor proteins than those who reverted to normal and those who developed frontotemporal dementia. “These findings suggest that soluble amyloid precursor protein beta may be clinically useful, and superior to [amyloid-beta 1-42], in the early and differential diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease,” the authors concluded.
Weak synchronization between brain hemispheres may be an early biomarker for autism, according to the results of a study published in the June 23 issue of Neuron. “Autism is often described as a disorder of neuronal synchronization,” the authors wrote. “However, it is unknown how early in development synchronization abnormalities emerge and whether they are related to the development of early autistic behavioral symptoms.” The researchers conducted an imaging study and found that toddlers with autism exhibited significantly weaker interhemispheric synchronization in putative language areas than did toddlers without the condition. In addition, toddlers with a greater strength of synchronization had higher verbal ability and lower autism severity. “Disrupted cortical synchronization, therefore, appears to be a notable characteristic of autism neurophysiology that is evident at very early stages of autism development,” they concluded.

The FDA has approved Potiga (ezogabine) tablets as an adjunctive treatment of partial-onset seizures in adults with epilepsy. It is the first neuronal potassium channel opener developed for the treatment of epilepsy. Although its mechanism of action is not firmly established, it is believed that ezogabine may act as an anticonvulsant by reducing excitability through the stabilization of neuronal potassium channels in an ‘open’ position. The FDA’s approval was based on the results of three controlled clinical studies involving 1,239 patients with epilepsy that investigated the ability of ezogabine to reduce seizure frequency during the double-blind treatment phase. The most common adverse events were dizziness, somnolence, and fatigue; approximately 2% of patients in clinical trials also experienced urinary retention. Researchers at GlaxoSmithKline and Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc believe that ezogabine tablets will benefit patients whose epilepsy is uncontrolled with their current medications.

Prenatal exposure to certain antiepileptic drugs has a higher risk for major congenital malformations, according to results of a study published in the July issue of Lancet Neurology. The researchers monitored pregnant women with epilepsy who were exposed to monotherapy with different doses of carbamazepine, lamotrigine, valproic acid, or phenobarbital. A total of 230 pregnancies associated with major birth defects were observed during the first year after birth; there was also an increase in malformation rates as the dose increased for each drug. The lowest rates of malformation occurred in women who took less than 300 mg per day of lamotrigine or less than 400 mg per day of carbamazepine. All doses of valproic acid and phenobarbital monotherapies had significantly higher risks for birth defects. “The risk of major congenital malformations is influenced not only by type of antiepileptic drug, but also by dose and other variables, which should be taken into account in the management of epilepsy in women of childbearing potential,” the authors concluded.

Peripheral nerve stimulation delivered via an implanted medical device significantly reduces the number of days per month that patients have chronic migraine headache and pain, according to data presented at the 15th Annual International Headache Congress in Berlin. Investigators enrolled 157 patients with migraine to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the device; after 12 weeks, patients who received stimulation reported a 28% decrease in headache days per month. Sixty-seven percent also reported an improvement in their quality of life. “Many migraine patients have exhausted all current treatment options and often are disabled by the pain and frequency of migraine attacks,” the principal investigator stated. “Achieving a reduction in the number of days they suffer from headache and a significant improvement in their quality of life may be even more important than pain reduction alone.”

 

 

Researchers have identified three susceptibility loci for common migraine in the general population, according to a study published in the June 12 online Nature Genetics. In a population-based genome-wide analysis that included 5,122 patients with migraine and 18,108 patients without migraine, investigators found seven single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) associated with migraine. Subsequent testing and meta-analysis confirmed that three replicating SNPs (re2651899, rs10166942, and rs11172113) were significantly associated with migraine. “The associations at r2651899 and rs10166942 were specific for migraine compared with nonmigraine headache,” the researchers reported. In addition, none of the three SNP associations was preferential for migraine with aura or without aura; there were also no associations specific for migraine features, suggesting that there is a shared pathophysiology among common types of migraine. “The three new loci identified in the present work provide hypotheses for immediate further exploration,” the authors concluded.

People who have had a herpes zoster attack may be at a higher risk for developing multiple sclerosis (MS) than people who have not had an occurrence of the virus, researchers reported in the June 7 online Journal of Infectious Diseases. “Varicella zoster virus has been proposed to be involved in the pathogenesis of MS,” the investigators wrote. In the study, they followed 315,550 patients with herpes zoster and 946,650 subjects without the virus for one year; they then calculated the one-year MS–free survival rate. “Of 1,262,200 sampled patients, 29 from the study group (.009%) and 24 from the control group (.003%) had MS during the one-year follow-up period,” the authors reported. The odds ratio of developing MS was 3.96 times greater for the study group than for the control group, supporting the notion that occurrence of the disease could be associated with herpes zoster attack.

A study published in the June 7 issue of Neurology found that patients with Parkinson’s disease have a significantly higher risk of having melanoma than do healthy controls. The researchers conducted a meta-analysis of 12 publications on melanoma and Parkinson’s disease; eight of the publications had fewer than 10 cases with both Parkinson’s disease and melanoma. The pooled odds ratio was 2.11 overall, 2.04 for men, and 1.52 for women. Melanoma occurrence was significantly higher after the diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease, but not before Parkinson’s disease was diagnosed. After analyzing the data for nonmelanoma skin cancers, the researchers found no significant relationship. “Collective epidemiologic evidence supports an association of Parkinson’s disease with melanoma,” the authors concluded. “Further research is needed to examine the nature and mechanisms of this relationship.”

At-home physical training may be just as effective as locomotor training for improving the ability to walk in patients who have had a stroke, researchers reported in the May 26 New England Journal of Medicine. The investigators randomly assigned 408 participants with stroke to one of three training groups; one group received early locomotor training on a body weight–supported treadmill two months after stroke occurred, one group received the same training six months after stroke, and the third group completed an at-home exercise program guided by a physical therapist two months after stroke. At one year of training, 52% of all participants had increased functional walking ability. The researchers observed no significant differences in improvement between early or late locomotor training and home exercise. “All groups had similar improvements in walking speed, motor recovery, balance, functional status, and quality of life,” the authors noted.

High consumption of olive oil and high plasma oleic acid are associated with lower risk for stroke in older adults, according to the results of a study published in the June 15 online Neurology. To examine this relationship, the researchers looked at 7,625 older adults; in this sample, 148 incident strokes occurred. After adjusting for demographic and dietary variables and stroke risk factors, the investigators found that “compared to those who never used olive oil, those with intensive use had a 41% lower risk of stroke.” In a secondary sample, the researchers investigated the plasma oleic acid levels of 1,245 individuals (27 had incident stroke) and found that participants in the third tertile had a 73% reduction of stroke risk. “These results suggest a protective role for high olive oil consumption on the risk of stroke in older subjects,” the authors concluded.

—Ariel Jones
Author and Disclosure Information

Issue
Neurology Reviews - 19(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
3, 7
Legacy Keywords
neurology reviews, news roundup, alzheimer's disease, autism, epilepsy, migraine, multiple sclerosis, parkinson's disease, stroke, ariel jonesneurology reviews, news roundup, alzheimer's disease, autism, epilepsy, migraine, multiple sclerosis, parkinson's disease, stroke, ariel jones
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

The release of stress hormones can lead to the production of abnormally phosphorylated tau protein, and eventually to memory loss, researchers reported. “Severity of cognitive deficits in Alzheimer’s disease correlates strongly with levels of hyperphosphorylated forms of the cytoskeletal protein tau,” the authors stated in the May 25 Journal of Neuroscience. “We thus examined whether stress, through the mediation of glucocorticoids, influences tau hyperphosphorylation, a critical and early event in the cascade of processes leading to Alzheimer’s disease pathology.” Results showed that chronic stress and hypersecretion of glucocorticoids induces abnormal hyperphosphorylation of tau in the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex, suggesting that they have a cumulative impact on the onset and progress of Alzheimer’s disease pathology.
Soluble amyloid proteins in the CSF of patients with mild cognitive impairment may be a potential biomarker for Alzheimer’s disease, according to research in the June 22 online Neurology. The investigators measured the concentrations of amyloid precursor protein, tau protein, and amyloid-beta 1-42 concentrations in the CSF of 58 patients with slight memory problems—21 of whom progressed to Alzheimer’s disease. Analysis of the samples revealed that the group that had progressed to Alzheimer’s disease had significantly higher concentrations of the soluble amyloid precursor proteins than those who reverted to normal and those who developed frontotemporal dementia. “These findings suggest that soluble amyloid precursor protein beta may be clinically useful, and superior to [amyloid-beta 1-42], in the early and differential diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease,” the authors concluded.
Weak synchronization between brain hemispheres may be an early biomarker for autism, according to the results of a study published in the June 23 issue of Neuron. “Autism is often described as a disorder of neuronal synchronization,” the authors wrote. “However, it is unknown how early in development synchronization abnormalities emerge and whether they are related to the development of early autistic behavioral symptoms.” The researchers conducted an imaging study and found that toddlers with autism exhibited significantly weaker interhemispheric synchronization in putative language areas than did toddlers without the condition. In addition, toddlers with a greater strength of synchronization had higher verbal ability and lower autism severity. “Disrupted cortical synchronization, therefore, appears to be a notable characteristic of autism neurophysiology that is evident at very early stages of autism development,” they concluded.

The FDA has approved Potiga (ezogabine) tablets as an adjunctive treatment of partial-onset seizures in adults with epilepsy. It is the first neuronal potassium channel opener developed for the treatment of epilepsy. Although its mechanism of action is not firmly established, it is believed that ezogabine may act as an anticonvulsant by reducing excitability through the stabilization of neuronal potassium channels in an ‘open’ position. The FDA’s approval was based on the results of three controlled clinical studies involving 1,239 patients with epilepsy that investigated the ability of ezogabine to reduce seizure frequency during the double-blind treatment phase. The most common adverse events were dizziness, somnolence, and fatigue; approximately 2% of patients in clinical trials also experienced urinary retention. Researchers at GlaxoSmithKline and Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc believe that ezogabine tablets will benefit patients whose epilepsy is uncontrolled with their current medications.

Prenatal exposure to certain antiepileptic drugs has a higher risk for major congenital malformations, according to results of a study published in the July issue of Lancet Neurology. The researchers monitored pregnant women with epilepsy who were exposed to monotherapy with different doses of carbamazepine, lamotrigine, valproic acid, or phenobarbital. A total of 230 pregnancies associated with major birth defects were observed during the first year after birth; there was also an increase in malformation rates as the dose increased for each drug. The lowest rates of malformation occurred in women who took less than 300 mg per day of lamotrigine or less than 400 mg per day of carbamazepine. All doses of valproic acid and phenobarbital monotherapies had significantly higher risks for birth defects. “The risk of major congenital malformations is influenced not only by type of antiepileptic drug, but also by dose and other variables, which should be taken into account in the management of epilepsy in women of childbearing potential,” the authors concluded.

Peripheral nerve stimulation delivered via an implanted medical device significantly reduces the number of days per month that patients have chronic migraine headache and pain, according to data presented at the 15th Annual International Headache Congress in Berlin. Investigators enrolled 157 patients with migraine to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the device; after 12 weeks, patients who received stimulation reported a 28% decrease in headache days per month. Sixty-seven percent also reported an improvement in their quality of life. “Many migraine patients have exhausted all current treatment options and often are disabled by the pain and frequency of migraine attacks,” the principal investigator stated. “Achieving a reduction in the number of days they suffer from headache and a significant improvement in their quality of life may be even more important than pain reduction alone.”

 

 

Researchers have identified three susceptibility loci for common migraine in the general population, according to a study published in the June 12 online Nature Genetics. In a population-based genome-wide analysis that included 5,122 patients with migraine and 18,108 patients without migraine, investigators found seven single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) associated with migraine. Subsequent testing and meta-analysis confirmed that three replicating SNPs (re2651899, rs10166942, and rs11172113) were significantly associated with migraine. “The associations at r2651899 and rs10166942 were specific for migraine compared with nonmigraine headache,” the researchers reported. In addition, none of the three SNP associations was preferential for migraine with aura or without aura; there were also no associations specific for migraine features, suggesting that there is a shared pathophysiology among common types of migraine. “The three new loci identified in the present work provide hypotheses for immediate further exploration,” the authors concluded.

People who have had a herpes zoster attack may be at a higher risk for developing multiple sclerosis (MS) than people who have not had an occurrence of the virus, researchers reported in the June 7 online Journal of Infectious Diseases. “Varicella zoster virus has been proposed to be involved in the pathogenesis of MS,” the investigators wrote. In the study, they followed 315,550 patients with herpes zoster and 946,650 subjects without the virus for one year; they then calculated the one-year MS–free survival rate. “Of 1,262,200 sampled patients, 29 from the study group (.009%) and 24 from the control group (.003%) had MS during the one-year follow-up period,” the authors reported. The odds ratio of developing MS was 3.96 times greater for the study group than for the control group, supporting the notion that occurrence of the disease could be associated with herpes zoster attack.

A study published in the June 7 issue of Neurology found that patients with Parkinson’s disease have a significantly higher risk of having melanoma than do healthy controls. The researchers conducted a meta-analysis of 12 publications on melanoma and Parkinson’s disease; eight of the publications had fewer than 10 cases with both Parkinson’s disease and melanoma. The pooled odds ratio was 2.11 overall, 2.04 for men, and 1.52 for women. Melanoma occurrence was significantly higher after the diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease, but not before Parkinson’s disease was diagnosed. After analyzing the data for nonmelanoma skin cancers, the researchers found no significant relationship. “Collective epidemiologic evidence supports an association of Parkinson’s disease with melanoma,” the authors concluded. “Further research is needed to examine the nature and mechanisms of this relationship.”

At-home physical training may be just as effective as locomotor training for improving the ability to walk in patients who have had a stroke, researchers reported in the May 26 New England Journal of Medicine. The investigators randomly assigned 408 participants with stroke to one of three training groups; one group received early locomotor training on a body weight–supported treadmill two months after stroke occurred, one group received the same training six months after stroke, and the third group completed an at-home exercise program guided by a physical therapist two months after stroke. At one year of training, 52% of all participants had increased functional walking ability. The researchers observed no significant differences in improvement between early or late locomotor training and home exercise. “All groups had similar improvements in walking speed, motor recovery, balance, functional status, and quality of life,” the authors noted.

High consumption of olive oil and high plasma oleic acid are associated with lower risk for stroke in older adults, according to the results of a study published in the June 15 online Neurology. To examine this relationship, the researchers looked at 7,625 older adults; in this sample, 148 incident strokes occurred. After adjusting for demographic and dietary variables and stroke risk factors, the investigators found that “compared to those who never used olive oil, those with intensive use had a 41% lower risk of stroke.” In a secondary sample, the researchers investigated the plasma oleic acid levels of 1,245 individuals (27 had incident stroke) and found that participants in the third tertile had a 73% reduction of stroke risk. “These results suggest a protective role for high olive oil consumption on the risk of stroke in older subjects,” the authors concluded.

—Ariel Jones

The release of stress hormones can lead to the production of abnormally phosphorylated tau protein, and eventually to memory loss, researchers reported. “Severity of cognitive deficits in Alzheimer’s disease correlates strongly with levels of hyperphosphorylated forms of the cytoskeletal protein tau,” the authors stated in the May 25 Journal of Neuroscience. “We thus examined whether stress, through the mediation of glucocorticoids, influences tau hyperphosphorylation, a critical and early event in the cascade of processes leading to Alzheimer’s disease pathology.” Results showed that chronic stress and hypersecretion of glucocorticoids induces abnormal hyperphosphorylation of tau in the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex, suggesting that they have a cumulative impact on the onset and progress of Alzheimer’s disease pathology.
Soluble amyloid proteins in the CSF of patients with mild cognitive impairment may be a potential biomarker for Alzheimer’s disease, according to research in the June 22 online Neurology. The investigators measured the concentrations of amyloid precursor protein, tau protein, and amyloid-beta 1-42 concentrations in the CSF of 58 patients with slight memory problems—21 of whom progressed to Alzheimer’s disease. Analysis of the samples revealed that the group that had progressed to Alzheimer’s disease had significantly higher concentrations of the soluble amyloid precursor proteins than those who reverted to normal and those who developed frontotemporal dementia. “These findings suggest that soluble amyloid precursor protein beta may be clinically useful, and superior to [amyloid-beta 1-42], in the early and differential diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease,” the authors concluded.
Weak synchronization between brain hemispheres may be an early biomarker for autism, according to the results of a study published in the June 23 issue of Neuron. “Autism is often described as a disorder of neuronal synchronization,” the authors wrote. “However, it is unknown how early in development synchronization abnormalities emerge and whether they are related to the development of early autistic behavioral symptoms.” The researchers conducted an imaging study and found that toddlers with autism exhibited significantly weaker interhemispheric synchronization in putative language areas than did toddlers without the condition. In addition, toddlers with a greater strength of synchronization had higher verbal ability and lower autism severity. “Disrupted cortical synchronization, therefore, appears to be a notable characteristic of autism neurophysiology that is evident at very early stages of autism development,” they concluded.

The FDA has approved Potiga (ezogabine) tablets as an adjunctive treatment of partial-onset seizures in adults with epilepsy. It is the first neuronal potassium channel opener developed for the treatment of epilepsy. Although its mechanism of action is not firmly established, it is believed that ezogabine may act as an anticonvulsant by reducing excitability through the stabilization of neuronal potassium channels in an ‘open’ position. The FDA’s approval was based on the results of three controlled clinical studies involving 1,239 patients with epilepsy that investigated the ability of ezogabine to reduce seizure frequency during the double-blind treatment phase. The most common adverse events were dizziness, somnolence, and fatigue; approximately 2% of patients in clinical trials also experienced urinary retention. Researchers at GlaxoSmithKline and Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc believe that ezogabine tablets will benefit patients whose epilepsy is uncontrolled with their current medications.

Prenatal exposure to certain antiepileptic drugs has a higher risk for major congenital malformations, according to results of a study published in the July issue of Lancet Neurology. The researchers monitored pregnant women with epilepsy who were exposed to monotherapy with different doses of carbamazepine, lamotrigine, valproic acid, or phenobarbital. A total of 230 pregnancies associated with major birth defects were observed during the first year after birth; there was also an increase in malformation rates as the dose increased for each drug. The lowest rates of malformation occurred in women who took less than 300 mg per day of lamotrigine or less than 400 mg per day of carbamazepine. All doses of valproic acid and phenobarbital monotherapies had significantly higher risks for birth defects. “The risk of major congenital malformations is influenced not only by type of antiepileptic drug, but also by dose and other variables, which should be taken into account in the management of epilepsy in women of childbearing potential,” the authors concluded.

Peripheral nerve stimulation delivered via an implanted medical device significantly reduces the number of days per month that patients have chronic migraine headache and pain, according to data presented at the 15th Annual International Headache Congress in Berlin. Investigators enrolled 157 patients with migraine to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the device; after 12 weeks, patients who received stimulation reported a 28% decrease in headache days per month. Sixty-seven percent also reported an improvement in their quality of life. “Many migraine patients have exhausted all current treatment options and often are disabled by the pain and frequency of migraine attacks,” the principal investigator stated. “Achieving a reduction in the number of days they suffer from headache and a significant improvement in their quality of life may be even more important than pain reduction alone.”

 

 

Researchers have identified three susceptibility loci for common migraine in the general population, according to a study published in the June 12 online Nature Genetics. In a population-based genome-wide analysis that included 5,122 patients with migraine and 18,108 patients without migraine, investigators found seven single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) associated with migraine. Subsequent testing and meta-analysis confirmed that three replicating SNPs (re2651899, rs10166942, and rs11172113) were significantly associated with migraine. “The associations at r2651899 and rs10166942 were specific for migraine compared with nonmigraine headache,” the researchers reported. In addition, none of the three SNP associations was preferential for migraine with aura or without aura; there were also no associations specific for migraine features, suggesting that there is a shared pathophysiology among common types of migraine. “The three new loci identified in the present work provide hypotheses for immediate further exploration,” the authors concluded.

People who have had a herpes zoster attack may be at a higher risk for developing multiple sclerosis (MS) than people who have not had an occurrence of the virus, researchers reported in the June 7 online Journal of Infectious Diseases. “Varicella zoster virus has been proposed to be involved in the pathogenesis of MS,” the investigators wrote. In the study, they followed 315,550 patients with herpes zoster and 946,650 subjects without the virus for one year; they then calculated the one-year MS–free survival rate. “Of 1,262,200 sampled patients, 29 from the study group (.009%) and 24 from the control group (.003%) had MS during the one-year follow-up period,” the authors reported. The odds ratio of developing MS was 3.96 times greater for the study group than for the control group, supporting the notion that occurrence of the disease could be associated with herpes zoster attack.

A study published in the June 7 issue of Neurology found that patients with Parkinson’s disease have a significantly higher risk of having melanoma than do healthy controls. The researchers conducted a meta-analysis of 12 publications on melanoma and Parkinson’s disease; eight of the publications had fewer than 10 cases with both Parkinson’s disease and melanoma. The pooled odds ratio was 2.11 overall, 2.04 for men, and 1.52 for women. Melanoma occurrence was significantly higher after the diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease, but not before Parkinson’s disease was diagnosed. After analyzing the data for nonmelanoma skin cancers, the researchers found no significant relationship. “Collective epidemiologic evidence supports an association of Parkinson’s disease with melanoma,” the authors concluded. “Further research is needed to examine the nature and mechanisms of this relationship.”

At-home physical training may be just as effective as locomotor training for improving the ability to walk in patients who have had a stroke, researchers reported in the May 26 New England Journal of Medicine. The investigators randomly assigned 408 participants with stroke to one of three training groups; one group received early locomotor training on a body weight–supported treadmill two months after stroke occurred, one group received the same training six months after stroke, and the third group completed an at-home exercise program guided by a physical therapist two months after stroke. At one year of training, 52% of all participants had increased functional walking ability. The researchers observed no significant differences in improvement between early or late locomotor training and home exercise. “All groups had similar improvements in walking speed, motor recovery, balance, functional status, and quality of life,” the authors noted.

High consumption of olive oil and high plasma oleic acid are associated with lower risk for stroke in older adults, according to the results of a study published in the June 15 online Neurology. To examine this relationship, the researchers looked at 7,625 older adults; in this sample, 148 incident strokes occurred. After adjusting for demographic and dietary variables and stroke risk factors, the investigators found that “compared to those who never used olive oil, those with intensive use had a 41% lower risk of stroke.” In a secondary sample, the researchers investigated the plasma oleic acid levels of 1,245 individuals (27 had incident stroke) and found that participants in the third tertile had a 73% reduction of stroke risk. “These results suggest a protective role for high olive oil consumption on the risk of stroke in older subjects,” the authors concluded.

—Ariel Jones
Issue
Neurology Reviews - 19(7)
Issue
Neurology Reviews - 19(7)
Page Number
3, 7
Page Number
3, 7
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
News Roundup: New and Noteworthy Information
Display Headline
News Roundup: New and Noteworthy Information
Legacy Keywords
neurology reviews, news roundup, alzheimer's disease, autism, epilepsy, migraine, multiple sclerosis, parkinson's disease, stroke, ariel jonesneurology reviews, news roundup, alzheimer's disease, autism, epilepsy, migraine, multiple sclerosis, parkinson's disease, stroke, ariel jones
Legacy Keywords
neurology reviews, news roundup, alzheimer's disease, autism, epilepsy, migraine, multiple sclerosis, parkinson's disease, stroke, ariel jonesneurology reviews, news roundup, alzheimer's disease, autism, epilepsy, migraine, multiple sclerosis, parkinson's disease, stroke, ariel jones
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Grand Rounds: Woman, 20, With Difficulty Walking

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Woman, 20, With Difficulty Walking

A 20-year-old woman presented to her primary care clinic with a chief complaint of lower leg weakness and difficulty walking. The weakness she described had been worsening over the previous four days, with progressively worsening tingling and numbness of her toes bilaterally.

The day before the patient presented, she noticed numbness and paresthesia in both calves. At the time of her presentation to the clinic, she complained of low back ache, paresthesia of both hands, numbness bilaterally to her groin, difficulty sitting upright, ataxia, and a numb, thick-feeling tongue. She denied fever, neck stiffness, shortness of breath, headache, or visual changes.

The patient stated that 10 days earlier, she had developed an upper respiratory infection for which she was seen at the clinic and treated with a seven-day course of amoxicillin/clavulanate 875/125 mg twice daily. She said that she had recovered completely.

A review of the patient’s systems revealed proximal muscle weakness bilaterally (2/5) and loss of touch-pressure in the lower extremities. She was experiencing paresthesia of the hands and mild weakness bilaterally (4/5). She also walked with an ataxic gait and had reduced deep tendon reflexes in the lower limbs. All cranial nerves were intact, and her vital signs were stable.

The woman’s medical history was positive only for asthma. Her family history included ischemic stroke in the maternal grandfather and brain tumor in the paternal grandfather. Social history was positive for alcohol intake (ranging from four to 12 beers per week). The patient said she had never smoked or used illicit drugs. She was an unmarried college student, living in a dorm on campus. She participated in track at school.

The patient was admitted to the hospital telemetry step-down unit, and a neurology consultation was requested. Tests were ordered, among them MRI of the head and spine and comprehensive blood work, to rule out neurologic, infectious, or metabolic causes of the patient’s weakness; urinalysis was also obtained. These tests all yielded negative results.

A lumbar puncture performed the following day revealed a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) protein level of 570 mg/L (normal range, 150 to 450 mg/L). Leukocytes numbered 2 cells/mm3 (normal count, 0 to 10 cells/mm3).

Based on the patient’s presentation, history, and symptoms, a neurologist made a diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. It was decided that no electromyographic (EMG) study was required to rule out other disease processes (eg, spinal cord disease, multiple sclerosis, tumors).

The patient underwent a five-dose course of immunomodulatory therapy with IV immunoglobulin (IVIG). In the step-down unit, she experienced one incident of sinus bradycardia (ie, resting heart rate between 40 and 50 beats/min). Her blood pressure remained stable, as did her respiratory status, according to peak expiratory flow measured frequently at her bedside.

Physical therapy was initiated, consisting of passive and active range of motion, crossovers with the patient’s feet, and stair training. This was done in response to a complaint of ankle weakness, and it helped to strengthen weakened muscles and improve alignment while the patient was bedridden and in a weakened, fatigued state. Additionally, the patient was given enoxaparin, wore antiembolic hose, and used sequential compression devices while in bed. As a result of these measures, she never experienced a pulmonary embolus or deep vein thrombosis (DVT) as a result of being immobilized.

By the seventh day of hospitalization, the patient had stable vital signs and improved lower limb strength, and numbness was resolving in her hands and lower extremities. She was discharged to home, with physical therapy to resume on an outpatient basis.

Discussion
Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), an acute immune-mediated paralytic disorder,1 manifests in the form of weakness and diminished reflexes. Affecting the peripheral nerves, GBS is characterized by progressive symmetrical ascending weakness with varying degrees of sensory complaints.2,3

GBS occurs worldwide, and incidence is estimated between 1.1 and 1.8 cases per 100,000 persons.4 In the United States, GBS can be found in all age-groups, with peak incidence noted in elderly persons and young adults.5,6 Even with treatment, 3% to 10% of patients are reported to die of this illness, and 20% cannot walk six months after symptom onset.7 In one prospective population-based study of patients with confirmed GBS, 6% of patients died within 30 days of symptom onset, often as a result of respiratory complications.8

GBS is a postinfectious disorder, with cases developing several days or weeks after a viral or bacterial illness—most commonly, an upper respiratory infection or diarrhea (see Table 19-13). The most common trigger of GBS is infection with the bacterial microorganism Campylobacter jejuni (occurring in 15% to 40% of patients with GBS),9,14 a pathogen that can produce demyelination-causing antibodies. Other responsible pathogens include cytomegalovirus and Epstein-Barr virus.9 In a process called molecular mimicry, the immune system is unable to distinguish the amino acid of an infectious organism from the proteinaceous content of the peripheral nerve.15 Subsequently, the immune system attacks and destroys the myelin sheath.

 

 

An example of this is the apparent cross-reaction of the ganglioside GM1 with C jejuni lipopolysaccharide antigens.14,15 The resulting effect is immunologic damage to the peripheral nervous system. The flaccid paralysis that occurs in patients with GBS is thought to be caused by lymphocytic infiltration and complement activation of the spinal roots and peripheral nerves, where macrophages strip the myelin.5,15,16

Stages and Variants
Three stages characterize the course of GBS. The acute phase, which lasts one to four weeks, begins with onset of symptoms and persists until the associated neurologic deterioration has ceased. During the second phase, the plateau period, symptoms persist with no further deterioration; this stage can last several days to several weeks or months. The final phase, the recovery period, can last from four months to two years after symptom onset.15,17,18

The clinical course of GBS is highly variable and in many cases difficult to predict. Certain factors have been associated with a poor outcome: advancing age, previous presence of diarrhea, need for mechanical ventilation, an extended plateau phase, and a lower patient score on the Erasmus GBS Outcome Scale,19 when measured two weeks after GBS onset.8,20 This score can help predict the patient’s chance of independent walking after six months.15,19

Although the classic presenting symptom of GBS is symmetric ascending weakness, several disease variants have been identified, with differing symptoms and degrees of recovery. These variants also differ in terms of the muscle groups affected; in some, visual defects may be present at onset. GBS variants include21:

• Acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN)1,22

• Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)1

• Pharyngeal-cervical-brachial variant23

• Purely sensory variant24

• Miller-Fisher syndrome, which manifests with ophthalmoplegia, in addition to ataxia and areflexia25

• Axonal form.5,21

AMAN and AIDP are the most common subtypes of GBS.1

Symptoms, Signs, and Disease Manifestations
Limb weakness, the classic presenting symptom of GBS, is both symmetrical and ascending. Weakness can develop acutely and progress over days to weeks.2,15 Hughes and Cornblath26 also note pain, numbness, and paresthesias among the initial symptoms of GBS. Others include sensory changes, cranial nerve involvement, various autonomic changes, and respiratory or oropharyngeal weakness. Reflexes, particularly the tendon reflexes, may be diminished or absent.15,18,21 In many cases, sensory changes (ie, pain) may precede the onset of weakness, often making diagnosis difficult.15

Cranial nerves most commonly affected are V, VI, VII, X, XI, and  XII, with manifestations that include dysphagia, dysarthria, diplopia, limitation to eye movements, and facial droop and weakness. Usually facial and oropharyngeal weakness occur after the extremities and trunk are affected. Blindness may occur if demyelination of the optic nerve occurs; this is seen in Miller-Fisher syndrome.10,15,25,27

In GBS, many patients report pain, which can present as bilateral sciatica or as throbbing or aching in the large muscles of the upper legs, flanks, or back.28 This pain, which results from the demyelination of the sensory nerve fibers, can be severe.10

Patients with GBS may experience manifestations of autonomic nervous system dysfunction—for example, arrhythmias, hypotension or hypertension, urinary retention, cardiomyopathy, and paralytic ileus.10,20 Dysautonomia often impedes patients’ progress in inpatient rehabilitation. Patients may have persistent problems involving postural hypotension, hypertension, excessive sympathetic outflow, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.29

Blood pressure fluctuations, often attributed to changes in catecholamine levels and disturbances in the baroreceptor reflex pathway, are common and are considered characteristic of GBS. Transient or persistent hypotension is caused by the dysregulation of the parasympathetic and sympathetic systems, with subsequent alterations in venomotor tone.3 Additionally, an increased sensitivity to catecholamine can lead to cardiovascular disturbances, resulting in denervation hypersensitivity and impairment of the carotid sinus reflex.

Arrhythmias occur in perhaps half of patients with GBS. The most common is sustained sinus tachycardia, which usually requires no treatment. Bradycardia leading to atrioventricular blocks and asystole is believed to result from afferent baroreceptor reflex failure. Treatment may be required—either administration of atropine or insertion of a pacemaker, depending on the severity of the arrhythmia.3,10

Myocardial involvement can range from asymptomatic mycocarditis to neurogenic stunned myocardium and heart failure. Patients with ECG abnormalities should undergo two-dimensional echocardiographic studies and other testing to explore cardiac involvement. Acute coronary syndromes, including ST-segment elevation MI, have been reported, in some cases associated with IVIG treatment. In one patient, coronary spasm was reported, with clean coronary arteries found on cardiac catheterization.3

Patients with GBS are at risk for compromised neuromuscular respiratory function; demyelination of the nerves that innervate the intercostal muscles and the diaphragm can result in respiratory failure. Key clinical indicators of respiratory muscle fatigue include tachypnea, diaphoresis, and asynchronous movements of the abdomen and chest;10 other symptoms relevant to respiratory or oropharyngeal weakness include slurred speech, dyspnea (with or without exertion), difficulty swallowing, and inability to cough.2,10 Serial respiratory function testing is advisable to detect patients at risk for respiratory failure.30

 

 

Diagnosis
Guillain-Barré is a syndrome diagnosed by a collection of symptoms (see Table 22,21,31), including subacute developing paralysis, symmetrical bilateral weakness beginning at onset, and diminishing to absent reflexes.21,31 Other causes for rapidly developing weaknesses should be ruled out (see Table 310,21,26,31). Lumbar puncture typically shows increased protein levels with a normal white cell count; however, neither this test nor electrophysiologic evaluation offers significant value for diagnosis of GBS.21,26,31

During the acute phase of GBS (within three weeks of onset), there is found an elevation of CSF protein (> 550 mg/L) without an elevation in white blood cells. This phenomenon, called albuminocytologic dissociation, reflects inflammation of the nerve roots and is considered the hallmark of GBS.2

MRI can also facilitate the diagnosis of GBS; it demonstrates anterior and posterior intrathecal spinal nerve roots and cauda equina.32 In patients with GBS, evidence supporting breakdown of the blood–nerve barrier can be seen in abnormal gadolinium enhancement of the intrathecal nerve roots on MRI.33

When electrophysiologic studies are performed, they typically reveal slowing nerve conduction, prolonged distal latencies, and partial motor conduction block.34 The characteristic finding of early demyelination is conduction block, a reduction in the amplitude of the muscle action potential after stimulation of the distal, as opposed to the proximal, nerve.28 Nerve conduction studies may help in the diagnosis and classification of GBS—and, to a limited extent, formulation of a prognosis. Such alternative diagnoses as myositis and myasthenia gravis may be excluded by neurophysiology.26 Early in GBS, neurophysiologic abnormalities may be very mild or occasionally normal; test results may not correlate with clinical disability.35,36

The clinician cannot depend on clinical features alone to predict respiratory decline.31 Frequent evaluations of respiratory effort, by measurement of maximal inspiratory pressures and vital capacity, should be performed at the bedside to monitor diaphragmatic strength. Respiratory ventilation should be initiated if the patient becomes hypoxic or experiences a rapid decline in vital capacity (ie, below 60% of predicted value).10 Mechanical ventilation is more likely to be required in patients with a negative inspiratory force of less than 30 cm H2O.31

Treatment
Guillain-Barré syndrome has an acute onset and progression. Patients quickly become nonambulatory and may require total ventilation due to paralysis. Therapeutic options are IVIG or plasmapheresis (plasma exchange).37-40 Corticosteroids do not appear to benefit patients with GBS.41,42

Several mechanisms appear to contribute to the effectiveness of immunoglobulin.38,39 Infused IVIG interferes with antigen presentation, inhibits antibody production, neutralizes pathologic autoantibodies, and modulates other immunologic events involved in the pathogenesis of autoimmune neuromuscular diseases, including GBS.43 Adverse reactions, which are usually minor, include headache, fever, chills, myalgia, and malaise. In rare instances, anaphylaxis or renal failure may occur.15,44

In plasmapheresis, blood is removed from the body and dialyzed, with circulating antibodies and immunoglobulins removed from the plasma; fresh frozen plasma, albumin, or saline is administered. This treatment, performed via central venous catheter, should be initiated as soon as possible after onset of symptoms but can be implemented as late as 30 days after GBS onset. Plasmapheresis requires personnel trained in dialysis, which may not be performed in all hospitals. Possible adverse events include infection and hemorrhage. Laboratory values must be monitored for hypokalemia and hypocalcemia.45,46

Supportive Care
Patients with GBS require intensive care and very close monitoring for complications of respiratory difficulty and autonomic dysfunction. Individualized programs should be initiated for patients in the acute phase of GBS, aimed at the prevention of contractures and skin breakdown.10 Exercise programs, as conducted with the case patient, should also help relieve the fatigue syndromes that accompany GBS.

Immobilization associated with bed rest incurs a risk for pulmonary emboli and DVT; this has been found true during the first 12 weeks after symptom onset in patients with GBS who remain immobile.47 The use of antiembolic hose and sequential compression devices can help reduce the risk for thrombotic events.10 Use of enoxaparin or heparin is recommended for nonambulating patients until they are able to walk, with Gaber et al47 specifying the use of low-molecular-weight heparin to reduce, but not eliminate, the risk for DVT.

The pain associated with GBS can be severe. Narcotic analgesics may be administered with careful monitoring of autonomic denervation. Long-term management of neuropathic pain may require adjuvant therapy, such as tricyclic antidepressants, gabapentin, or tramadol hydrochloride.10 According to Pandey et al,48 gabapentin alone may suffice for pain control in GBS, with minimal adverse effects. In certain rehabilitation facilities, tricyclic antidepressants, capsaicin, and transcutaneous nerve stimulation have been reported effective; during the early stages of treatment, until these treatments reach their full effect, pain medications such as tramadol or narcotics can provide temporary relief.29

 

 

More than one-half of patients with GBS in the acute phase can develop ileus. Constipation can also occur as a result of pain medication use, prolonged bed rest, and poor intake. Auscultation of bowel sounds and abdominal assessment should be performed daily to monitor for ileus. Hughes et al10 do not recommend the use of promotility drugs in patients with dysautonomia.

After hospital discharge, easy fatigability can affect work and social activities. With continued physical therapy, occupational therapy, and monitoring, however, patients with GBS can expect to return to an optimal level of functioning. Speed of recovery varies with these patients from a few months to several years, depending on such factors as age and the extent to which axonal degeneration has occurred.6,49

The Case Patient
For several weeks after discharge, the case patient continued to experience fatigue, low back pain, and general muscle pain. With her family’s support, she continued to receive outpatient physical therapy, and within one month she had regained her ankle strength. She was soon able to resume her classes, despite some lingering fatigue.

Conclusion
Guillain-Barré syndrome is a potentially life-threatening disease whose symptoms health care providers need to recognize quickly to provide prompt treatment. Supportive care for both patient and family is of key importance for maximum rehabilitation and return to the previous lifestyle. The clinical course of GBS is highly variable and difficult to predict. The patient’s outcome depends on several factors, including age and severity of illness. GBS patients can experience long-term psychosocial effects.

References
1. Magira EE, Papaioakim M, Nachamkin I, et al. Differential distribution of HLA-DQ beta/DR beta epitopes in the two forms of Guillain-Barré syndrome, acute motor axonal neuropathy and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP): identification of DQ beta epitopes associated with susceptibility to and protection from AIDP. J Immunol. 2003;170(6):3074-3080.

2. Tremblay ME, Closon A, D’Anjou G, Bussières JF. Guillain-Barré syndrome following H1N1 immunization in a pediatric patient. Ann Pharmacother. 2010;44(7-8):1330-1333.

3. Mukerji S, Aloka F, Farooq MU, et al. Cardiovascular complications of the Guillain-Barré syndrome. Am J Cardiol. 2009;104(10):1452-1455.

4. McGrogan A, Madle GC, Seaman HE, de Vries CS. The epidemiology of Guillain-Barré syndrome worldwide: a systematic literature review. Neuroepidemiology. 2009;32(2):150-163.

5. Haber P, Sejvar J, Mikaeloff Y, DeStefano F. Vaccines and Guillain-Barré syndrome. Drug Saf. 2009; 32(4):309-323.

6. van Doorn PA. What’s new in Guillain-Barré syndrome in 2007-2008? J Periph Nerv Syst. 2009;14(2):72-74.

7. van Doorn PA, Ruts L, Jacobs BC. Clinical features, pathogenesis, and treatment of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet Neurol. 2008;7(10):939-950.

8. Chiò A, Cocito D, Leone M, et al; Piemonte and alle d’Aosta Register for Guillain-Barré Syndrome. Guillain-Barré syndrome: a prospective, population-based incidence and outcome survey. Neurology. 2003; 60(7):1146-1150.

9. Hadden RD, Karch H, Hartung HP, et al. Preceding infections, immune factors, and outcome in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurology. 2001;56(6):758-765.

10. Hughes RA, Wijdicks EF, Benson E, et al. Supportive care for patients with Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Neurol. 2005;62(8):1194-1198.

11. Aluka KJ, Turner PL, Fullum TM. Guillain-Barré syndrome and postbariatric surgery polyneuropathies. JSLS. 2009;13(2):250-253.

12. Brannagan TH 3rd, Zhou Y. HIV-associated Guillain-Barré syndrome. J Neurol Sci. 2003;208(1-2):39-42.

13. Lin WC, Lee PI, Lu CY, et al. Mycoplasma pneumoniae encephalitis in childhood. J Microbiol Immunol Infect. 2002;35(3):173-178.

14. Sivadon-Tardy V, Orlikowski D, Porcher R, et al. Detection of Campylobacter jejuni by culture and real-time PCR in a French cohort of patients with Guillain-Barre syndrome. J Clin Microbiol. 2010;48 (6):2278-2281.

15. van Doorn PA, Kuitwaard K, Walgaard C, et al. IVIG treatment and prognosis in Guillain-Barré syndrome. J Clin Immunol. 2010;30 suppl 1:S74-S78.

16. Kaida K, Kusunoki S. Guillan-Barré syndrome: update on immunobiology and treatment. Expert Rev Neurother. 2009;9(9):1307-1319.

17. Forsberg A, Press R, Einarsson U, et al. Disability and health-related quality of life in Guillain-Barré syndrome during the first two years after onset: a prospective study. Clin Rehabil. 2005;19(8):900-909.

18. Criteria for diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Ann Neurol. 1978;3(6):565-566.

19. van Koningsveld R, Steyerberg EW, Hughes RA, et al. A clinical progostic scoring system for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet Neurol. 2007;6(7):589-594.

20. Koeppen S, Kraywinkel K, Wessendorf TE, et al. Long-term outcome of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neuro­crit Care. 2006;5(3)235-242.

21. Sheridan JM, Smith D. Atypical Guillain-Barré in the emergency department. West J Emerg Med. 2010;11(1):80-82.

22. Ogawara K, Kuwabara S, Koga M, et al. Anti-GM1b IgG antibody is associated with acute motor axonal neuropathy and Campylobacter jejuni infection. J Neurol Sci. 2003;210(1-2):41-45.

23. Nagashima T, Koga M, Odaka M, et al. Continuous spectrum of pharyngeal-cervical-brachial variant of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Neurol. 2007;64(10):1519-1523.

24. Oh SJ, LaGanke C, Claussen GC. Sensory Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurology. 2001;56(1):82-86.

 

 

25. Aráranyi Z, Kovács T, Sipos I, Bereczki D. Miller Fisher syndrome: brief overview and update with a focus on electrophysiological findings. Eur J Neurol. 2011 Jun 1. [Epub ahead of print]

26. Hughes RA, Cornblath, DR. Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet. 2005;366(9497):1653-1666.

27. Snyder LA, Rismondo V, Miller NR. The Fisher variant of Guillain-Barré syndrome (Fisher syndrome). J Neuroophthalmol. 2009;29(4):312-324.

28. Ropper AH. The Guillain-Barré syndrome. N Engl J Med.1992;326(17):1130-1136.

29. Meythaler JM. Rehabilitation of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Phys Med Rehabil.1997;78(8):872-879.

30. Sharshar T, Chevret S, Bourdain F, et al; French Cooperative Group on Plasma Exchange in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Early predictors of mechanical ventilation in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Crit Care Med. 2003; 31(1):278-283.

31. McGillicuddy DC, Walker O, Shapiro NI, et al. Guillain-Barré syndrome in the emergency department. Ann Emerg Med. 2006;47(4):390-393.

32. Yikilmaz A, Doganay S, Gumus H, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of childhood Guillain-Barré syndrome. Childs Nerv Syst. 2010;26(8):1103-1108.

33. Gonzalez-Quevedo A, Carriera RF, O’Farrill ZL, et al. An appraisal of blood-cerebrospinal fluid barrier dysfunction during the course of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurol India. 2009;57(3):288-294.

34. Abai S, Kim SB, Kim JP, Lim YJ. Guillan-Barré syndrome combined with acute cervical myelopathy. J Korean Neurosurg Soc. 2010;48(3):298-300.

35. Uncini A, Yuki N. Electrophysiologic and immunopathologic correlates in Guillain-Barré syndrome subtypes. Expert Rev Neurother. 2009;9(6):869-884.

36. Hadden RD, Hughes RA. Management of inflammatory neuropathies. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2003;74 suppl 2:ii9-ii14.

37. Raphaël JC, Chevret S, Hughes RA, Annane D. Plasma exchange for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2002;(2):CD001798.

38. Hughes RA, Swan AV, van Doorn PA. Intravenous immunoglobulin for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Jun 16; (6):CD002063.

39. Human immunoglobulin and the Guillain-Barré syndrome: new indication. An alternative to plasmapheresis. Prescrire Int. 2000;9(49):142-143.

40. van der Meché FG, Schmitz PI; Dutch Guillain-Barré Study Group. A randomized trial comparing intravenous immune globulin and plasma exchange in Guillain-Barré syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1992;327(17):1123-1129.

41. Hughes RA, Swan AV, van Doorn PA. Corticosteroids for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Feb 16;(2):CD001446.

42. Hahn AF. Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet. 1998; 352(9128):635-641.

43. Dalakas MC. Intravenous immunoglobulin in autoimmune neuromuscular diseases. JAMA. 2004;291(19):2367-2375.

44. Kuitwaard K, de Gelder J, Tio-Gillen AP, et al. Pharmacokenetics of intravenous immunoglobulin and outcome in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Ann Neurol. 2009;66(5):597-603.

45. Atkinson SB, Carr RL, Maybee P, Haynes D. The challenges of managing and treating Guillain-Barré syndrome during the acute phase. Dimens Crit Care Nurs. 2006;25(6):256-263.

46. van Doorn PA. Treatment of Guillain-Barré syndrome and CIDP. J Periph Nerv Syst. 2005;10(2):113-127.

47. Gaber TA, Kirker SGB, Jenner JR. Current practice of prophylactic anticoagulation in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Clin Rehabil. 2002;16(2):190-193.

48. Pandey CK, Bose N, Garg G, et al. Gabapentin for the treatment of pain in Guillain-Barré syndrome: a double-blinded, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Anesth Analg. 2002;95(6):1719-1723.

49. de Vries JM, Hagemans ML, Bussmann JB, et al. Fatigue in neuromuscular disorders: focus on Guillain-Barré syndrome and Pompe disease. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2010;67(5):701-713.

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Deb Ellis, RN, MSN, NP-C, Julie Baldwin, RN, MSN, BC

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 21(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
14, 16-18
Legacy Keywords
Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute immune-mediated paralytic disorderGuillain-Barre syndrome, acute immune-mediated paralytic disorder
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Deb Ellis, RN, MSN, NP-C, Julie Baldwin, RN, MSN, BC

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Deb Ellis, RN, MSN, NP-C, Julie Baldwin, RN, MSN, BC

A 20-year-old woman presented to her primary care clinic with a chief complaint of lower leg weakness and difficulty walking. The weakness she described had been worsening over the previous four days, with progressively worsening tingling and numbness of her toes bilaterally.

The day before the patient presented, she noticed numbness and paresthesia in both calves. At the time of her presentation to the clinic, she complained of low back ache, paresthesia of both hands, numbness bilaterally to her groin, difficulty sitting upright, ataxia, and a numb, thick-feeling tongue. She denied fever, neck stiffness, shortness of breath, headache, or visual changes.

The patient stated that 10 days earlier, she had developed an upper respiratory infection for which she was seen at the clinic and treated with a seven-day course of amoxicillin/clavulanate 875/125 mg twice daily. She said that she had recovered completely.

A review of the patient’s systems revealed proximal muscle weakness bilaterally (2/5) and loss of touch-pressure in the lower extremities. She was experiencing paresthesia of the hands and mild weakness bilaterally (4/5). She also walked with an ataxic gait and had reduced deep tendon reflexes in the lower limbs. All cranial nerves were intact, and her vital signs were stable.

The woman’s medical history was positive only for asthma. Her family history included ischemic stroke in the maternal grandfather and brain tumor in the paternal grandfather. Social history was positive for alcohol intake (ranging from four to 12 beers per week). The patient said she had never smoked or used illicit drugs. She was an unmarried college student, living in a dorm on campus. She participated in track at school.

The patient was admitted to the hospital telemetry step-down unit, and a neurology consultation was requested. Tests were ordered, among them MRI of the head and spine and comprehensive blood work, to rule out neurologic, infectious, or metabolic causes of the patient’s weakness; urinalysis was also obtained. These tests all yielded negative results.

A lumbar puncture performed the following day revealed a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) protein level of 570 mg/L (normal range, 150 to 450 mg/L). Leukocytes numbered 2 cells/mm3 (normal count, 0 to 10 cells/mm3).

Based on the patient’s presentation, history, and symptoms, a neurologist made a diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. It was decided that no electromyographic (EMG) study was required to rule out other disease processes (eg, spinal cord disease, multiple sclerosis, tumors).

The patient underwent a five-dose course of immunomodulatory therapy with IV immunoglobulin (IVIG). In the step-down unit, she experienced one incident of sinus bradycardia (ie, resting heart rate between 40 and 50 beats/min). Her blood pressure remained stable, as did her respiratory status, according to peak expiratory flow measured frequently at her bedside.

Physical therapy was initiated, consisting of passive and active range of motion, crossovers with the patient’s feet, and stair training. This was done in response to a complaint of ankle weakness, and it helped to strengthen weakened muscles and improve alignment while the patient was bedridden and in a weakened, fatigued state. Additionally, the patient was given enoxaparin, wore antiembolic hose, and used sequential compression devices while in bed. As a result of these measures, she never experienced a pulmonary embolus or deep vein thrombosis (DVT) as a result of being immobilized.

By the seventh day of hospitalization, the patient had stable vital signs and improved lower limb strength, and numbness was resolving in her hands and lower extremities. She was discharged to home, with physical therapy to resume on an outpatient basis.

Discussion
Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), an acute immune-mediated paralytic disorder,1 manifests in the form of weakness and diminished reflexes. Affecting the peripheral nerves, GBS is characterized by progressive symmetrical ascending weakness with varying degrees of sensory complaints.2,3

GBS occurs worldwide, and incidence is estimated between 1.1 and 1.8 cases per 100,000 persons.4 In the United States, GBS can be found in all age-groups, with peak incidence noted in elderly persons and young adults.5,6 Even with treatment, 3% to 10% of patients are reported to die of this illness, and 20% cannot walk six months after symptom onset.7 In one prospective population-based study of patients with confirmed GBS, 6% of patients died within 30 days of symptom onset, often as a result of respiratory complications.8

GBS is a postinfectious disorder, with cases developing several days or weeks after a viral or bacterial illness—most commonly, an upper respiratory infection or diarrhea (see Table 19-13). The most common trigger of GBS is infection with the bacterial microorganism Campylobacter jejuni (occurring in 15% to 40% of patients with GBS),9,14 a pathogen that can produce demyelination-causing antibodies. Other responsible pathogens include cytomegalovirus and Epstein-Barr virus.9 In a process called molecular mimicry, the immune system is unable to distinguish the amino acid of an infectious organism from the proteinaceous content of the peripheral nerve.15 Subsequently, the immune system attacks and destroys the myelin sheath.

 

 

An example of this is the apparent cross-reaction of the ganglioside GM1 with C jejuni lipopolysaccharide antigens.14,15 The resulting effect is immunologic damage to the peripheral nervous system. The flaccid paralysis that occurs in patients with GBS is thought to be caused by lymphocytic infiltration and complement activation of the spinal roots and peripheral nerves, where macrophages strip the myelin.5,15,16

Stages and Variants
Three stages characterize the course of GBS. The acute phase, which lasts one to four weeks, begins with onset of symptoms and persists until the associated neurologic deterioration has ceased. During the second phase, the plateau period, symptoms persist with no further deterioration; this stage can last several days to several weeks or months. The final phase, the recovery period, can last from four months to two years after symptom onset.15,17,18

The clinical course of GBS is highly variable and in many cases difficult to predict. Certain factors have been associated with a poor outcome: advancing age, previous presence of diarrhea, need for mechanical ventilation, an extended plateau phase, and a lower patient score on the Erasmus GBS Outcome Scale,19 when measured two weeks after GBS onset.8,20 This score can help predict the patient’s chance of independent walking after six months.15,19

Although the classic presenting symptom of GBS is symmetric ascending weakness, several disease variants have been identified, with differing symptoms and degrees of recovery. These variants also differ in terms of the muscle groups affected; in some, visual defects may be present at onset. GBS variants include21:

• Acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN)1,22

• Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)1

• Pharyngeal-cervical-brachial variant23

• Purely sensory variant24

• Miller-Fisher syndrome, which manifests with ophthalmoplegia, in addition to ataxia and areflexia25

• Axonal form.5,21

AMAN and AIDP are the most common subtypes of GBS.1

Symptoms, Signs, and Disease Manifestations
Limb weakness, the classic presenting symptom of GBS, is both symmetrical and ascending. Weakness can develop acutely and progress over days to weeks.2,15 Hughes and Cornblath26 also note pain, numbness, and paresthesias among the initial symptoms of GBS. Others include sensory changes, cranial nerve involvement, various autonomic changes, and respiratory or oropharyngeal weakness. Reflexes, particularly the tendon reflexes, may be diminished or absent.15,18,21 In many cases, sensory changes (ie, pain) may precede the onset of weakness, often making diagnosis difficult.15

Cranial nerves most commonly affected are V, VI, VII, X, XI, and  XII, with manifestations that include dysphagia, dysarthria, diplopia, limitation to eye movements, and facial droop and weakness. Usually facial and oropharyngeal weakness occur after the extremities and trunk are affected. Blindness may occur if demyelination of the optic nerve occurs; this is seen in Miller-Fisher syndrome.10,15,25,27

In GBS, many patients report pain, which can present as bilateral sciatica or as throbbing or aching in the large muscles of the upper legs, flanks, or back.28 This pain, which results from the demyelination of the sensory nerve fibers, can be severe.10

Patients with GBS may experience manifestations of autonomic nervous system dysfunction—for example, arrhythmias, hypotension or hypertension, urinary retention, cardiomyopathy, and paralytic ileus.10,20 Dysautonomia often impedes patients’ progress in inpatient rehabilitation. Patients may have persistent problems involving postural hypotension, hypertension, excessive sympathetic outflow, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.29

Blood pressure fluctuations, often attributed to changes in catecholamine levels and disturbances in the baroreceptor reflex pathway, are common and are considered characteristic of GBS. Transient or persistent hypotension is caused by the dysregulation of the parasympathetic and sympathetic systems, with subsequent alterations in venomotor tone.3 Additionally, an increased sensitivity to catecholamine can lead to cardiovascular disturbances, resulting in denervation hypersensitivity and impairment of the carotid sinus reflex.

Arrhythmias occur in perhaps half of patients with GBS. The most common is sustained sinus tachycardia, which usually requires no treatment. Bradycardia leading to atrioventricular blocks and asystole is believed to result from afferent baroreceptor reflex failure. Treatment may be required—either administration of atropine or insertion of a pacemaker, depending on the severity of the arrhythmia.3,10

Myocardial involvement can range from asymptomatic mycocarditis to neurogenic stunned myocardium and heart failure. Patients with ECG abnormalities should undergo two-dimensional echocardiographic studies and other testing to explore cardiac involvement. Acute coronary syndromes, including ST-segment elevation MI, have been reported, in some cases associated with IVIG treatment. In one patient, coronary spasm was reported, with clean coronary arteries found on cardiac catheterization.3

Patients with GBS are at risk for compromised neuromuscular respiratory function; demyelination of the nerves that innervate the intercostal muscles and the diaphragm can result in respiratory failure. Key clinical indicators of respiratory muscle fatigue include tachypnea, diaphoresis, and asynchronous movements of the abdomen and chest;10 other symptoms relevant to respiratory or oropharyngeal weakness include slurred speech, dyspnea (with or without exertion), difficulty swallowing, and inability to cough.2,10 Serial respiratory function testing is advisable to detect patients at risk for respiratory failure.30

 

 

Diagnosis
Guillain-Barré is a syndrome diagnosed by a collection of symptoms (see Table 22,21,31), including subacute developing paralysis, symmetrical bilateral weakness beginning at onset, and diminishing to absent reflexes.21,31 Other causes for rapidly developing weaknesses should be ruled out (see Table 310,21,26,31). Lumbar puncture typically shows increased protein levels with a normal white cell count; however, neither this test nor electrophysiologic evaluation offers significant value for diagnosis of GBS.21,26,31

During the acute phase of GBS (within three weeks of onset), there is found an elevation of CSF protein (> 550 mg/L) without an elevation in white blood cells. This phenomenon, called albuminocytologic dissociation, reflects inflammation of the nerve roots and is considered the hallmark of GBS.2

MRI can also facilitate the diagnosis of GBS; it demonstrates anterior and posterior intrathecal spinal nerve roots and cauda equina.32 In patients with GBS, evidence supporting breakdown of the blood–nerve barrier can be seen in abnormal gadolinium enhancement of the intrathecal nerve roots on MRI.33

When electrophysiologic studies are performed, they typically reveal slowing nerve conduction, prolonged distal latencies, and partial motor conduction block.34 The characteristic finding of early demyelination is conduction block, a reduction in the amplitude of the muscle action potential after stimulation of the distal, as opposed to the proximal, nerve.28 Nerve conduction studies may help in the diagnosis and classification of GBS—and, to a limited extent, formulation of a prognosis. Such alternative diagnoses as myositis and myasthenia gravis may be excluded by neurophysiology.26 Early in GBS, neurophysiologic abnormalities may be very mild or occasionally normal; test results may not correlate with clinical disability.35,36

The clinician cannot depend on clinical features alone to predict respiratory decline.31 Frequent evaluations of respiratory effort, by measurement of maximal inspiratory pressures and vital capacity, should be performed at the bedside to monitor diaphragmatic strength. Respiratory ventilation should be initiated if the patient becomes hypoxic or experiences a rapid decline in vital capacity (ie, below 60% of predicted value).10 Mechanical ventilation is more likely to be required in patients with a negative inspiratory force of less than 30 cm H2O.31

Treatment
Guillain-Barré syndrome has an acute onset and progression. Patients quickly become nonambulatory and may require total ventilation due to paralysis. Therapeutic options are IVIG or plasmapheresis (plasma exchange).37-40 Corticosteroids do not appear to benefit patients with GBS.41,42

Several mechanisms appear to contribute to the effectiveness of immunoglobulin.38,39 Infused IVIG interferes with antigen presentation, inhibits antibody production, neutralizes pathologic autoantibodies, and modulates other immunologic events involved in the pathogenesis of autoimmune neuromuscular diseases, including GBS.43 Adverse reactions, which are usually minor, include headache, fever, chills, myalgia, and malaise. In rare instances, anaphylaxis or renal failure may occur.15,44

In plasmapheresis, blood is removed from the body and dialyzed, with circulating antibodies and immunoglobulins removed from the plasma; fresh frozen plasma, albumin, or saline is administered. This treatment, performed via central venous catheter, should be initiated as soon as possible after onset of symptoms but can be implemented as late as 30 days after GBS onset. Plasmapheresis requires personnel trained in dialysis, which may not be performed in all hospitals. Possible adverse events include infection and hemorrhage. Laboratory values must be monitored for hypokalemia and hypocalcemia.45,46

Supportive Care
Patients with GBS require intensive care and very close monitoring for complications of respiratory difficulty and autonomic dysfunction. Individualized programs should be initiated for patients in the acute phase of GBS, aimed at the prevention of contractures and skin breakdown.10 Exercise programs, as conducted with the case patient, should also help relieve the fatigue syndromes that accompany GBS.

Immobilization associated with bed rest incurs a risk for pulmonary emboli and DVT; this has been found true during the first 12 weeks after symptom onset in patients with GBS who remain immobile.47 The use of antiembolic hose and sequential compression devices can help reduce the risk for thrombotic events.10 Use of enoxaparin or heparin is recommended for nonambulating patients until they are able to walk, with Gaber et al47 specifying the use of low-molecular-weight heparin to reduce, but not eliminate, the risk for DVT.

The pain associated with GBS can be severe. Narcotic analgesics may be administered with careful monitoring of autonomic denervation. Long-term management of neuropathic pain may require adjuvant therapy, such as tricyclic antidepressants, gabapentin, or tramadol hydrochloride.10 According to Pandey et al,48 gabapentin alone may suffice for pain control in GBS, with minimal adverse effects. In certain rehabilitation facilities, tricyclic antidepressants, capsaicin, and transcutaneous nerve stimulation have been reported effective; during the early stages of treatment, until these treatments reach their full effect, pain medications such as tramadol or narcotics can provide temporary relief.29

 

 

More than one-half of patients with GBS in the acute phase can develop ileus. Constipation can also occur as a result of pain medication use, prolonged bed rest, and poor intake. Auscultation of bowel sounds and abdominal assessment should be performed daily to monitor for ileus. Hughes et al10 do not recommend the use of promotility drugs in patients with dysautonomia.

After hospital discharge, easy fatigability can affect work and social activities. With continued physical therapy, occupational therapy, and monitoring, however, patients with GBS can expect to return to an optimal level of functioning. Speed of recovery varies with these patients from a few months to several years, depending on such factors as age and the extent to which axonal degeneration has occurred.6,49

The Case Patient
For several weeks after discharge, the case patient continued to experience fatigue, low back pain, and general muscle pain. With her family’s support, she continued to receive outpatient physical therapy, and within one month she had regained her ankle strength. She was soon able to resume her classes, despite some lingering fatigue.

Conclusion
Guillain-Barré syndrome is a potentially life-threatening disease whose symptoms health care providers need to recognize quickly to provide prompt treatment. Supportive care for both patient and family is of key importance for maximum rehabilitation and return to the previous lifestyle. The clinical course of GBS is highly variable and difficult to predict. The patient’s outcome depends on several factors, including age and severity of illness. GBS patients can experience long-term psychosocial effects.

References
1. Magira EE, Papaioakim M, Nachamkin I, et al. Differential distribution of HLA-DQ beta/DR beta epitopes in the two forms of Guillain-Barré syndrome, acute motor axonal neuropathy and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP): identification of DQ beta epitopes associated with susceptibility to and protection from AIDP. J Immunol. 2003;170(6):3074-3080.

2. Tremblay ME, Closon A, D’Anjou G, Bussières JF. Guillain-Barré syndrome following H1N1 immunization in a pediatric patient. Ann Pharmacother. 2010;44(7-8):1330-1333.

3. Mukerji S, Aloka F, Farooq MU, et al. Cardiovascular complications of the Guillain-Barré syndrome. Am J Cardiol. 2009;104(10):1452-1455.

4. McGrogan A, Madle GC, Seaman HE, de Vries CS. The epidemiology of Guillain-Barré syndrome worldwide: a systematic literature review. Neuroepidemiology. 2009;32(2):150-163.

5. Haber P, Sejvar J, Mikaeloff Y, DeStefano F. Vaccines and Guillain-Barré syndrome. Drug Saf. 2009; 32(4):309-323.

6. van Doorn PA. What’s new in Guillain-Barré syndrome in 2007-2008? J Periph Nerv Syst. 2009;14(2):72-74.

7. van Doorn PA, Ruts L, Jacobs BC. Clinical features, pathogenesis, and treatment of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet Neurol. 2008;7(10):939-950.

8. Chiò A, Cocito D, Leone M, et al; Piemonte and alle d’Aosta Register for Guillain-Barré Syndrome. Guillain-Barré syndrome: a prospective, population-based incidence and outcome survey. Neurology. 2003; 60(7):1146-1150.

9. Hadden RD, Karch H, Hartung HP, et al. Preceding infections, immune factors, and outcome in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurology. 2001;56(6):758-765.

10. Hughes RA, Wijdicks EF, Benson E, et al. Supportive care for patients with Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Neurol. 2005;62(8):1194-1198.

11. Aluka KJ, Turner PL, Fullum TM. Guillain-Barré syndrome and postbariatric surgery polyneuropathies. JSLS. 2009;13(2):250-253.

12. Brannagan TH 3rd, Zhou Y. HIV-associated Guillain-Barré syndrome. J Neurol Sci. 2003;208(1-2):39-42.

13. Lin WC, Lee PI, Lu CY, et al. Mycoplasma pneumoniae encephalitis in childhood. J Microbiol Immunol Infect. 2002;35(3):173-178.

14. Sivadon-Tardy V, Orlikowski D, Porcher R, et al. Detection of Campylobacter jejuni by culture and real-time PCR in a French cohort of patients with Guillain-Barre syndrome. J Clin Microbiol. 2010;48 (6):2278-2281.

15. van Doorn PA, Kuitwaard K, Walgaard C, et al. IVIG treatment and prognosis in Guillain-Barré syndrome. J Clin Immunol. 2010;30 suppl 1:S74-S78.

16. Kaida K, Kusunoki S. Guillan-Barré syndrome: update on immunobiology and treatment. Expert Rev Neurother. 2009;9(9):1307-1319.

17. Forsberg A, Press R, Einarsson U, et al. Disability and health-related quality of life in Guillain-Barré syndrome during the first two years after onset: a prospective study. Clin Rehabil. 2005;19(8):900-909.

18. Criteria for diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Ann Neurol. 1978;3(6):565-566.

19. van Koningsveld R, Steyerberg EW, Hughes RA, et al. A clinical progostic scoring system for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet Neurol. 2007;6(7):589-594.

20. Koeppen S, Kraywinkel K, Wessendorf TE, et al. Long-term outcome of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neuro­crit Care. 2006;5(3)235-242.

21. Sheridan JM, Smith D. Atypical Guillain-Barré in the emergency department. West J Emerg Med. 2010;11(1):80-82.

22. Ogawara K, Kuwabara S, Koga M, et al. Anti-GM1b IgG antibody is associated with acute motor axonal neuropathy and Campylobacter jejuni infection. J Neurol Sci. 2003;210(1-2):41-45.

23. Nagashima T, Koga M, Odaka M, et al. Continuous spectrum of pharyngeal-cervical-brachial variant of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Neurol. 2007;64(10):1519-1523.

24. Oh SJ, LaGanke C, Claussen GC. Sensory Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurology. 2001;56(1):82-86.

 

 

25. Aráranyi Z, Kovács T, Sipos I, Bereczki D. Miller Fisher syndrome: brief overview and update with a focus on electrophysiological findings. Eur J Neurol. 2011 Jun 1. [Epub ahead of print]

26. Hughes RA, Cornblath, DR. Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet. 2005;366(9497):1653-1666.

27. Snyder LA, Rismondo V, Miller NR. The Fisher variant of Guillain-Barré syndrome (Fisher syndrome). J Neuroophthalmol. 2009;29(4):312-324.

28. Ropper AH. The Guillain-Barré syndrome. N Engl J Med.1992;326(17):1130-1136.

29. Meythaler JM. Rehabilitation of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Phys Med Rehabil.1997;78(8):872-879.

30. Sharshar T, Chevret S, Bourdain F, et al; French Cooperative Group on Plasma Exchange in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Early predictors of mechanical ventilation in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Crit Care Med. 2003; 31(1):278-283.

31. McGillicuddy DC, Walker O, Shapiro NI, et al. Guillain-Barré syndrome in the emergency department. Ann Emerg Med. 2006;47(4):390-393.

32. Yikilmaz A, Doganay S, Gumus H, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of childhood Guillain-Barré syndrome. Childs Nerv Syst. 2010;26(8):1103-1108.

33. Gonzalez-Quevedo A, Carriera RF, O’Farrill ZL, et al. An appraisal of blood-cerebrospinal fluid barrier dysfunction during the course of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurol India. 2009;57(3):288-294.

34. Abai S, Kim SB, Kim JP, Lim YJ. Guillan-Barré syndrome combined with acute cervical myelopathy. J Korean Neurosurg Soc. 2010;48(3):298-300.

35. Uncini A, Yuki N. Electrophysiologic and immunopathologic correlates in Guillain-Barré syndrome subtypes. Expert Rev Neurother. 2009;9(6):869-884.

36. Hadden RD, Hughes RA. Management of inflammatory neuropathies. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2003;74 suppl 2:ii9-ii14.

37. Raphaël JC, Chevret S, Hughes RA, Annane D. Plasma exchange for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2002;(2):CD001798.

38. Hughes RA, Swan AV, van Doorn PA. Intravenous immunoglobulin for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Jun 16; (6):CD002063.

39. Human immunoglobulin and the Guillain-Barré syndrome: new indication. An alternative to plasmapheresis. Prescrire Int. 2000;9(49):142-143.

40. van der Meché FG, Schmitz PI; Dutch Guillain-Barré Study Group. A randomized trial comparing intravenous immune globulin and plasma exchange in Guillain-Barré syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1992;327(17):1123-1129.

41. Hughes RA, Swan AV, van Doorn PA. Corticosteroids for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Feb 16;(2):CD001446.

42. Hahn AF. Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet. 1998; 352(9128):635-641.

43. Dalakas MC. Intravenous immunoglobulin in autoimmune neuromuscular diseases. JAMA. 2004;291(19):2367-2375.

44. Kuitwaard K, de Gelder J, Tio-Gillen AP, et al. Pharmacokenetics of intravenous immunoglobulin and outcome in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Ann Neurol. 2009;66(5):597-603.

45. Atkinson SB, Carr RL, Maybee P, Haynes D. The challenges of managing and treating Guillain-Barré syndrome during the acute phase. Dimens Crit Care Nurs. 2006;25(6):256-263.

46. van Doorn PA. Treatment of Guillain-Barré syndrome and CIDP. J Periph Nerv Syst. 2005;10(2):113-127.

47. Gaber TA, Kirker SGB, Jenner JR. Current practice of prophylactic anticoagulation in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Clin Rehabil. 2002;16(2):190-193.

48. Pandey CK, Bose N, Garg G, et al. Gabapentin for the treatment of pain in Guillain-Barré syndrome: a double-blinded, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Anesth Analg. 2002;95(6):1719-1723.

49. de Vries JM, Hagemans ML, Bussmann JB, et al. Fatigue in neuromuscular disorders: focus on Guillain-Barré syndrome and Pompe disease. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2010;67(5):701-713.

A 20-year-old woman presented to her primary care clinic with a chief complaint of lower leg weakness and difficulty walking. The weakness she described had been worsening over the previous four days, with progressively worsening tingling and numbness of her toes bilaterally.

The day before the patient presented, she noticed numbness and paresthesia in both calves. At the time of her presentation to the clinic, she complained of low back ache, paresthesia of both hands, numbness bilaterally to her groin, difficulty sitting upright, ataxia, and a numb, thick-feeling tongue. She denied fever, neck stiffness, shortness of breath, headache, or visual changes.

The patient stated that 10 days earlier, she had developed an upper respiratory infection for which she was seen at the clinic and treated with a seven-day course of amoxicillin/clavulanate 875/125 mg twice daily. She said that she had recovered completely.

A review of the patient’s systems revealed proximal muscle weakness bilaterally (2/5) and loss of touch-pressure in the lower extremities. She was experiencing paresthesia of the hands and mild weakness bilaterally (4/5). She also walked with an ataxic gait and had reduced deep tendon reflexes in the lower limbs. All cranial nerves were intact, and her vital signs were stable.

The woman’s medical history was positive only for asthma. Her family history included ischemic stroke in the maternal grandfather and brain tumor in the paternal grandfather. Social history was positive for alcohol intake (ranging from four to 12 beers per week). The patient said she had never smoked or used illicit drugs. She was an unmarried college student, living in a dorm on campus. She participated in track at school.

The patient was admitted to the hospital telemetry step-down unit, and a neurology consultation was requested. Tests were ordered, among them MRI of the head and spine and comprehensive blood work, to rule out neurologic, infectious, or metabolic causes of the patient’s weakness; urinalysis was also obtained. These tests all yielded negative results.

A lumbar puncture performed the following day revealed a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) protein level of 570 mg/L (normal range, 150 to 450 mg/L). Leukocytes numbered 2 cells/mm3 (normal count, 0 to 10 cells/mm3).

Based on the patient’s presentation, history, and symptoms, a neurologist made a diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. It was decided that no electromyographic (EMG) study was required to rule out other disease processes (eg, spinal cord disease, multiple sclerosis, tumors).

The patient underwent a five-dose course of immunomodulatory therapy with IV immunoglobulin (IVIG). In the step-down unit, she experienced one incident of sinus bradycardia (ie, resting heart rate between 40 and 50 beats/min). Her blood pressure remained stable, as did her respiratory status, according to peak expiratory flow measured frequently at her bedside.

Physical therapy was initiated, consisting of passive and active range of motion, crossovers with the patient’s feet, and stair training. This was done in response to a complaint of ankle weakness, and it helped to strengthen weakened muscles and improve alignment while the patient was bedridden and in a weakened, fatigued state. Additionally, the patient was given enoxaparin, wore antiembolic hose, and used sequential compression devices while in bed. As a result of these measures, she never experienced a pulmonary embolus or deep vein thrombosis (DVT) as a result of being immobilized.

By the seventh day of hospitalization, the patient had stable vital signs and improved lower limb strength, and numbness was resolving in her hands and lower extremities. She was discharged to home, with physical therapy to resume on an outpatient basis.

Discussion
Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), an acute immune-mediated paralytic disorder,1 manifests in the form of weakness and diminished reflexes. Affecting the peripheral nerves, GBS is characterized by progressive symmetrical ascending weakness with varying degrees of sensory complaints.2,3

GBS occurs worldwide, and incidence is estimated between 1.1 and 1.8 cases per 100,000 persons.4 In the United States, GBS can be found in all age-groups, with peak incidence noted in elderly persons and young adults.5,6 Even with treatment, 3% to 10% of patients are reported to die of this illness, and 20% cannot walk six months after symptom onset.7 In one prospective population-based study of patients with confirmed GBS, 6% of patients died within 30 days of symptom onset, often as a result of respiratory complications.8

GBS is a postinfectious disorder, with cases developing several days or weeks after a viral or bacterial illness—most commonly, an upper respiratory infection or diarrhea (see Table 19-13). The most common trigger of GBS is infection with the bacterial microorganism Campylobacter jejuni (occurring in 15% to 40% of patients with GBS),9,14 a pathogen that can produce demyelination-causing antibodies. Other responsible pathogens include cytomegalovirus and Epstein-Barr virus.9 In a process called molecular mimicry, the immune system is unable to distinguish the amino acid of an infectious organism from the proteinaceous content of the peripheral nerve.15 Subsequently, the immune system attacks and destroys the myelin sheath.

 

 

An example of this is the apparent cross-reaction of the ganglioside GM1 with C jejuni lipopolysaccharide antigens.14,15 The resulting effect is immunologic damage to the peripheral nervous system. The flaccid paralysis that occurs in patients with GBS is thought to be caused by lymphocytic infiltration and complement activation of the spinal roots and peripheral nerves, where macrophages strip the myelin.5,15,16

Stages and Variants
Three stages characterize the course of GBS. The acute phase, which lasts one to four weeks, begins with onset of symptoms and persists until the associated neurologic deterioration has ceased. During the second phase, the plateau period, symptoms persist with no further deterioration; this stage can last several days to several weeks or months. The final phase, the recovery period, can last from four months to two years after symptom onset.15,17,18

The clinical course of GBS is highly variable and in many cases difficult to predict. Certain factors have been associated with a poor outcome: advancing age, previous presence of diarrhea, need for mechanical ventilation, an extended plateau phase, and a lower patient score on the Erasmus GBS Outcome Scale,19 when measured two weeks after GBS onset.8,20 This score can help predict the patient’s chance of independent walking after six months.15,19

Although the classic presenting symptom of GBS is symmetric ascending weakness, several disease variants have been identified, with differing symptoms and degrees of recovery. These variants also differ in terms of the muscle groups affected; in some, visual defects may be present at onset. GBS variants include21:

• Acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN)1,22

• Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)1

• Pharyngeal-cervical-brachial variant23

• Purely sensory variant24

• Miller-Fisher syndrome, which manifests with ophthalmoplegia, in addition to ataxia and areflexia25

• Axonal form.5,21

AMAN and AIDP are the most common subtypes of GBS.1

Symptoms, Signs, and Disease Manifestations
Limb weakness, the classic presenting symptom of GBS, is both symmetrical and ascending. Weakness can develop acutely and progress over days to weeks.2,15 Hughes and Cornblath26 also note pain, numbness, and paresthesias among the initial symptoms of GBS. Others include sensory changes, cranial nerve involvement, various autonomic changes, and respiratory or oropharyngeal weakness. Reflexes, particularly the tendon reflexes, may be diminished or absent.15,18,21 In many cases, sensory changes (ie, pain) may precede the onset of weakness, often making diagnosis difficult.15

Cranial nerves most commonly affected are V, VI, VII, X, XI, and  XII, with manifestations that include dysphagia, dysarthria, diplopia, limitation to eye movements, and facial droop and weakness. Usually facial and oropharyngeal weakness occur after the extremities and trunk are affected. Blindness may occur if demyelination of the optic nerve occurs; this is seen in Miller-Fisher syndrome.10,15,25,27

In GBS, many patients report pain, which can present as bilateral sciatica or as throbbing or aching in the large muscles of the upper legs, flanks, or back.28 This pain, which results from the demyelination of the sensory nerve fibers, can be severe.10

Patients with GBS may experience manifestations of autonomic nervous system dysfunction—for example, arrhythmias, hypotension or hypertension, urinary retention, cardiomyopathy, and paralytic ileus.10,20 Dysautonomia often impedes patients’ progress in inpatient rehabilitation. Patients may have persistent problems involving postural hypotension, hypertension, excessive sympathetic outflow, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.29

Blood pressure fluctuations, often attributed to changes in catecholamine levels and disturbances in the baroreceptor reflex pathway, are common and are considered characteristic of GBS. Transient or persistent hypotension is caused by the dysregulation of the parasympathetic and sympathetic systems, with subsequent alterations in venomotor tone.3 Additionally, an increased sensitivity to catecholamine can lead to cardiovascular disturbances, resulting in denervation hypersensitivity and impairment of the carotid sinus reflex.

Arrhythmias occur in perhaps half of patients with GBS. The most common is sustained sinus tachycardia, which usually requires no treatment. Bradycardia leading to atrioventricular blocks and asystole is believed to result from afferent baroreceptor reflex failure. Treatment may be required—either administration of atropine or insertion of a pacemaker, depending on the severity of the arrhythmia.3,10

Myocardial involvement can range from asymptomatic mycocarditis to neurogenic stunned myocardium and heart failure. Patients with ECG abnormalities should undergo two-dimensional echocardiographic studies and other testing to explore cardiac involvement. Acute coronary syndromes, including ST-segment elevation MI, have been reported, in some cases associated with IVIG treatment. In one patient, coronary spasm was reported, with clean coronary arteries found on cardiac catheterization.3

Patients with GBS are at risk for compromised neuromuscular respiratory function; demyelination of the nerves that innervate the intercostal muscles and the diaphragm can result in respiratory failure. Key clinical indicators of respiratory muscle fatigue include tachypnea, diaphoresis, and asynchronous movements of the abdomen and chest;10 other symptoms relevant to respiratory or oropharyngeal weakness include slurred speech, dyspnea (with or without exertion), difficulty swallowing, and inability to cough.2,10 Serial respiratory function testing is advisable to detect patients at risk for respiratory failure.30

 

 

Diagnosis
Guillain-Barré is a syndrome diagnosed by a collection of symptoms (see Table 22,21,31), including subacute developing paralysis, symmetrical bilateral weakness beginning at onset, and diminishing to absent reflexes.21,31 Other causes for rapidly developing weaknesses should be ruled out (see Table 310,21,26,31). Lumbar puncture typically shows increased protein levels with a normal white cell count; however, neither this test nor electrophysiologic evaluation offers significant value for diagnosis of GBS.21,26,31

During the acute phase of GBS (within three weeks of onset), there is found an elevation of CSF protein (> 550 mg/L) without an elevation in white blood cells. This phenomenon, called albuminocytologic dissociation, reflects inflammation of the nerve roots and is considered the hallmark of GBS.2

MRI can also facilitate the diagnosis of GBS; it demonstrates anterior and posterior intrathecal spinal nerve roots and cauda equina.32 In patients with GBS, evidence supporting breakdown of the blood–nerve barrier can be seen in abnormal gadolinium enhancement of the intrathecal nerve roots on MRI.33

When electrophysiologic studies are performed, they typically reveal slowing nerve conduction, prolonged distal latencies, and partial motor conduction block.34 The characteristic finding of early demyelination is conduction block, a reduction in the amplitude of the muscle action potential after stimulation of the distal, as opposed to the proximal, nerve.28 Nerve conduction studies may help in the diagnosis and classification of GBS—and, to a limited extent, formulation of a prognosis. Such alternative diagnoses as myositis and myasthenia gravis may be excluded by neurophysiology.26 Early in GBS, neurophysiologic abnormalities may be very mild or occasionally normal; test results may not correlate with clinical disability.35,36

The clinician cannot depend on clinical features alone to predict respiratory decline.31 Frequent evaluations of respiratory effort, by measurement of maximal inspiratory pressures and vital capacity, should be performed at the bedside to monitor diaphragmatic strength. Respiratory ventilation should be initiated if the patient becomes hypoxic or experiences a rapid decline in vital capacity (ie, below 60% of predicted value).10 Mechanical ventilation is more likely to be required in patients with a negative inspiratory force of less than 30 cm H2O.31

Treatment
Guillain-Barré syndrome has an acute onset and progression. Patients quickly become nonambulatory and may require total ventilation due to paralysis. Therapeutic options are IVIG or plasmapheresis (plasma exchange).37-40 Corticosteroids do not appear to benefit patients with GBS.41,42

Several mechanisms appear to contribute to the effectiveness of immunoglobulin.38,39 Infused IVIG interferes with antigen presentation, inhibits antibody production, neutralizes pathologic autoantibodies, and modulates other immunologic events involved in the pathogenesis of autoimmune neuromuscular diseases, including GBS.43 Adverse reactions, which are usually minor, include headache, fever, chills, myalgia, and malaise. In rare instances, anaphylaxis or renal failure may occur.15,44

In plasmapheresis, blood is removed from the body and dialyzed, with circulating antibodies and immunoglobulins removed from the plasma; fresh frozen plasma, albumin, or saline is administered. This treatment, performed via central venous catheter, should be initiated as soon as possible after onset of symptoms but can be implemented as late as 30 days after GBS onset. Plasmapheresis requires personnel trained in dialysis, which may not be performed in all hospitals. Possible adverse events include infection and hemorrhage. Laboratory values must be monitored for hypokalemia and hypocalcemia.45,46

Supportive Care
Patients with GBS require intensive care and very close monitoring for complications of respiratory difficulty and autonomic dysfunction. Individualized programs should be initiated for patients in the acute phase of GBS, aimed at the prevention of contractures and skin breakdown.10 Exercise programs, as conducted with the case patient, should also help relieve the fatigue syndromes that accompany GBS.

Immobilization associated with bed rest incurs a risk for pulmonary emboli and DVT; this has been found true during the first 12 weeks after symptom onset in patients with GBS who remain immobile.47 The use of antiembolic hose and sequential compression devices can help reduce the risk for thrombotic events.10 Use of enoxaparin or heparin is recommended for nonambulating patients until they are able to walk, with Gaber et al47 specifying the use of low-molecular-weight heparin to reduce, but not eliminate, the risk for DVT.

The pain associated with GBS can be severe. Narcotic analgesics may be administered with careful monitoring of autonomic denervation. Long-term management of neuropathic pain may require adjuvant therapy, such as tricyclic antidepressants, gabapentin, or tramadol hydrochloride.10 According to Pandey et al,48 gabapentin alone may suffice for pain control in GBS, with minimal adverse effects. In certain rehabilitation facilities, tricyclic antidepressants, capsaicin, and transcutaneous nerve stimulation have been reported effective; during the early stages of treatment, until these treatments reach their full effect, pain medications such as tramadol or narcotics can provide temporary relief.29

 

 

More than one-half of patients with GBS in the acute phase can develop ileus. Constipation can also occur as a result of pain medication use, prolonged bed rest, and poor intake. Auscultation of bowel sounds and abdominal assessment should be performed daily to monitor for ileus. Hughes et al10 do not recommend the use of promotility drugs in patients with dysautonomia.

After hospital discharge, easy fatigability can affect work and social activities. With continued physical therapy, occupational therapy, and monitoring, however, patients with GBS can expect to return to an optimal level of functioning. Speed of recovery varies with these patients from a few months to several years, depending on such factors as age and the extent to which axonal degeneration has occurred.6,49

The Case Patient
For several weeks after discharge, the case patient continued to experience fatigue, low back pain, and general muscle pain. With her family’s support, she continued to receive outpatient physical therapy, and within one month she had regained her ankle strength. She was soon able to resume her classes, despite some lingering fatigue.

Conclusion
Guillain-Barré syndrome is a potentially life-threatening disease whose symptoms health care providers need to recognize quickly to provide prompt treatment. Supportive care for both patient and family is of key importance for maximum rehabilitation and return to the previous lifestyle. The clinical course of GBS is highly variable and difficult to predict. The patient’s outcome depends on several factors, including age and severity of illness. GBS patients can experience long-term psychosocial effects.

References
1. Magira EE, Papaioakim M, Nachamkin I, et al. Differential distribution of HLA-DQ beta/DR beta epitopes in the two forms of Guillain-Barré syndrome, acute motor axonal neuropathy and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP): identification of DQ beta epitopes associated with susceptibility to and protection from AIDP. J Immunol. 2003;170(6):3074-3080.

2. Tremblay ME, Closon A, D’Anjou G, Bussières JF. Guillain-Barré syndrome following H1N1 immunization in a pediatric patient. Ann Pharmacother. 2010;44(7-8):1330-1333.

3. Mukerji S, Aloka F, Farooq MU, et al. Cardiovascular complications of the Guillain-Barré syndrome. Am J Cardiol. 2009;104(10):1452-1455.

4. McGrogan A, Madle GC, Seaman HE, de Vries CS. The epidemiology of Guillain-Barré syndrome worldwide: a systematic literature review. Neuroepidemiology. 2009;32(2):150-163.

5. Haber P, Sejvar J, Mikaeloff Y, DeStefano F. Vaccines and Guillain-Barré syndrome. Drug Saf. 2009; 32(4):309-323.

6. van Doorn PA. What’s new in Guillain-Barré syndrome in 2007-2008? J Periph Nerv Syst. 2009;14(2):72-74.

7. van Doorn PA, Ruts L, Jacobs BC. Clinical features, pathogenesis, and treatment of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet Neurol. 2008;7(10):939-950.

8. Chiò A, Cocito D, Leone M, et al; Piemonte and alle d’Aosta Register for Guillain-Barré Syndrome. Guillain-Barré syndrome: a prospective, population-based incidence and outcome survey. Neurology. 2003; 60(7):1146-1150.

9. Hadden RD, Karch H, Hartung HP, et al. Preceding infections, immune factors, and outcome in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurology. 2001;56(6):758-765.

10. Hughes RA, Wijdicks EF, Benson E, et al. Supportive care for patients with Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Neurol. 2005;62(8):1194-1198.

11. Aluka KJ, Turner PL, Fullum TM. Guillain-Barré syndrome and postbariatric surgery polyneuropathies. JSLS. 2009;13(2):250-253.

12. Brannagan TH 3rd, Zhou Y. HIV-associated Guillain-Barré syndrome. J Neurol Sci. 2003;208(1-2):39-42.

13. Lin WC, Lee PI, Lu CY, et al. Mycoplasma pneumoniae encephalitis in childhood. J Microbiol Immunol Infect. 2002;35(3):173-178.

14. Sivadon-Tardy V, Orlikowski D, Porcher R, et al. Detection of Campylobacter jejuni by culture and real-time PCR in a French cohort of patients with Guillain-Barre syndrome. J Clin Microbiol. 2010;48 (6):2278-2281.

15. van Doorn PA, Kuitwaard K, Walgaard C, et al. IVIG treatment and prognosis in Guillain-Barré syndrome. J Clin Immunol. 2010;30 suppl 1:S74-S78.

16. Kaida K, Kusunoki S. Guillan-Barré syndrome: update on immunobiology and treatment. Expert Rev Neurother. 2009;9(9):1307-1319.

17. Forsberg A, Press R, Einarsson U, et al. Disability and health-related quality of life in Guillain-Barré syndrome during the first two years after onset: a prospective study. Clin Rehabil. 2005;19(8):900-909.

18. Criteria for diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Ann Neurol. 1978;3(6):565-566.

19. van Koningsveld R, Steyerberg EW, Hughes RA, et al. A clinical progostic scoring system for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet Neurol. 2007;6(7):589-594.

20. Koeppen S, Kraywinkel K, Wessendorf TE, et al. Long-term outcome of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neuro­crit Care. 2006;5(3)235-242.

21. Sheridan JM, Smith D. Atypical Guillain-Barré in the emergency department. West J Emerg Med. 2010;11(1):80-82.

22. Ogawara K, Kuwabara S, Koga M, et al. Anti-GM1b IgG antibody is associated with acute motor axonal neuropathy and Campylobacter jejuni infection. J Neurol Sci. 2003;210(1-2):41-45.

23. Nagashima T, Koga M, Odaka M, et al. Continuous spectrum of pharyngeal-cervical-brachial variant of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Neurol. 2007;64(10):1519-1523.

24. Oh SJ, LaGanke C, Claussen GC. Sensory Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurology. 2001;56(1):82-86.

 

 

25. Aráranyi Z, Kovács T, Sipos I, Bereczki D. Miller Fisher syndrome: brief overview and update with a focus on electrophysiological findings. Eur J Neurol. 2011 Jun 1. [Epub ahead of print]

26. Hughes RA, Cornblath, DR. Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet. 2005;366(9497):1653-1666.

27. Snyder LA, Rismondo V, Miller NR. The Fisher variant of Guillain-Barré syndrome (Fisher syndrome). J Neuroophthalmol. 2009;29(4):312-324.

28. Ropper AH. The Guillain-Barré syndrome. N Engl J Med.1992;326(17):1130-1136.

29. Meythaler JM. Rehabilitation of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Arch Phys Med Rehabil.1997;78(8):872-879.

30. Sharshar T, Chevret S, Bourdain F, et al; French Cooperative Group on Plasma Exchange in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Early predictors of mechanical ventilation in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Crit Care Med. 2003; 31(1):278-283.

31. McGillicuddy DC, Walker O, Shapiro NI, et al. Guillain-Barré syndrome in the emergency department. Ann Emerg Med. 2006;47(4):390-393.

32. Yikilmaz A, Doganay S, Gumus H, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging of childhood Guillain-Barré syndrome. Childs Nerv Syst. 2010;26(8):1103-1108.

33. Gonzalez-Quevedo A, Carriera RF, O’Farrill ZL, et al. An appraisal of blood-cerebrospinal fluid barrier dysfunction during the course of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Neurol India. 2009;57(3):288-294.

34. Abai S, Kim SB, Kim JP, Lim YJ. Guillan-Barré syndrome combined with acute cervical myelopathy. J Korean Neurosurg Soc. 2010;48(3):298-300.

35. Uncini A, Yuki N. Electrophysiologic and immunopathologic correlates in Guillain-Barré syndrome subtypes. Expert Rev Neurother. 2009;9(6):869-884.

36. Hadden RD, Hughes RA. Management of inflammatory neuropathies. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2003;74 suppl 2:ii9-ii14.

37. Raphaël JC, Chevret S, Hughes RA, Annane D. Plasma exchange for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2002;(2):CD001798.

38. Hughes RA, Swan AV, van Doorn PA. Intravenous immunoglobulin for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Jun 16; (6):CD002063.

39. Human immunoglobulin and the Guillain-Barré syndrome: new indication. An alternative to plasmapheresis. Prescrire Int. 2000;9(49):142-143.

40. van der Meché FG, Schmitz PI; Dutch Guillain-Barré Study Group. A randomized trial comparing intravenous immune globulin and plasma exchange in Guillain-Barré syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1992;327(17):1123-1129.

41. Hughes RA, Swan AV, van Doorn PA. Corticosteroids for Guillain-Barré syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010 Feb 16;(2):CD001446.

42. Hahn AF. Guillain-Barré syndrome. Lancet. 1998; 352(9128):635-641.

43. Dalakas MC. Intravenous immunoglobulin in autoimmune neuromuscular diseases. JAMA. 2004;291(19):2367-2375.

44. Kuitwaard K, de Gelder J, Tio-Gillen AP, et al. Pharmacokenetics of intravenous immunoglobulin and outcome in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Ann Neurol. 2009;66(5):597-603.

45. Atkinson SB, Carr RL, Maybee P, Haynes D. The challenges of managing and treating Guillain-Barré syndrome during the acute phase. Dimens Crit Care Nurs. 2006;25(6):256-263.

46. van Doorn PA. Treatment of Guillain-Barré syndrome and CIDP. J Periph Nerv Syst. 2005;10(2):113-127.

47. Gaber TA, Kirker SGB, Jenner JR. Current practice of prophylactic anticoagulation in Guillain-Barré syndrome. Clin Rehabil. 2002;16(2):190-193.

48. Pandey CK, Bose N, Garg G, et al. Gabapentin for the treatment of pain in Guillain-Barré syndrome: a double-blinded, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Anesth Analg. 2002;95(6):1719-1723.

49. de Vries JM, Hagemans ML, Bussmann JB, et al. Fatigue in neuromuscular disorders: focus on Guillain-Barré syndrome and Pompe disease. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2010;67(5):701-713.

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 21(7)
Issue
Clinician Reviews - 21(7)
Page Number
14, 16-18
Page Number
14, 16-18
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Woman, 20, With Difficulty Walking
Display Headline
Woman, 20, With Difficulty Walking
Legacy Keywords
Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute immune-mediated paralytic disorderGuillain-Barre syndrome, acute immune-mediated paralytic disorder
Legacy Keywords
Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute immune-mediated paralytic disorderGuillain-Barre syndrome, acute immune-mediated paralytic disorder
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME